Installation, Operation, and Maintenance · Email: [email protected] RevisionHistory • Control settings and time delays updated with linear high limit. • Updated unit

SSAAFFEETTYY WWAARRNNIINNGGOnly qualified personnel should install and service the equipment. The installation, starting up, and servicing of heating, ventilating, andair-conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and training. Improperly installed, adjusted or alteredequipment by an unqualified person could result in death or serious injury. When working on the equipment, observe all precautions in theliterature and on the tags, stickers, and labels that are attached to the equipment.

May 2019 RRTT--SSVVXX3366TT--EENN

IntelliPak™™ 1Commercial Rooftop Air Conditioners with CV, VAV, orSZVAV ControlsIncluding eFlex™/eDrive™

““AA”” aanndd llaatteerr ddeessiiggnn sseeqquueenncceeSSAAHHLL *20, *25, *30, *40, *50, *55, *60, *70, *75SSEEHHLL,, SSFFHHLL,, SSLLHHLL,, SSSSHHLL,, SSXXHHLL *20, *25, *30, *40, *50, *55, *60, *70, *75SSXXHHKK,, SSEEHHKK,, SSFFHHKK,, SSLLHHKK,, SSSSHHKK *90, *11, *12, *13

Installation, Operation,and Maintenance

©2019 Ingersoll Rand RT-SVX36T-EN

IntroductionRead this manual thoroughly before operating orservicing this unit.

Warnings, Cautions, and NoticesSafety advisories appear throughout this manual asrequired. Your personal safety and the properoperation of this machine depend upon the strictobservance of these precautions.

The three types of advisories are defined as follows:

WARNINGIndicates a potentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could result in death orserious injury.

CAUTIONIndicates a potentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could result in minor ormoderate injury. It could also be used to alertagainst unsafe practices.

NOTICEIndicates a situation that could result inequipment or property-damage onlyaccidents.

Important Environmental ConcernsScientific research has shown that certain man-madechemicals can affect the earth’s naturally occurringstratospheric ozone layer when released to theatmosphere. In particular, several of the identifiedchemicals that may affect the ozone layer arerefrigerants that contain Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon(CFCs) and those containing Hydrogen, Chlorine,Fluorine and Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerantscontaining these compounds have the same potentialimpact to the environment. Trane advocates theresponsible handling of all refrigerants-includingindustry replacements for CFCs and HCFCs such assaturated or unsaturated HFCs and HCFCs.

Important Responsible RefrigerantPracticesTrane believes that responsible refrigerant practicesare important to the environment, our customers, andthe air conditioning industry. All technicians whohandle refrigerants must be certified according to localrules. For the USA, the Federal Clean Air Act (Section608) sets forth the requirements for handling,reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certainrefrigerants and the equipment that is used in theseservice procedures. In addition, some states ormunicipalities may have additional requirements thatmust also be adhered to for responsible managementof refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and followthem.

WWAARRNNIINNGGPPrrooppeerr FFiieelldd WWiirriinngg aanndd GGrroouunnddiinnggRReeqquuiirreedd!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww ccooddee ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorrsseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..AAllll ffiieelldd wwiirriinngg MMUUSSTT bbee ppeerrffoorrmmeedd bbyy qquuaalliiffiieeddppeerrssoonnnneell.. IImmpprrooppeerrllyy iinnssttaalllleedd aanndd ggrroouunnddeeddffiieelldd wwiirriinngg ppoosseess FFIIRREE aanndd EELLEECCTTRROOCCUUTTIIOONNhhaazzaarrddss.. TToo aavvooiidd tthheessee hhaazzaarrddss,, yyoouu MMUUSSTT ffoolllloowwrreeqquuiirreemmeennttss ffoorr ffiieelldd wwiirriinngg iinnssttaallllaattiioonn aannddggrroouunnddiinngg aass ddeessccrriibbeedd iinn NNEECC aanndd yyoouurr llooccaall//ssttaattee//nnaattiioonnaall eelleeccttrriiccaall ccooddeess..

WWAARRNNIINNGGPPeerrssoonnaall PPrrootteeccttiivvee EEqquuiippmmeenntt ((PPPPEE))RReeqquuiirreedd!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo wweeaarr pprrooppeerr PPPPEE ffoorr tthhee jjoobb bbeeiinngguunnddeerrttaakkeenn ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..TTeecchhnniicciiaannss,, iinn oorrddeerr ttoo pprrootteecctt tthheemmsseellvveess ffrroommppootteennttiiaall eelleeccttrriiccaall,, mmeecchhaanniiccaall,, aanndd cchheemmiiccaallhhaazzaarrddss,, MMUUSSTT ffoollllooww pprreeccaauuttiioonnss iinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaallaanndd oonn tthhee ttaaggss,, ssttiicckkeerrss,, aanndd llaabbeellss,, aass wweellll aass tthheeiinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww::

•• BBeeffoorree iinnssttaalllliinngg//sseerrvviicciinngg tthhiiss uunniitt,,tteecchhnniicciiaannss MMUUSSTT ppuutt oonn aallll PPPPEE rreeqquuiirreedd ffoorrtthhee wwoorrkk bbeeiinngg uunnddeerrttaakkeenn ((EExxaammpplleess;; ccuuttrreessiissttaanntt gglloovveess//sslleeeevveess,, bbuuttyyll gglloovveess,, ssaaffeettyyggllaasssseess,, hhaarrdd hhaatt//bbuummpp ccaapp,, ffaallll pprrootteeccttiioonn,,eelleeccttrriiccaall PPPPEE aanndd aarrcc ffllaasshh ccllootthhiinngg))..AALLWWAAYYSS rreeffeerr ttoo aapppprroopprriiaattee MMaatteerriiaall SSaaffeettyyDDaattaa SShheeeettss ((MMSSDDSS))//SSaaffeettyy DDaattaa SShheeeettss((SSDDSS)) aanndd OOSSHHAA gguuiiddeelliinneess ffoorr pprrooppeerr PPPPEE..

•• WWhheenn wwoorrkkiinngg wwiitthh oorr aarroouunndd hhaazzaarrddoouusscchheemmiiccaallss,, AALLWWAAYYSS rreeffeerr ttoo tthhee aapppprroopprriiaatteeMMSSDDSS//SSDDSS aanndd OOSSHHAA//GGHHSS ((GGlloobbaallHHaarrmmoonniizzeedd SSyysstteemm ooff CCllaassssiiffiiccaattiioonn aannddLLaabbeelllliinngg ooff CChheemmiiccaallss)) gguuiiddeelliinneess ffoorriinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn aalllloowwaabbllee ppeerrssoonnaall eexxppoossuurreelleevveellss,, pprrooppeerr rreessppiirraattoorryy pprrootteeccttiioonn aannddhhaannddlliinngg iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss..

•• IIff tthheerree iiss aa rriisskk ooff eenneerrggiizzeedd eelleeccttrriiccaallccoonnttaacctt,, aarrcc,, oorr ffllaasshh,, tteecchhnniicciiaannss MMUUSSTT ppuuttoonn aallll PPPPEE iinn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh OOSSHHAA,, NNFFPPAA7700EE,, oorr ootthheerr ccoouunnttrryy--ssppeecciiffiicc rreeqquuiirreemmeennttssffoorr aarrcc ffllaasshh pprrootteeccttiioonn,, PPRRIIOORR ttoo sseerrvviicciinnggtthhee uunniitt.. NNEEVVEERR PPEERRFFOORRMM AANNYY SSWWIITTCCHHIINNGG,,DDIISSCCOONNNNEECCTTIINNGG,, OORR VVOOLLTTAAGGEE TTEESSTTIINNGGWWIITTHHOOUUTT PPRROOPPEERR EELLEECCTTRRIICCAALL PPPPEE AANNDDAARRCC FFLLAASSHH CCLLOOTTHHIINNGG.. EENNSSUURREEEELLEECCTTRRIICCAALL MMEETTEERRSS AANNDD EEQQUUIIPPMMEENNTT AARREEPPRROOPPEERRLLYY RRAATTEEDD FFOORR IINNTTEENNDDEEDDVVOOLLTTAAGGEE..

RT-SVX36T-EN 3

WWAARRNNIINNGGFFoollllooww EEHHSS PPoolliicciieess!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..

•• AAllll IInnggeerrssoollll RRaanndd ppeerrssoonnnneell mmuusstt ffoolllloowwIInnggeerrssoollll RRaanndd EEnnvviirroonnmmeennttaall,, HHeeaalltthh aannddSSaaffeettyy ((EEHHSS)) ppoolliicciieess wwhheenn ppeerrffoorrmmiinngg wwoorrkkssuucchh aass hhoott wwoorrkk,, eelleeccttrriiccaall,, ffaallll pprrootteeccttiioonn,,lloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouutt,, rreeffrriiggeerraanntt hhaannddlliinngg,, eettcc.. AAllllppoolliicciieess ccaann bbee ffoouunndd oonn tthhee BBOOSS ssiittee.. WWhheerreellooccaall rreegguullaattiioonnss aarree mmoorree ssttrriinnggeenntt tthhaanntthheessee ppoolliicciieess,, tthhoossee rreegguullaattiioonnss ssuuppeerrsseeddeetthheessee ppoolliicciieess..

•• NNoonn--IInnggeerrssoollll RRaanndd ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd aallwwaayyssffoollllooww llooccaall rreegguullaattiioonnss..

Overview of ManualNNoottee:: This document is customer property and must be

retained by the unit owner for use bymaintenance personnel.

These units are equipped with electronic Unit ControlModules (UCM). Refer to the “Start-Up” and “TestMode” procedures within this Installation, Operation,and Maintenance manual and the latest edition of theappropriate programming manual for Constant Volume(CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Single ZoneVariable Air Volume (SZVAV) applications beforeattempting to operate or service this equipment.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: The procedures discussed in this manualshould only be performed by qualified andexperienced HVAC technicians.

This booklet describes proper installation, start-up,operation, and maintenance procedures for 20 through130 ton rooftop air conditioners designed for ConstantVolume (CV), Single Zone VAV (SZVAV), and VariableAir Volume (VAV) applications. By carefully reviewingthe information within this manual and following theinstructions, the risk of improper operation and/orcomponent damage will be minimized.

NNoottee:: One copy of the appropriate service literatureships inside the control panel of each unit.

It is important that periodic maintenance be performedto help assure trouble-free operation. Shouldequipment failure occur, contact a qualified serviceorganization with qualified, experienced HVACtechnicians to properly diagnose and repair thisequipment.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: DO NOT release refrigerant to theatmosphere!

If adding or removing refrigerant is required, theservice technician must comply with all federal, state,and local laws.

CopyrightThis document and the information in it are theproperty of Trane, and may not be used or reproducedin whole or in part without written permission. Tranereserves the right to revise this publication at any time,and to make changes to its content without obligationto notify any person of such revision or change.

TrademarksAll trademarks referenced in this document are thetrademarks of their respective owners.

Factory TrainingFactory training is available through Trane University™to help you learn more about the operation andmaintenance of your equipment. To learn aboutavailable training opportunities contact TraneUniversity™.

Online: www.trane.com/traneuniversity

Phone: 855-803-3563

Email: [email protected]

Revision History• Control settings and time delays updated with

linear high limit.

• Updated unit wiring diagram numbers.

• Running edits included in this version.

IInnttrroodduuccttiioonn

4 RT-SVX36T-EN

Model Number Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9S*HL — 20 - 75 Ton, Air Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

S*HL — 24 - 89 Ton, EvaporativeCondensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

S*HK – 90 - 130 Ton, Air Cooled. . . . . . . . . . . 15

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Unit Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Compressor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Gas Heat Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Unit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Rooftop Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Compressor Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Human Interface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Heat Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Modulating Hot Gas ReheatModule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Ventilation Override Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Variable Speed Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Variable Speed Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Interprocessor CommunicationsBoard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Lontalk®/BACnet® CommunicationInterface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Exhaust/Comparative EnthalpyModule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Ventilation Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Generic Building Automation SystemModule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Phase Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Multi Purpose Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Input Devices and SystemFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Constant Volume (CV), Single ZoneVariable Air Volume (SZVAV) andVariable Air Volume (VAV) Units . . . . . . . . . . 20

Supply Air Temperature Sensor(3RT9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Return Air Temperature Sensor(3RT6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Leaving Evaporator Temperature Sensor(3RT14 and 3RT15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Entering Evaporator TemperatureSensors (3RT28 and 3RT29) . . . . . . . . . . . 21Filter Switch (3S21 and 3S58) . . . . . . . . . 21Supply and Exhaust Airflow ProvingSwitches (3S68 and 3S69) . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lead-Lag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Manual Motor Protectors (380V-575VOnly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Return Plenum Pressure HighLimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21SupplyExhaust/Return Fan CircuitBreakers (with 1CB1 and 1CB2). . . . . . . . 22Low Pressure Control (LPC) . . . . . . . . . . . 22Saturated Condenser TemperatureSensors (2RT1 and 2RT2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Head Pressure Control (HPC) . . . . . . . . . . 22High Pressure Limit Controls . . . . . . . . . . 22High Compressor PressureDifferential Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor(3U63) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Return Air Humidity Sensor(3U64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Space Humidity Sensor (5U108) . . . . . . . 23Low Ambient Option 0° Fahrenheit(2U84, 2U85) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Status/Annunciator Output . . . . . . . . . . . 23Low Ambient CompressorLockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Space Pressure Transducer(3U62) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Morning Warm-Up—Zone Heat (CVand VAV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Compressor Motor WindingThermostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24VZH Variable SpeedCompressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24High Duct Temp Thermostats(Optional 3S16, 3S17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Freeze Avoidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Supply Air Temperature LowLimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Freezestat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Compressor Circuit Breakers (1CB8,1CB9, 1CB10, 1CB11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Table of Contents

RT-SVX36T-EN 5

Constant Volume (CV) Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Zone Temperature — Cooling . . . . . . . . . 24Zone Temperature — Heating . . . . . . . . . 25Supply Air Tempering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Single Zone Variable Air Volume(SZVAV) Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

VFD Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Ventilation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Space Pressure Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Occupied Cooling Operation . . . . . . . . . . 25Default Economizer Operation . . . . . . . . 25Unoccupied Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Occupied Heating Operation . . . . . . . . . . 26Compressor (DX) Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Cooling Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Variable Air Volume (VAV) Units . . . . . . . . . . 26Occupied Heating — Supply AirTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Occupied Cooling — Supply AirTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Daytime Warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Unoccupied Heating — ZoneTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Supply Air Tempering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Supply Duct Static Pressure Control(Occupied) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Space Temperature Averaging . . . . . . . . 27Unit Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27eFlex™ Variable Speed CompressorStaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Pre-Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Unit Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Exterior Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Inspection for ConcealedDamage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Unit Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Unit Dimensions and WeightInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Factory Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 30All Unit Installations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Additional Requirements for UnitsRequiring Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31General Checklist (Applies to allunits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Main Electrical PowerRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Field Installed Control Wiring . . . . . . . . . 31Requirements for Electric HeatUnits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Requirements for Gas HeatUnits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Requirements for Hot Water Heat(SLH_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32O/A Pressure Sensor and TubingInstallation (All units with Statitrac orReturn Fans) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Requirements for ModulatingReheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Evaporative Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Center of Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Water Connection Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Electrical Entry Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Minimum Required Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Roof Curb and Ductwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Pitch Pocket Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Unit Rigging and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

General Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . 48Rigging the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Main Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Field Installed Control Wiring . . . . . . . . . 49Electric Heat Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Gas Heat (SFH_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Hot Water Heat (SLH_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Steam Heat (SSH_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49O/A Pressure Sensor and TubingInstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Modulating Reheat (S_HL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Condensate Drain Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 50Units with Gas Furnace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

TTaabbllee ooff CCoonntteennttss

6 RT-SVX36T-EN

Removing Supply and Exhaust/ReturnFan Shipping Channels (motors >5Hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Rubber Isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Spring Isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Optional DDP Supply Fan ShippingChannel Removal and Isolator SpringAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Shipping Tie Down and IsolatorSpring Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

O/A Sensor and Tubing Installation . . . . . . . 55UUnniittss wwiitthh SSttaattiittrraacc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Remove Evaporative Condenser FanShipping Brackets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Evaporative-Cooled Condenser Make-upWater and Drain Line Installation. . . . . . . . . . 57

Water Supply Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Water Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Local Site Discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Sewer Discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Make Up Water Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . 57Drain Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Gas Heat Units (SFH_). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Connecting the Gas Supply Line tothe Furnace Gas Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Flue Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

General Coil Piping and ConnectionRecommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Hot Water Heat Units (SLH_) . . . . . . . . . . 63Steam Heat Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Disconnect Switch with ExternalHandle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Electric Heat Units (SEH_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Main Unit Power Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Electrical Service Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Set 1: Cooling Only Rooftop Unitsand Cooling with Gas Heat RooftopUnits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Set 2: Rooftop units with ElectricHeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Disconnect Switch Sizing (DSS) . . . . . . . 75

Field Installed Control Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Controls using 24 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Controls using DC Analog Input/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Constant Volume System Controls . . . . . . . . 76Remote Panel w/o NSB(BAYSENS110*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Constant Volume Zone Panel(BAYSENS108*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Constant Volume or Variable Air VolumeSystem Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Remote Human InterfaceModule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Remote Panel w/ NSB(BAYSENS119*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Remote Panel without NSB(BAYSENS021*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Discharge Temperature ControlChangeover Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Remote Zone Sensor(BAYSENS073*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Remote Zone Sensor(BAYSENS074*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Remote Zone Sensor(BAYSENS016*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Remote Zone Sensor(BAYSENS077*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Remote Minimum PositionPotentiometer (BAYSTAT023*). . . . . . . . 77External Auto/Stop Switch(5S67). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Ventilation Override Module (VOM)Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Emergency OverrideDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Temperature vs. ResistanceCoefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Occupied/Unoccupied Contacts . . . . . . . 80Demand Limit Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Outside Air Sensor(BAYSENS016*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Main Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90SEHF Units with 200V or 230VElectric Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Field-installed Control Wiring . . . . . . . . . 90


RT-SVX36T-EN 7

Requirements for Gas Heat . . . . . . . . . . . 90Requirements for Hot Water Heat(SLH*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Requirements for Steam Heat(SSH*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Space Pressure Sensor and TubingInstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Condensate Drain Connections. . . . . . . . 91Supply and Return DuctConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Installation of S*HL or K units . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Unit Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Sequence of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Cooling Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . 96Units with Evaporative CondenserSequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Low Charge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Frostat™ Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Lead/Lag Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Units Equipped with 100%Modulating Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Modulating Hot Gas ReheatSequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Gas Heating Sequence of OperationStandard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Modulating Gas Sequence ofOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Electric Heat Sequence ofOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Hydronic Heat Sequence ofOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Startup the Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Supply Fan Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Pressure Drop Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Component Static PressureDrops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Fan Drive Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Pressure Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Economizer and Exhaust Air DamperAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Exhaust Air Dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Outside Air & Return Air DamperOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159To Adjust the Outside Air DamperTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Compressor Startup (All Systems) . . . . . . . 161Refrigerant Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Compressor CrankcaseHeaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Compressor OperationalSounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Electronic Compressor ProtectionModule (CPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Evaporative Condenser Startup . . . . . . . . . . 167Thermostatic ExpansionValves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Measuring Superheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Charging by Subcooling . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Low Ambient Dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Electric, Steam and Hot Water Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Gas Furnace Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Final Unit Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Trane Startup Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Critical Control Parameters and Dry BulbChangeover Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Service and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Fan Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Scroll Compressor Replacement . . . . . . . . . 194Refrigeration System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195CSHD Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196CSHN Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196VZH Variable SpeedCompressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Electrical Phasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19775 Ton eFlex™ Variable SpeedTandem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Precision Suction Restrictor. . . . . . . . . . 198VFD Programming Parameters(Supply/Exhaust). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198eFlex™ Compressor VFDProgramming Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Monthly Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Cooling Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Heating Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Coil Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Refrigerant Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204


8 RT-SVX36T-EN

Steam or Hot Water Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Evaporative Condenser Coil Cleaning —Sump Water Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Water Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Water Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Traditional Bleed Method . . . . . . . . . . . 206Operation and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Microchannel Condenser Coil Repair andReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Fall Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Final Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Warranty and Liability Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . 215COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT - 20 TONSAND LARGER AND RELATEDACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215


RT-SVX36T-EN 9

Model Number DescriptionS*HL — 20 - 75 Ton, Air Cooled

Digit 1 — Unit Type

S = Self-Contained (Packaged Rooftop)

Digit 2 — Unit Function

A = DX Cooling, No HeatE = DX Cooling, Electric HeatF = DX Cooling, Natural Gas HeatL = DX Cooling, Hot Water HeatS = DX Cooling, Steam HeatX = DX Cooling, No Heat, Extended Casing

Digit 3 — System Type

H = Single Zone

Digit 4 — Development Sequence

L = Sixth

Digit 5, 6, 7 — Nominal Capacity

*20 = 20 Ton Air Cooled*25 = 25 Ton Air Cooled*30 = 30 Ton Air Cooled*40 = 40 Ton Air Cooled*50 = 50 Ton Air Cooled*55 = 55 Ton Air Cooled*60 = 60 Ton Air Cooled*70 = 70 Ton Air Cooled*75 = 75 Ton Air Cooled

Digit 8 — Voltage Selection

4 = 460/60/3 XL5 = 575/60/3 XLE = 200/60/3 XLF = 230/60/3 XL

Note: SEHL units (units with electric heat)utilizing 208V or 230V require dualpower source.

Digit 9 — Heating Capacity

Note:When the second digit is “F” (GasHeat), the following applies: (M and Tare available ONLY on 50 ton andabove).

H= High Heat — 2-StageK= Low Heat — Ultra ModulationL = Low Heat — 2-StageM = Low Heat — 4 to 1 Modulation0 = No HeatP = High Heat — 4 to 1 ModulationT= High Heat — Ultra Modulation

Note:When the second digit is “E” (ElectricHeat), the following applies:

D = 30 kWH= 50 kWL = 70 kWN = 90 kWQ = 110 kWR = 130 kWU= 150 kWV= 170 kWW = 190 kW

Note:When the second digit is “L” (HotWater) or “S” (Steam) Heat, one of thefollowing valve size values must be inDigit 9:

High Heat Coil1 = .50”2 = .75”3 = 1”4 = 1.25”5 = 1.5”6 = 2”

Low Heat CoilA = .50”B = .75”C= 1”D = 1.25”E= 1.5”F= 2”

Digit 10 —Design Sequence

A = First (Factory Assigned)

Note: Sequence may be any letter A thru Z,or any digit 1 thru 9.

Digit 11— Exhaust/Return Option

0 = None1 = Barometric3 = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/Statitrac4 = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/Statitrac5 = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/Statitrac6 = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/Statitrac7 = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/Statitrac8 = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/StatitracB = 50% Exhaust 3 HPC = 50% Exhaust 5 HPD = 50% Exhaust 7.5 HPF = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)G = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)H = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)J = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)K = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)L = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)9 = 100% Return 3 HP w/StatitracM = 100% Return 5 HP w/StatitracN = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/StatitracP = 100% Return 10 HP w/StatitracR = 100% Return 15 HP w/StatitracT = 100% Return 20 HP w/StatitracU = 100% Return 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)V = 100% Return 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)W = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)X = 100% Return 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)Y = 100% Return 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)Z = 100% Return 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)

Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Air FanDrive(Exhaust/Return Fan)0 = None4 = 400 RPM5 = 500 RPM6 = 600 RPM7 = 700 RPM8 = 800 RPM9 = 900 RPMA = 1000 RPMB = 1100 RPM

10 RT-SVX36T-EN

Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Option(continued)(Return Fan Only)C = 1200 RPMD = 1300 RPME = 1400 RPMF = 1500 RPMG = 1600 RPMH = 1700 RPMJ = 1800 RPMK = 1900 RPM

Digit 13— Filter (Pre DX/Final)

A = ThrowawayB = Cleanable Wire MeshC = High Efficiency ThrowawayD = Bag with PrefilterE = Cartridge with PrefilterF = Throwaway Filter Rack (Filter notincluded)G = Bag Filter Rack (Filter Not Included)H = Standard Throwaway Filter/CartridgeFinal FiltersJ = High Efficiency Throwaway Filter/Cartridge Final FiltersK = Bag Filters with 2" Throwaway Prefilters/Cartridge Final FiltersL = Cartridge Filters with 2" ThrowawayPrefilters /Cartridge Final FiltersM = Standard Throwaway Filter/CartridgeFinal Filters with 2"Throwaway PrefiltersN = High Efficiency Throwaway Filters/Cartridge Final Filters with 2"ThrowawayPrefiltersP = Bag Filters with Prefilters/Cartridge FinalFilters with 2" Throwaway PrefiltersQ = Cartridge Filters with Prefilters/CartridgeFinal Filters with 2" Throwaway PrefiltersR = High Efficiency Throwaway/Final filterrack (no filters)T = 2" and 1" Vertical Filter Rack (no filters)/Final Filter Rack (no filters)

Digit 14— Supply Air Fan HP

1 = 3 HP FC2 = 5 HP FC3 = 7.5 HP FC4 = 10 HP FC5 = 15 HP FC6 = 20 HP FC7 = 25 HP FC8 = 30 HP FC9 = 40 HP FCA = 50 HP FCB = 3 HP DDP 80WC = 3 HP DDP 120WD = 5 HP DDP 80WE = 5 HP DDP 120W

Digit 14 — Supply Air Fan HP(continued)F= 7.5 HP DDP 80WG = 7.5 HP DDP 120WH= 10 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 5 HP)J = 10 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 5 HP)K= 15 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 7.5 HP)L = 15 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 7.5 HP)M = 20 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 10 HP)N = 20 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 10 HP)P = 25 HP DDP 80WR = 25 HP DDP 120WT= 30 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 15 HP)U= 30 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 15 HP)V= 40 HP DDP 80W(60-89T = 2 x 20 HP)W = 40 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 20 HP)X= 50 HP DDP 80W (70 & 75-89T = 2 x 25HP)Y = 50 HP DDP 120W (70 & 75-89T = 2 x 25HP)Z = 30 HP DDP 100W

Digit 15 — Supply Air Fan RPM

4 = 400 RPM5 = 500 RPM6 = 600 RPM7 = 700 RPM8 = 800 RPM9 = 900 RPMA = 1000 RPMB = 1100 RPMC= 1200 RPMD = 1300 RPME= 1400 RPMF= 1500 RPMG = 1600 RPMH= 1700 RPMJ = 1800 RPMK= 1900 RPML = 2000 RPMM = 2100 RPMN = 2200 RPMP = 2300 RPMR = 2400 RPM

Digit 16 —Outside Air

A = No Fresh AirB = 0-25%ManualD = 0-100% EconomizerE= 0-100% Economizer w/ Traq/DCVF= 0-100% Economizer w/DCV

Note:Must install CO2 sensor(s) for DCV tofunction properly.

Digit 17— System Control

1 = CV - Zone Temp Control2 = CV - Discharge Temp Control4 = CV - Zone Temp Control Space PressureControl w/ Exhaust/Return VFD w/o Bypass5 = CV - Zone Temp Control Space PressureControl w/Exhaust/Return VFD and Bypass6 = VAV DischargeTemp Control w/ VFD w/oBypass7 = VAV DischargeTemp Control w/ VFD andBypass8 = VAV DischargeTemp Control Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o Bypass9 = VAV DischargeTemp Control Supply andExhaust/Return Fan with VFD and BypassA = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD w/oBypassB = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD andBypassC = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o BypassD = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/ Bypass

Digit 18— Zone Sensor

0 = NoneA = Dual Setpoint Manual or AutoChangeover (BAYSENS108*)B = Dual Setpoint Manual or AutoChangeover w/ System Function Lights(BAYSENS110*)C = Room Sensor w/ Override/Cancel Buttons(BAYSENS073*)D = Room Sensor w/ Temp Adjustment/Override/Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS074*)L = Programmable Zone Sensor w/ SystemFunction Lights for CV/SZVAV/VAV(BAYSENS119*)

Note: *Asterisk indicates current modelnumber digit. These sensors can beordered to ship with the unit.

Digit 19— Ambient Control

0 = Standard1 = 0° Fahrenheit

Digit 20— Agency Approval

0 = None (cULus Gas Heater, see note)1 = cULus

Note: Includes cULus classified gas heatingsection only when second digit is a “F.”

Digit 21—Miscellaneous Options

0 = Unit Mounted Terminal BlockA = Unit Disconnect SwitchB = Unit Disconnect Switch w/ high faultSCCR

MMooddeell NNuummbbeerr DDeessccrriippttiioonn

RT-SVX36T-EN 11

Digit 22— Refrigeration Options

B = Hot Gas BypassC = Hot Gas Reheat w/out Hot Gas BypassD = Hot Gas Reheat and Hot Gas Bypass

Digit 23— Economizer ControlOptionsO =Without EconomizerC = Economizer Control w/ ComparativeEnthalpyW = Economizer Control w/ Dry BulbZ = Economizer Control w/ ReferenceEnthalpy

Digit 24— Damper Options

E = Low Leak Economizer DampersU = Ultra Low Leak Economizer Dampers andUltra Low Leak motorized exhaust damperswhen exhaust/return option includesmotorized dampers


F = High Duct Temp Thermostat

Digit 26— Capacity/EfficiencyOptionsD = Digital Scroll (20-30 Ton)G = High Capacity UnitH = High Efficiency UnitV = eFlex™ Variable Speed Compressor (40-75 Ton)

Digit 27— Condenser Options

A = Evap CondenserB = Evap Condenser w/ Sump HeaterC = Evap Condenser w/ Dolphin WaterCareSystemD = Evap Condenser w/ Sump Heater andDolphin WaterCare SystemE = Evap Condenser w/ ConductivityControllerF = Evap Condenser w/ ConductivityController and Sump HeaterO = Air Cooled Aluminum Condenser CoilJ = Corrosion Protected Condenser Coil

Digit 28— Control Options

B = GBAS 0-10VK = GBAS 0-5VR = Rapid Restart


A =Motors w/ Internal Shaft Grounding


M = Remote Human Interface

Digit 31 —Miscellaneous Options

N = Ventilation Override Module

Digit 32 — Service Options

0 = NoneR = Extended Grease Lines1 = Differential Pressure Gauge2 = Extended Grease Lines and DifferentialPressure Gauge3 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan4 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan withGrease Lines5 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan withFilter Gauge6 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan withGrease Lines and Filter Gauge

Digit 33 — Cabinet Options

0 = Standard PanelsT= Hinged Access DoorsU= IRU - w/ Std PanelsW = IRU - w/ Hinged Access DoorsY = IRU w/SST - w/ Std PanelsZ = IRU w/SST - w/ Hinged Access Doors


V= Inter-Processor Communication Bridge

Digit 35 — BAS/CommunicationOptionsM = BACnet® Communication Interface (BCI)ModuleY = Trane® Communication Interface (TCI)Module7 = Trane® LonTalk® CommunicationInterface (LCI) Module


8 = Spring Isolators


6 = Factory-Powered 15A GFI ConvenienceOutlet/Disconnect Switch


A = Supply Fan Piezometer

Notes: ExampleModel numbers:SAH-L*5040A68A6BD800100W00G0-B000R000800 describes a unit withthe following characteristics:

• DX Cooling Only unit w/ noextended casing

• 50 ton nominal cooling capacity

• 460/60/3 power supply

• 100% exhaust with Statitrac

• 10 HP exhaust fan motor withdrive selection No. 8 (800 RPM)

• throwaway filters

• 20 HP supply fan motor withdrive selection No. B (1100 RPM)

• 0-100% economizer w/ dry bulbcontrol

• supply and exhaust VFD w/obypass

• no remote panel

• standard ambient control

• cULus agency approval

• extended grease lines

• spring isolatorsThe service digit for each modelnumber contains 38 digits. All 38digits must be referenced.


12 RT-SVX36T-EN

S*HL — 24 - 89 Ton, EvaporativeCondensing




A = DX Cooling, No HeatE = DX Cooling, Electric HeatF = DX Cooling, Natural Gas HeatL = DX Cooling, Hot Water HeatS = DX Cooling, Steam HeatX = DX Cooling, No Heat, Extended Casing


H = Single Zone


L = Sixth


*24 = 24 Ton Evap Condenser*29 = 29 Ton Evap Condenser*36 = 36 Ton Evap Condenser*48 = 48 Ton Evap Condenser*59 = 59 Ton Evap Condenser*73 = 73 Ton Evap Condenser*80 = 80 Ton Evap Condenser*89 = 89 Ton Evap Condenser

Digit 8 — Voltage Selection

4 = 460/60/3 XL5 = 575/60/3 XLE = 200/60/3 XLF = 230/60/3 XL

Note: SEHL units (units with electric heat)utilizing 208V or 230V require dualpower source.

Digit 9 — Heating Capacity

Note:When the second digit is “F” (GasHeat), the following applies: (M isavailable ONLY on 50 ton and above).

H= High Heat — 2-StageK= Low Heat — Ultra ModulationL = Low Heat — 2-StageM = Low Heat — 4 to 1 Modulation0 = No HeatP = High Heat — 4 to 1 ModulationT= High Heat — Ultra Modulation

Note:When the second digit is “E” (ElectricHeat), the following applies:

D = 30 kWH= 50 kWL = 70 kWN = 90 kWQ = 110 kWR = 130 kWU= 150 kWV= 170 kWW = 190 kW

Note:When the second digit is “L” (HotWater) or “S” (Steam) Heat, one of thefollowing valve size values must be inDigit 9:

High Heat Coil1 = .50”2 = .75”3 = 1”4 = 1.25”5 = 1.5”6 = 2”

Low Heat CoilA = .50”B = .75”C= 1”D = 1.25”E= 1.5”F= 2”

Digit 10 —Design Sequence



Digit 11— Exhaust/Return Option

0 = None1 = Barometric3 = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/Statitrac4 = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/Statitrac5 = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/Statitrac6 = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/Statitrac7 = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/Statitrac8 = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/StatitracB = 50% Exhaust 3 HPC = 50% Exhaust 5 HPD = 50% Exhaust 7.5 HPF = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)G = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)H = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)J = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)K = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)L = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)9 = 100% Return 3 HP w/StatitracM = 100% Return 5 HP w/StatitracN = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/StatitracP = 100% Return 10 HP w/StatitracR = 100% Return 15 HP w/StatitracT = 100% Return 20 HP w/StatitracU = 100% Return 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)V = 100% Return 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)W = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)X = 100% Return 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)Y = 100% Return 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)Z = 100% Return 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)

Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Air FanDrive(Exhaust/Return Fan)0 = None4 = 400 RPM5 = 500 RPM6 = 600 RPM7 = 700 RPM8 = 800 RPM9 = 900 RPMA = 1000 RPMB = 1100 RPM


RT-SVX36T-EN 13

Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Option(continued)(Return Fan Only)C = 1200 RPMD = 1300 RPME = 1400 RPMF = 1500 RPMG = 1600 RPMH = 1700 RPMJ = 1800 RPMK = 1900 RPM

Digit 13— Filter (Pre DX/Final)

A = ThrowawayB = Cleanable Wire MeshC = High Efficiency ThrowawayD = Bag with PrefilterE = Cartridge with PrefilterF = Throwaway Filter Rack (Filter notincluded)R = High Efficiency Throwaway/Final filterrack (no filters)T = 2" and 1" Vertical Filter Rack (no filters)/Final Filter Rack (no filters)

Digit 14— Supply Air Fan HP

1 = 3 HP FC2 = 5 HP FC3 = 7.5 HP FC4 = 10 HP FC5 = 15 HP FC6 = 20 HP FC7 = 25 HP FC8 = 30 HP FC9 = 40 HP FCA = 50 HP FC

Digit 15— Supply Air Fan RPM

4 = 400 RPM5 = 500 RPM6 = 600 RPM7 = 700 RPM8 = 800 RPM9 = 900 RPMA = 1000 RPMB = 1100 RPMC = 1200 RPMD = 1300 RPME = 1400 RPM

Digit 16— Outside Air

A = No Fresh AirB = 0-25%ManualD = 0-100% EconomizerE = 0-100% Economizer w/ Traq/DCVF = 0-100% Economizer w/DCV

Note: Must install CO2 sensor(s) for DCV tofunction properly.

Digit 17 — System Control

1 = CV - ZoneTemp Control2 = CV - Discharge Temp Control4 = CV - ZoneTemp Control Space PressureControl w/ Exhaust/Return VFD w/o Bypass5 = CV - ZoneTemp Control Space PressureControl w/Exhaust/Return VFD and Bypass6 = VAV Discharge Temp Control w/ VFD w/oBypass7 = VAV Discharge Temp Control w/ VFD andBypass8 = VAV Discharge Temp Control Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o Bypass9 = VAV Discharge Temp Control Supply andExhaust/Return Fan with VFD and BypassA = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD w/oBypassB = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD andBypassC= VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o BypassD = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/ Bypass

Digit 18 — Zone Sensor

0 = NoneA = Dual Setpoint Manual or AutoChangeover (BAYSENS108*)B = Dual Setpoint Manual or AutoChangeover w/ System Function Lights(BAYSENS110*)C= Room Sensor w/ Override/Cancel Buttons(BAYSENS073*)D = Room Sensor w/ Temp Adjustment/Override/Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS074*)L = Programmable Zone Sensor w/ SystemFunction Lights for CV/SZVAV/VAV(BAYSENS119*)

Note: *Asterisk indicates current modelnumber digit. These sensors can beordered to ship with the unit.

Digit 19 — Ambient Control

0 = Standard1 = 0° Fahrenheit

Digit 20 — Agency Approval


Note: Includes cULus classified gas heatingsection only when second digit is a “F.”



Digit 22 — Refrigeration Options

B = Hot Gas Bypass

Digit 23— Economizer ControlOptionsO =Without EconomizerC = Economizer Control w/ ComparativeEnthalpyW = Economizer Control w/ Dry BulbZ = Economizer Control w/ ReferenceEnthalpy


E = Low Leak Economizer Dampers





Digit 26— Capacity/EfficiencyOptionsG = High Capacity Unit

Digit 27— Condenser Options

A = Evap CondenserB = Evap Condenser w/ Sump HeaterC = Evap Condenser w/ Dolphin WaterCareSystemD = Evap Condenser w/ Sump Heater andDolphin WaterCare SystemE = Evap Condenser w/ ConductivityControllerF = Evap Condenser w/ ConductivityController and Sump Heater


B = GBAS 0-10VK = GBAS 0-5VR = Rapid Restart


A = Motors w/ Internal Shaft Grounding






14 RT-SVX36T-EN

Digit 32— Service Options


Digit 33— Cabinet Options

0 = Standard PanelsT = Hinged Access DoorsU = IRU - w/ Std PanelsW = IRU - w/ Hinged Access DoorsY = IRU w/SST - w/ Std PanelsZ = IRU w/SST - w/ Hinged Access Doors


V = Inter-Processor Communication Bridge

Digit 35— BAS/CommunicationOptionsM = BACnet® Communication Interface (BCI)ModuleY = Trane® Communication Interface (TCI)Module7 = Trane® LonTalk® CommunicationInterface (LCI) Module




6 = Factory-Powered 15A GFI ConvenienceOutlet/Disconnect Switch


J = Temperature Sensor

Notes: ExampleModel numbers:SAH-L*5040A68A6BD800100W00G0-B000R000800 describes a unit withthe following characteristics:

• DX Cooling Only unit w/ noextended casing



• 100% exhaust with Statitrac

• 10 HP exhaust fan motor withdrive selection No. 8 (800 RPM)

• throwaway filters

• 20 HP supply fan motor withdrive selection No. B (1100 RPM)

• 0-100% economizer w/ dry bulbcontrol

• supply and exhaust VFD w/obypass

• no remote panel

• standard ambient control

• cULus agency approval

• extended grease lines

• spring isolatorsThe service digit for each modelnumber contains 38 digits. All 38digits must be referenced.


RT-SVX36T-EN 15

S*HK – 90 - 130 Ton, Air Cooled




E = DX Cooling, Electric HeatF = DX Cooling, Natural Gas HeatL = DX Cooling, Hot Water HeatS = DX Cooling, Steam HeatX = DX Cooling, No Heat, Extended Casing


H = Single Zone


K = R-410A Development Sequence


*90 = 90 Ton Air Cooled*11 = 105 Ton Air Cooled*12 = 115 Ton Air Cooled*13 = 130 Ton Air Cooled

Digit 8 — Power Supply

4 = 460/60/3 XL5 = 575/60/3 XL

Digit 9 —Heating Capacity

H = High heat – 2-stageO = No HeatP = High heat — 4 to 1 modulationT = High heat—ultra modulation

Note:When the second digit calls for “E”(electric heat), the following valuesapply in Digit 9:

W = 190kW

Note:When the second digit calls for “L” (hotwater) or “S” (steam) heat, one of thefollowing valve size values must be inDigit 9:

High Heat Coil: 3 = 1", 4 = 1.25", 5 = 1.5",6 = 2", 7 = 2.5”

Low Heat Coil: C = 1", D = 1.25", E = 1.5", F= 2", G = 2.5”.

Digit 10— Design Sequence



Digit 11 — Exhaust Option

0 = None7 = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/Statitrac8 = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/Statitrac9 = 100% Exhaust 25 HP w/StatitracF= 50% Exhaust 15 HPH= 100% Exhaust 30 HP w/ StatitracJ = 100% Exhaust 40 HP w/ StatitracK= 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)L = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)M = 100% Exhaust 25 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)N = 100% Exhaust 30 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)P = 100% Exhaust 40 HP w/o Statitrac (CVOnly)

Digit 12 — Exhaust Air Fan Drive

(Exhaust Fan)0 = None5 = 500 RPM6 = 600 RPM7 = 700 RPM8 = 800 RPM

Digit 13 — Filter (Pre DX/Final)

A = ThrowawayC= High Efficiency ThrowawayD = Bag with PrefilterE= Cartridge with PrefilterF= Throwaway Filter Rack (filter notincluded)G = Bag Filter Rack (Filter Not Included)H= StandardThrowaway Filter/CartridgeFinal FiltersJ = High Efficiency Throwaway Filter/Cartridge Final FiltersK= Bag Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters/Cartridge Final FiltersL = Cartridge Filters with 2"ThrowawayPrefilters /Cartridge Final FiltersM = StandardThrowaway Filter/CartridgeFinal Filters with 2"Throwaway PrefiltersN = High EfficiencyThrowaway Filters/Cartridge Final Filters with 2" ThrowawayPrefiltersP = Bag Filters with Prefilters Cartridge FinalFilters with 2"Throwaway PrefiltersQ = Cartridge Filters with Prefilters/CartridgeFinal Filters with 2" Throwaway Prefilters

Digit 14 — Supply Air Fan HP

C= 30 HP (2-15 HP)D = 40 HP (2-20 HP)E= 50 HP (2-25 HP)F= 60 HP (2-30 HP)G = 80 HP (2-40 HP)

Digit 15— Supply Air Fan Drive

A = 1000 RPMB = 1100 RPMC = 1200 RPMD = 1300 RPME = 1400 RPMF = 1500 RPMG = 1600 RPM

Digit 16— Outside Air

D = 0-100% Economizer (Std.)E = 0-100% Economizer w/Traq w/ DCVF = 0-100% Economizer w/DCV

Note:Must install CO2 sensor(s) for DCV tofunction properly.

Digit 17— System Control

1 = CV - Zone Temperature Control2 = CV - Discharge Temperature Control4 = CV - Zone Temperature Control SpacePressure Control w/Exhaust VFD w/o Bypass5 = CV - Zone Temperature Control SpacePressure Control w/Exhaust VFD and Bypass6 = VAV DischargeTemperature Control w/VFD w/o Bypass7 = VAV DischargeTemperature Control w/VFD and Bypass8 = VAV DischargeTemperature ControlSupply and Exhaust Fan w/VFD w/o Bypass9 = VAV DischargeTemperature ControlSupply and Exhaust Fan w/VFD and BypassA = VAV – Single Zone VAV – w/VFD w/oBypassB = VAV – Single Zone VAV – w/VFD w/BypassC = VAV – Single Zone VAV – Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/VFD w/o BypassD = VAV – Single Zone VAV – Supply andExhaust/Return Fan w/VFD w/ Bypass

Digit 18— Zone Sensor

0 = NoneA = Dual Setpoint Manual or AutoChangeover (BAYSENS108*)B = Dual Setpoint Manual or AutoChangeover w/ System Function Lights(BAYSENS110*)C = Room Sensor w/ Override and CancelButtons (BAYSENS073*)D = Room Sensor w/ TemperatureAdjustment and Override and Cancel Buttons(BAYSENS074*)L = Programmable Zone Sensor w/ SystemFunction Lights for both CV and VAV(BAYSENS119*)

Note: *Asterisk indicates current modelnumber digit A, B, C, etc. Thesesensors can be ordered to ship withthe unit.


16 RT-SVX36T-EN

Digit 19— Ambient Control

0 = Standard

Digit 20— Agency Approval


Note: Includes cULus classified gas heatingsection only when second digit ofModel No. is a “F.”

Digit 21—Miscellaneous


Digit 22— Refrigeration Options

B = Hot Gas Bypass

Digit 23— Economizer ControlOptionsC = Economizer Control w/ ComparativeEnthalpyZ = Economizer Control w/ ReferenceEnthalpyW = Economizer Control w/Dry Bulb


E = Low Leak Economizer DampersU = Ultra Low Leak Economizer Dampers andUltra Low Leak motorized exhaust damperswhen exhaust/return option includesmotorized dampers


F = High Duct TemperatureThermostat

Digit 26— Capacity/EfficiencyOptionsG = High Capacity Evap. Coil (105 Ton)H = High Cap. Evap. Coil and High Eff. Cond.Coil (90 Ton)

Digit 27— Condenser Coil Options

0 = Air Cooled Aluminum Condenser CoilJ = Corrosion-Protected Condenser Coil


K = Generic B.A.S ModuleR = Rapid Restart


A =Motors w/ Internal Shaft Grounding



Digit 31 —Miscellaneous


Digit 32 — Service Options


Digit 33 — Cabinet Options

0 = Standard PanelsT= Hinged Access DoorsU= IRU - w/ Std PanelsW = IRU - w/ Hinged Access DoorsY = IRU w/SST - w/ Std Panels


V= Inter-Processor Communication Bridge

Digit 35 — BAS/CommunicationOptionsY = Trane Communication Interface (TCI)ModuleM = BACnet Communication Interface (BCI)Module7 = Trane LonTalk Communication Interface(LCI) Module




6 = Factory-Powered 15A GFI ConvenienceOutlet

Notes: ExampleModel numbers:SXHK*1140AH8CECD8001**Zdescribes a unit with the followingcharacteristics:

• DX cooling with extended casing

• no heat



• 100 percent exhaust withStatitrac

• 30 HP exhaust fan motor withdrive selection No. 8 - (800 RPM)

• high-efficiency throwaway filters

• 50 hp supply fan motor with1200 RPM

• economizer w/ referenceenthalpy control

• Supply and Exhaust with VFD butno bypass

• cULus agency approvalThe service digit for each modelnumber contains 37 digits; all 37digits must be referenced.


RT-SVX36T-EN 17

General InformationUnit NameplateOne Mylar unit nameplate is located on the outsideupper left corner of the control panel door. It includesthe unit model number, serial number, electricalcharacteristics, weight, refrigerant charge, unit wiringdiagram numbers, as well as other pertinent unit data.A small metal nameplate with the Model Number,Serial Number, and Unit Weight is located just abovethe Mylar nameplate, and a third nameplate is locatedon the inside of the control panel door.

Compressor NameplateThe Nameplate for the Scroll Compressor is located onthe compressor lower housing. Max amps is listed onthe nameplate and is the absolute highest amp load onthe compressor at any operating condition (does notinclude locked rotor amps or inrush). This value shouldnever be exceeded.

Gas Heat NameplateThe nameplate for the Gas Heater is located on theinside of the gas heat enclosure. Allowable operatingvalues of Min and Max input rate, manifold pressure,and air rise for the heater is listed on the nameplate.

Unit DescriptionEach single-zone rooftop air conditioner ships fullyassembled and charged with the proper refrigerantquantity from the factory. An optional roof curb,specifically designed for the S_HL units is availablefrom Trane. The roof curb kit must be field assembledand installed according to the latest edition of the roofcurb installation manual.

Trane Commercial Rooftop Units are controlled by amicroelectronic control system that consists of anetwork of modules and are referred to as Unit ControlModules (UCM). The acronym (UCM) is usedextensively throughout this document when referringto the control system network. These modules throughProportional/Integral control algorithms performspecific unit functions which provide the best possiblecomfort level for the customer.

They are mounted in the control panel and are factorywired to their respective internal components. Theyreceive and interpret information from other unitmodules, sensors, remote panels, and customer binarycontacts to satisfy the applicable request foreconomizing, mechanical cooling, heating, andventilation. Refer to the following discussion for anexplanation of each module function.

Rooftop Module(RTM - 1U48 Standard on all units)

The rooftop Module (RTM) responds to cooling,heating, and ventilation requests by energizing theproper unit components based on information receivedfrom other unit modules, sensors, remote panels, andcustomer supplied binary inputs. It initiates supply fan,exhaust fan, exhaust damper, return fan, returndamper, variable frequency drive output, andeconomizer operation based on that information.

Table 1. RTM resistance input vs. setpointtemperatures

RTM cooling orheating setpointinput used assource for ZONEtemp setpoint (°

F)

RTM coolingsetpoint inputused as sourcefor SUPPLY AIRtemp setpointcooling (°F)

Resistance(Ohms) Max.Tolerance

5%

40 40 1084

45 45 992

50 50 899

55 55 796

60 60 695

65 65 597

70 70 500

75 75 403

80 80 305

n/a 85 208

n/a 90 111

Table 2. RTM resistance value vs. system operatingmode

Resistance appliedto RTMMODE inputTerminals (Ohms)Max. Tolerance 5%

Constant Volume/SZVAV Units

Fan Mode SystemMode

2320 Auto Off

4870 Auto Cool

7680 Auto Auto

10770 On Off

13320 On Cool

16130 On Auto

19480 Auto Heat

27930 On Heat

18 RT-SVX36T-EN

Compressor Module(SCM & MCM - 1U49 Standard on all units)

The Compressor module, upon receiving a request formechanical cooling, energizes the appropriatecompressors and condenser fans. It monitors thecompressor operation through feedback information itreceives from various protection devices.

Human Interface Module(HI - 1U65 Standard on all units)

The Human Interface module enables the operator toadjust the operating parameters for the unit using a 16key keypad. The 2 line, 40 character LCD screenprovides status information for the various unitfunctions as well as menus for the operator to set ormodify the operating parameters.

Heat Module(1U50 Used on heating units)

The Heat module, upon receiving a request for Heating,energizes the appropriate heating stages or strokes theModulating Heating valve as required.

Modulating Hot Gas ReheatModule(MDM - Optional 1U107 - Used with Hot Gas ReheatControl)

The MDM supports specific control inputs and outputsfor Modulating Hot Gas Reheat control includingmodulating Reheat and Cooling valve control as well asthe Reheat Pumpout Coil Relay output. The ModulatingHot Gas Reheat control algorithm provides controlrequests to the MDM to accomplish proper control.

Ventilation Override Module(VOM - 1U51 Optional)

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: The ventilation override system should notbe used to signal the presence of smokecaused by a fire as it is not intended nordesigned to do so.

The Ventilation Override module initiates specifiedfunctions such as; space pressurization, exhaust,purge, purge with duct pressure control, and unit offwhen any one of the five (5) binary inputs to themodule are activated. The compressors and condenserfans are disabled during the ventilation operation. Ifmore than one ventilation sequence is activated, theone with the highest priority is initiated.

Variable Speed Module(VSM — Optional 1U123)

The Variable Speed module used in eFlex™ variablespeed units provides a 0-10 VDC output analog speedsignal to control the compressor VFD. “Table 4,” p. 18lists VSM output signal (VDC) and correspondingcompressor speed (RPM) at 0%, 50% and 100%Intellipak command speeds (Spd %).

Table 3. VSM output signal (VDC)

Varia-blespeedunit

Spd 0% Spd 50% Spd 100%

VDC RPM VDC RPM VDC RPM

40T 0 1500 4.7 3632 9.5 5762

50T 0 1500 3.9 3271 7.9 5042

55T 0 1500 3.9 3271 7.9 5042

60T 0 1500 4.8 3660 9.6 5820

70T 0 1500 4.8 3660 9.6 5820

75T 0 1500 4.3 3450 8.7 5400

Note: Voltages and speed +/- 1%

During Auto Run mode, the Intellipak command speed(Spd %) can be monitored at the HI. The 0-10VDC signaland compressor RPM is displayed on the TRV200inverter keypad (1U128).

Figure 1. Display—TRV200 inverter keypad (1U128)

0-10VDC signal

The VSM output signal can also be checked in ServiceTest mode. Compressor relays should be commandedoff as shown in “Figure 2,” p. 18, and the Spd%command can be changed at the HI. Then check theVSM output signal against “Table 4,” p. 18. VSMoutput signal voltage is measured between terminals53 and 55 at the VFD (3U119) input.

Figure 2. VSM output signal

Variable Speed Module(VSM - Optional - Used with Fault Detection andDiagnostics FDD)

GGeenneerraall IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn

RT-SVX36T-EN 19

The VSM is also used with FDD. The VSM will accept a0-10 VDC actuator feedback position signal which willthen be used to determine the state of Outside AirDamper system.

Interprocessor CommunicationsBoard(IPCB - Optional 1U55 used with the Optional RemoteHuman Interface)

The Interprocessor Communication Board expandscommunications from the rooftop unit UCM network toa Remote Human Interface Panel. DIP switch settingson the IPCB module for this application should be;Switches 1 and 2 “Off”, Switch 3 “On”.

Lontalk®®/BACnet®®Communication InterfaceModule(LCI/BCI - Optional 1U54/1U104 - used on units withTrane ICS™ or 3rd party Building Automation Systems)

The LonTalk/BACnet Communication Interfacemodules expand communications from the unit UCMnetwork to a Trane Tracer Summit™ or a 3rd partybuilding automation system and allow externalsetpoint and configuration adjustment and monitoringof status and diagnostics.

Exhaust/Comparative EnthalpyModule(ECEM - Optional 1U52 used on units with Statitracand/or comparative enthalpy options)

The Exhaust/Comparative Enthalpy module receivesinformation from the return air humidity sensor, theoutside air humidity sensor, and the return airtemperature sensor to utilize the lowest possiblehumidity level when considering economizeroperation. In addition, it receives space pressureinformation which is used to maintain the spacepressure to within the setpoint control band. Refer to“Figure 3,” p. 19 for the Humidity vs. Current inputvalues.

Figure 3. Humidity vs. current (ECEM return RH, RTMoutdoor RH)

Figure 4. Humidity vs. current (RTM space humidity)

Ventilation Control Module(VCM — Optional 3U218 used with Traq™ Fresh AirMeasurement and/ or CO2 Sensor)

The Ventilation Control Module is located in the filtersection of the unit and is linked to the unit’s UCMnetwork. Using a “velocity pressure” sensing ringlocated in the outside air section allows the VCM tomonitor and control the quantity of outside air enteringthe unit to a minimum airflow setpoint.

An optional temperature sensor can be connected tothe VCM which enables it to control a field installedoutside air preheater. An optional CO2 sensor can beconnected to the VCM to control CO2 reset.

CO2 reset permits the unit to reduce the amount ofoutside air entering the unit from the Design OA(Design OA damper%) to the DCV OA (DCV Minimumdamper%) based on the space or return CO2 level. Thefollowing table lists the possible airflow range per unitsize.

Table 4. Outside air flow range with Traq™™ Sensor

Unit (AC/EC) CFM

20 & 25, 24 & 29 ton 15-14000

30/36 ton 15-17000

40/48 ton 15-22000


20 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 4. Outside air flow range with Traq™™ Sensor(continued)

Unit (AC/EC) CFM

50/59, 55 ton 15-28000

60-75, 73-89 ton 15-33000

90-130 ton 15-46000

Table 5. Minimum outside air setpoint w/VCM andTraq™™ sensing

Unit Input Volts CFM

90-162 Tons 0.5 - 4.5 VDC 0 - 46000

The velocity pressure transducer/solenoid assembly isillustrated below. Refer to the “Units with Traq™Sensor,” p. 101 for VCM operation.

Image Tag Expected within Figure TagFigure 5. Velocity pressure transducer/solenoid

assembly

Transducer

Tee

N.O.

N.C.

COM.

Solenoid

Ventilation Control Module

Tube from Solenoid to high side of Transducer

Tube from Tee to low side of Transducer

Tube from high side of Velocity Flow Ring

Tube from low side of Velocity Flow Ring

Assembly is located inside the filter compartment

Generic Building AutomationSystemModule(GBAS - Optional 1U51 used with non-Trane buildingcontrol systems)

The Generic Building Automation System (GBAS)module allows a non-Trane building control system tocommunicate with the rooftop unit and acceptsexternal setpoints in the form of analog inputs forcooling, heating, supply air pressure, and a binaryInput for demand limit. Refer to the “Field Installed

Control Wiring” section for the input wiring to theGBAS module and the various desired setpoints withthe corresponding DC voltage inputs for VAV and CVapplications.

Phase Monitor(1U3) Standard on 20-89 ton

Continuously monitors line voltage to protect againstphase loss, imbalance and reversal. If a fault is foundwith the supply voltage a LED on the phase monitorwill indicate a fault and a unit External Auto Stop isactivated through the controls. 75-130 ton units have aphase monitor on each compressor.

Multi Purpose Module(MPM - Optional 1U105 - Used with Return Fanor withEvaporative Condensers)

The Multipurpose Module (MPM) receives informationfrom the Return Plenum Pressure sensor and providesfor Return Fan control to maintain this pressure to theActive Return Plenum Pressure Setpoint andDeadband. The liquid line pressure sensor inputs forboth refrigeration circuits are received through theMPM in support of head pressure control onEvaporative condenser units.

Input Devices and SystemFunctionsThe descriptions of the following basic Input Devicesused within the UCM network are to acquaint theoperator with their function as they interface with thevarious modules. Refer to the unit’s electricalschematic for the specific module connections.

Constant Volume (CV), SingleZone Variable Air Volume(SZVAV) and Variable AirVolume (VAV) UnitsSupply Air Temperature Sensor (3RT9)An analog input device monitors the supply airtemperature for:

• supply air temperature control (used with dischargetemperature control)

• supply air temperature reset (used with dischargetemperature control)

• supply air temperature low limiting (used withdischarge temperature control)

• supply air temperingIt is mounted in the supply air discharge section of theunit and is connected to the RTM (1U48).


RT-SVX36T-EN 21

Return Air Temperature Sensor (3RT6)An analog input device used with a return humiditysensor when the comparative enthalpy option isordered. It monitors the return air temperature andcompares it to the outdoor temperature to establishwhich temperature is best suited to maintain thecooling requirements. It is mounted in the return airsection and is connected to the ECEM (1U52).

Leaving Evaporator Temperature Sensor(3RT14 and 3RT15)An analog input device that monitors the refrigeranttemperature inside the evaporator coil to prevent coilfreezing. It is attached to the suction line near theevaporator coil and is connected to the MCM. It isfactory set for 30°F and has an adjustable range of 25°Fto 35°F. The compressors are staged “Off” asnecessary to prevent icing. After the last compressorstage has been turned “Off”, the compressors will beallowed to restart once the evaporator temperaturerises 10°F above the “coil frost cutout temperature”and the minimum three minute “Off” time has elapsed.

Entering Evaporator TemperatureSensors (3RT28 and 3RT29)Analog input devices used with CV and VAVapplications. This device is used in conjunction withthe Leaving Evaporator Temperature Sensor to preventthe unit from running compressors with insufficientcharge.

Filter Switch (3S21 and 3S58)A binary input device that measures the pressuredifferential across the unit filters. It is mounted in thefilter section and is connected to the RTM (1U48). Adiagnostic SERVICE signal is sent to the remote panel ifthe pressure differential across the filters is at least 0.5"w.c. The contacts will automatically open when thepressure differential across the filters decrease to 0.4"w.c. The switch differential can be field adjustedbetween 0.17" w.c. to 5.0" w.c. ± 0.05" w.c.

Supply and Exhaust Airflow ProvingSwitches (3S68 and 3S69)3S68 is a binary input device used to signal the RTMwhen the supply fan is operating. It is located in thesupply fan section of the unit and is connected to theRTM (1U48). During a request for fan operation, if thedifferential switch is detected to be open for 40consecutive seconds, the following occurs:

• compressor operation is turned “Off”

• heat operation is turned “Off”

• the request for supply fan operation is turned “Off”and locked out

• exhaust dampers (if equipped) are “closed”

• economizer dampers (if equipped) are “closed”

• manual reset diagnostic is initiated

3S69 is a binary input device used on all rooftop unitsequipped with an exhaust fan. It is located in theexhaust/return fan section of the unit and is connectedto the RTM (1U48). During a request for fan operation,if the differential switch is detected to be open for 40consecutive seconds, the economizer is closed to theminimum position setpoint, the request for exhaust fanoperation is turned “Off” and locked out, and a manualreset diagnostic is initiated. The fan failure lockout canbe reset at the Human Interface located in the unitcontrol panel, by Tracer™, or by cycling the controlpower to the RTM (1S70) Off/On.

Lead-LagIs a standard mode of operation on 20 thru 130 tonunits.It alternates the starting between the firstcompressor of each refrigeration circuit. On 40 to 89ton units only the compressor banks will switch, notthe order of the compressors within a bank, providingthe first compressor in each circuit had been activatedduring the same request for cooling. Lead lag is notavailable with variable speed compressor.

Manual Motor Protectors (380V-575VOnly)Manual motor protectors will be used as branch circuitprotection for compressors and supply fan motors.These devices are capable of providing both overloadand short-circuit protection. Before operating, themanual motor protector must be switched with therotary on/off switch to the ON position and theoverload setpoint dial must be set to the appropriaterating of the motor.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: In order to avoid nuisance trips, theoverload setpoint dial must be adjusted tothe following calculated value:Overload Setting = (Motor FLA)Overload Setting = (Compressor RLA) x1.12

Return Plenum Pressure High LimitThe Return Plenum Pressure High Limit Setpoint has anon-adjustable value of 3.5 iwc. When the returnplenum pressure exceeds the Return Plenum PressureHigh Limit for more than 1 second, a “Return Pressureshutdown” signal is sent, and an automaticallyresetting diagnostic is set. After the return fan is off, theReturn Pressure Shutdown signal is cancelled. The unitwill not be allowed to restart within 15 seconds ofshutdown. Three consecutive occurrences of theReturn Plenum Pressure exceeding the Return PlenumPressure Limit will cause a manual reset diagnostic.The occurrence counter will be reset every time the unitgoes through a reset, transitions from Stop to Auto, ortransitions into and out of Occupied or Unoccupiedcontrol.


22 RT-SVX36T-EN

SupplyExhaust/Return Fan CircuitBreakers (with 1CB1 and 1CB2)The supply fan and exhaust fan motors are protectedby circuit breakers 1CB1 and 1CB2 respectively for 208-230 V applications. They will trip and interrupt thepower supply to the motors if the current exceeds thebreaker's “must trip” value. For 460 -575 Vapplications, fan motors will be protected with manualmotor protectors. The rooftop module (RTM) will shutall system functions “Off” when an open fan provingswitch is detected.

Low Pressure Control (LPC)Low Pressure Control is accomplished using a binaryinput device. LP cutouts are located on the suction linesnear the scroll compressors. The LPC contacts aredesigned to close when the suction pressure exceeds41 ± 4 psig. If the LP control is open when a compressoris requested to start, none of the compressors on thatcircuit will be allowed to operate. They are locked outand a manual reset diagnostic is initiated.

The LP cutouts are designed to open if the suctionpressure approaches 25 ± 4 psig. If the LP cutout opensafter a compressor has started, all compressorsoperating on that circuit will be turned off immediatelyand will remain off for a minimum of three minutes. Ifthe LP cutout trips four consecutive times during thefirst three minutes of operation, the compressors onthat circuit will be locked out and a manual resetdiagnostic is initiated.

Saturated Condenser TemperatureSensors (2RT1 and 2RT2)Analog input devices are mounted inside atemperature well located on a condenser tube bend.They monitor the saturated refrigerant temperatureinside the condenser coil and are connected to theSCM/MCM (1U49). As the saturated refrigeranttemperature varies due to operating conditions, thecondenser fans are cycled “On” or “Off” as required tomaintain acceptable operating pressures.

For evaporative condensers, this value is determinedby the MPM which converts a pressure to atemperature value that is sent to the MCM to be usedfor head pressure control.

Head Pressure Control (HPC)Accomplished using one saturated refrigeranttemperature sensorper refrigeration circuit. During arequest for compressor operation, when thecondensing temperature rises above the “lower limit”of the controlband, the Compressor Module (SCM/MCM) starts sequencing condenser fans “On”. If theoperating fans cannot bring the condensingtemperature to within the controlband, more fans areturned on. As the saturated condensing temperature

approaches the lower limit of the controlband, fans aresequenced “Off”.

The minimum “On/Off” time for condenser fan stagingis 5.2 seconds. If the system is operating at a given fanstage below 100% for 30 minutes and the saturatedcondensing temperature is above the “efficiency checkpoint” setting, a fan stage will be added. If thesaturated condensing temperature falls below the“efficiency check point” setting, the fan control willremain at the present operating stage. If a fan stagecycles four times within a 10 minute period, the controlswitches from controlling to the “lower limit” to atemperature equal to the “lower limit” minus the“temporary low limit suppression” setting. It will utilizethis new “low limit” temperature for one hour toreduce condenser fan short cycling.

For evaporative condensing units, head pressure ismonitored with pressure transducers attached to thesaturated condensing line and converted to atemperature by the MPM. This temperature is used tocontrol the variable speed fan and sump pump. Whenthe temperature rises above the upper limit (120°F) thesump pump is energized. If the condensingtemperature drops below the lower limit (70°F) thesump pump is de-energized.

High Pressure Limit ControlsHigh Pressure controls are located on the dischargelines near the scroll compressors. They are designed toopen when the discharge pressure approaches 650 ± 10psig. The controls reset automatically when thedischarge pressure decreases to approximately 550 ±10 psig. However, the compressors on that circuit arelocked out and a manual reset diagnostic is initiatedafter the fourth occurrence of a high pressurecondition.

If the HPC opens after a compressor has started, allcompressors on that circuit will be turned offimmediately and will remain off for a minimum of 15minutes. If the HPC trips four consecutive times duringthe first 3 minutes of operation, the compressors onthat circuit will be locked out and a manual resetdiagnostic is initiated. Variable speed compressorcircuits use a different HPC switch with 24 VDC contactsinput to the inverter. Otherwise, the variable speed HPCcircuit is functionally the same as described above.

High Compressor Pressure DifferentialProtectionThe 20–75 ton units provide High Compressor PressureDifferential protection for the equipment, also referredto as Low VI compressor protection. This protection isactive on a per circuit basis and prevents scroll involutestresses from exceeding levels that could causecompressor damage.

Two levels of control are implemented to support theHigh Compressor Pressure Differential protection: Limitand Diagnostic trips.


RT-SVX36T-EN 23

During a Limit trip, the controller will determine whenthe pressure differential has exceeded predeterminedlimits and will then take action by either limiting thecompressor capacity or by unloading/reducing thecompressor capacity on that circuit. Once the pressuredifferential returns to an acceptable level, the circuitwill become unlimited if still needed for temperaturecontrol.

During a Diagnostic trip, the controller will determinewhen the pressure differential has exceeded acceptablelevels for the equipment and will then de-energize thecircuit completely. Once the pressure differentialreturns to an acceptable level, the circuit will beallowed to re-energize if still needed for temperaturecontrol. If four Diagnostic trips occur within the samerequest for compressor operation, the circuit will belocked out on a manual reset diagnostic.

If actively limiting or controlling compressor outputsOFF due to a High Compressor Pressure Differentialevent, the Limit/Diagnostic event will be found underStatus/ Compressor Status Submenu at the humaninterface . During a diagnostic trip a diagnostic will beindicated at the human interface .

Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor (3U63)An analog input device used on applications with 100%economizer. It monitors the outdoor humidity levels foreconomizer operation. It is mounted in the outside airintake section and is connected to the RTM (1U48).

Return Air Humidity Sensor (3U64)An analog input device used on applications with thecomparative enthalpy option. It monitors the return airhumidity level and compares it to the outdoor humiditylevel to establish which conditions are best suited tomaintain the cooling requirements. It is mounted in thereturn air section and is connected to the ECEM (1U52).

Space Humidity Sensor (5U108)Analog input device used on applications withmodulating dehumidification option and/orhumidification field installed option. It is used tomonitor the humidity level in the space and forcomparison with the dehumidification andhumidification setpoints to maintain space humidityrequirements. It is field mounted in the space andconnected to the RTM (1TB16).

Low Ambient Option 0° Fahrenheit(2U84, 2U85)Air cooled units ordered with Low Ambient 0°Fahrenheit will control the low ambient dampers(2U84, 2U85) to the programmable Low AmbientControl Point based on saturated condensertemperature during compressor operation.

Status/Annunciator OutputAn internal function within the RTM (1U48) module thatprovides:

• diagnostic and mode status signals to the remotepanel (LEDs) and to the Human Interface

• control of the binary Alarm output on the RTM

• control of the binary outputs on the GBAS moduleto inform the customer of the operational statusand/or diagnostic conditions

Low Ambient Compressor LockoutUtilizes an analog input device. When the system isconfigured for low ambient compressor lockout, thecompressors are not allowed to operate if thetemperature of the outside air falls below the lockoutsetpoint. When the temperature rises 5°F above thelockout setpoint, the compressors are allowed tooperate. The factory preset is 50°F.

For units with the low ambient option, the minimumrecommended lockout setpoint is 0°F. The setpoints areadjustable at the Human Interface inside the unitcontrol panel.

Space Pressure Transducer (3U62)This analog input device modulates the exhaustdamper or exhaust VFD to keep the space pressurewithin the building to a customer-designatedcontrolband. It is mounted in the filter section justabove the exhaust damper actuatorand is connected tothe ECEM(1U52). Field-supplied pneumatic tubing mustbe connected between the space being controlled andthe transducer assembly. .

Morning Warm-Up—Zone Heat (CV andVAV)When a system changes from an unoccupied to anoccupied mode, or switches from STOPPED to AUTO,or power is applied to a unit with the MWU option, theheater in the unit or external heat will be brought on ifthe space temperature is below the MWU setpoint. Theheat will remain on until the temperature reaches theMWU setpoint.

If the unit is VAV, then the VAV box/unocc relay willcontinue to stay in the unoccupied position and theVFD output will stay at 100% during the MWU mode.When the MWU setpoint is reached and the heat modeis terminated, then the VAV box/unocc relay will switchto the occupied mode and the VFD output will becontrolled by the duct static pressure. During FullCapacity MWU the economizer damper is held closedfor as long as it takes to reach setpoint. During CyclingCapacity MWU the economizer damper is allowed togo to minimum position after one hour of operation ifsetpoint has not been reached.


24 RT-SVX36T-EN

Compressor Motor Winding Thermostats

CSHD Compressors (20-70 ton) Air-Cooledand (24-80 ton) Evaporative CondensersThe compressors contain an internal line breakoverload which stops the compressors under a numberof operating conditions that cause excessive motortemperature. These include rapid cycling, loss ofcharge, abnormally high suction temperatures,excessive amperage, phase loss and low voltage

CSHN Compressors (75 to 130 ton) Air-Cooled and (89 ton) Evaporative CondensersPTC sensors are embedded in the motor windings ofeach Scroll compressor. These sensors are wired to theprotection module which protects the motor from overtemperature that can occur under a number ofabnormal operating conditions. These include rapidcycling, loss of charge, abnormally high suctiontemperatures, low voltage and excessive amperage.

During a request for compressor operation, if theCompressor Module (SCM) detects a problem outsideof normal parameters, it turns any operatingcompressor(s) in that circuit OFF, locks out allcompressor operation for that circuit, and initiates amanual reset diagnostic.

VZH Variable Speed CompressorsOver current and over torque protection for VZHcompressors are provided by the TRV200 inverter. VZHover temperature protection is not required.

High Duct Temp Thermostats (Optional3S16, 3S17)These are binary input devices used with a TraneCommunication Interface Module (TCI). They provide“high limit” shutdown of the unit and requires amanual reset. They are factory set to open if the supplyair temperature reaches 240°F, or the return airtemperature reaches 135°F. Once tripped, thethermostat can be reset by pressing the button locatedon the sensor once the air temperature has decreasedapproximately 25°F below the cutout point.

Freeze AvoidanceFreeze Avoidance is a feature which helps preventfreezing of hydronic heat coils and avoiding nuisancehydronic heat freezestat trips. This is accomplished byopening inactive hydronic heat valve(s) at low ambienttemperatures. Typically, when the unit is in a modewhere the supply fan is off, the OA temperature ismonitored. If it falls below 45 ºF (5 degrees above thefreezestat), the hydronic heat valve(s) are opened to theStandby Freeze Avoidance Position. When the OAtemperature rises above 47 ºF, occupied mode isrequested, or the supply fan is requested ON thehydronic heat valve(s) release to normal control.

When the supply fan is commanded on, the OAdampers will remain closed for one minute to removethe heat from the hydronic heating coil. This preventsfreezestat trips and falsely loading the supply airtemperature causing premature compressor operation.This function is disabled if the Standby FreezeAvoidance Position is setto 0%.

Supply Air Temperature Low LimitUses the supply air temperature sensor input tomodulate the economizer damper to minimum positionin the event the supply air temperature falls below theoccupied heating setpoint temperature.

FreezestatA binary input device used on units with Hydronic Heat.It is mounted in the heat section and connected to theHeat Module (1U50). If the temperature of the airentering the heating coil falls to 40°F, the normallyopen contacts on the freezestat closes signalling theHeat Module and the Rooftop Module (RTM) to:

• drive the Hydronic Heat Actuator to the full openposition

• turn the supply fan “Off”

• close the outside air damper

• turn “On” the SERVICE light at the Remote Panel

• initiate a “Freezestat” diagnostic to the HumanInterface

Compressor Circuit Breakers (1CB8,1CB9, 1CB10, 1CB11)The Scroll Compressors are protected by circuitbreakers for 208 to 230 volt units which interrupt thepower supply to the compressors if the current exceedsthe breakers “must trip” value. For 460 -575 volt unitsthe Scroll compressors will be protected with ManualMotor protectors. During a request for compressoroperation, if the Compressor Module detects a problemoutside normal parameters, it turns any operatingcompressor(s) on that circuit “Off”, locks out allcompressor operation for that circuit, and initiates amanual reset diagnostic.

Constant Volume (CV) UnitsZone Temperature — CoolingRelies on input from a sensor located directly in thespace, while a system is in the occupied “Cooling”mode. It modulates the economizer (if equipped) and/or stages the mechanical cooling “On and Off” asrequired to maintain the zone temperature to within thecooling setpoint deadband.


RT-SVX36T-EN 25

Zone Temperature — HeatingRelies on input from a sensor located directly in thespace, while a system is in the occupied “Heating”mode or an unoccupied period, to stage the heat “onand off” or to modulate the heating valve (hydronicheat only) as required to maintain the zonetemperature to within the heating setpoint deadband.The supply fan will be requested to operate any timethere is a request for heat. On gas heat units, the fanwill continue to run for 60 seconds (30 seconds on ultramodulating gas heat) after the furnace is turned off.

Supply Air TemperingOn CV Zone Temperature Control units, if the supply airtemperature falls 10°F below the zone temperaturesetpoint up to half of the available heat capacity will bebrought on until the supply air temperature reaches 10°F above zone temperature setpoint.

Single Zone Variable Air Volume(SZVAV) OnlyThe IntelliPak controls platform will support SingleZone VAV as an optional unit control type in order tomeet ASHRAE 90.1. The basic control will be a hybridVAV/CV configured unit that provides dischargetemperature control to a varying discharge airtemperature target setpoint based on the spacetemperature and/or humidity conditions. Concurrently,the unit will control and optimize the supply fan speedto maintain the zone temperature to a zonetemperature setpoint.

VFD ControlSingle Zone VAV units will be equipped with a VFD-controlled supply fan which is controlled via a 0-10VDCsignal from the Rooftop Module (RTM). The VFD willmodulate the supply fan motor speed, accelerating ordecelerating as required to maintain the zonetemperature to the zone temperature setpoint. Whensubjected to high ambient return conditions the VFDwill reduce its output frequency to maintain operation.Bypass control is offered to provide full nominalairflow in the event of drive failure.

Ventilation ControlUnits configured for Single Zone VAV control willrequire special handling of the OA Damper MinimumPosition control in order to compensate for the non-linearity of airflow associated with the variable supplyfan speed and damper combinations. Units configuredfor Traq™ with or without DCV use the same sequenceof operation as VAV or CV units.

Space Pressure ControlFor units configured with Space Pressure Control withor without Statitrac, the new schemes implemented for

economizer minimum position handling requirechanges to the existing Space Pressure Control schemein order to prevent over/under pressurization. Theoverall scheme will remain very similar to VAV unitswith Space Pressure Control with the exception of thedynamic Exhaust Enable Setpoint.

For SZVAV an Exhaust Enable Setpoint must beselected during the 100% Fan Speed Command. Onceselected, the difference between the Exhaust EnableSetpoint and Design OA Damper Minimum Position at100% Fan Speed Command will be calculated. Thedifference calculated will be used as an offset andadded to the Active Building Design OA MinimumPosition Target in order to calculate the dynamicExhaust Enable Target, which will be used throughoutthe Supply Fan Speed/OA Damper Position range.

The Exhaust Enable Target could be above or belowthe Active Building Design OA Minimum PositionTarget Setpoint, based on the Active Exhaust EnableSetpoint being set above or below the Building DesignMinimum Position at 100% Fan Speed Command. Notethat an Exhaust Enable Setpoint of 0% will result in thesame effect on Exhaust Fan control as on VAVapplications with and without Statitrac.

Occupied Cooling OperationFor normal cooling operation, cooling capacity will bestaged or modulated in order to meet the calculateddischarge air target setpoint. If the current activecooling capacity is controlling the discharge air withinthe deadband, no additional cooling capacity changewill be requested. As the Discharge Air Temperaturerises above the deadband, the algorithm will requestadditional capacity as required (additional compressorsor economizer). As the Discharge Air Temperature fallsbelow the deadband, the algorithm will request areduction in active capacity.

Default Economizer OperationBy default, the unit will be setup to optimize theminimum supply fan speed capability duringEconomizer Only operation. If the economizer is able tomeet the demand alone, due to desirable ambientconditions, the supply fan speed will be allowed toincrease above the minimum prior to utilizingmechanical cooling if discharge air setpoint falls belowthe discharge air Lower Limit (Cooling) setpoint.

Unoccupied ModeIn Unoccupied mode the unit will utilize setbacksetpoints, 0% Minimum OA Damper position, and AutoFan Mode operation as on normal CV units. The SupplyFan speed, and cooling and modulating types of heat,will be controlled to the discharge air target setpoint asis done during occupied periods. The Supply fan speedduring staged heat control will be forced to 100% as onnormal CV units.


26 RT-SVX36T-EN

Occupied Heating OperationOccupied heating operation has two separate controlsequences; staged and modulated. All staged heatingtypes will drive the supply fan to maximum flow andstage heating to control to the Zone Heating Setpoint.For units with Hydronic and Gas heat, modulatedSZVAV Heating. On an initial call for heating, thesupply fan will drive to the minimum heating airflow.

On an additional call for heating, the heat will control inorder to meet the calculated discharge air targetsetpoint. As the load in the zone continues to requestheat operation, the supply fan will ramp-up while thecontrol maintains the heating discharge airtemperature. Heating can be configured for either theenergy saving SZVAV Heating solution as describedabove, or the traditional, less efficient CV Heatingsolution.

Compressor (DX) CoolingCompressor control and protection schemes willfunction identical to that of a traditional unit. Normalcompressor proving and disable input monitoring willremain in effect as well as normal 3-minute minimumon, off, and inter-stage timers. Also, all existing headpressure control schemes will be in effect.

Cooling SequenceIf the control determines that there is a need for activecooling capacity in order to meet the calculateddischarge air target setpoint, once supply fan provinghas been made, the unit will begin to stagecompressors accordingly. Note that the compressorstaging order will be based on unit configuration andcompressor lead/lag status.

Once the discharge air target setpoint calculation hasreached the Minimum Setpoint and compressors arebeing utilized to meet the demand, as the discharge airtarget setpoint value continues to calculate lower thealgorithm will begin to ramp the supply fan speed uptoward 100%. Note that the supply fan speed willremain at the compressor stage’s associated minimumvalue (as described below) until the discharge air targetsetpoint value is calculated below the discharge airtemperature Minimum Setpoint (limited discharge airtarget setpoint).

As the cooling load in the zone decreases the zonecooling algorithm will reduce the speed of the fandown to minimum per compressor stage and controlthe compressors accordingly. As the compressorsbegin to de-energize, the supply fan speed will fall backto the Cooling Stage’s associated minimum fan speed,but not below. As the load in the zone continues todrop, cooling capacity will be reduced in order tomaintain the discharge air within the ± ½ discharge airtarget deadband.

Variable Air Volume (VAV) UnitsOccupied Heating — Supply AirTemperatureWhen a VAV unit is equipped with “Modulating Heat”,and the system is in an occupied mode, and the fieldsupplied changeover relay contacts (5K87) have closedor per a BAS command, the supply air temperature willbe controlled to the customer specified supply airheating setpoint. It will remain in the heating statusuntil the changeover relay contacts are opened or BAShas released the heat command.

Occupied Cooling — Supply AirTemperatureWhen a VAV unit is in the occupied mode, the supplyair temperature will be controlled to the customerspecified supply air cooling setpoint by modulating theeconomizer and/or staging the mechanical cooling “Onand Off” as required. The changeover relay contactsmust be open, or BAS command set to auto or cool, forthe cooling to operate.

Daytime Warm-upOn VAV units equipped with heat, if the zonetemperature falls below the daytime warm-up initiatetemperature during the occupied mode, the system willswitch to full airflow. During this mode, the VAV box/unocc relay will be energized (this is to signal the VAVboxes to go to 100%). After the VAV box max stroketime has elapsed (factory set at 6 minutes), the VFDoutput will be set to 100%. The airflow will be at 100%and the heat will be turned on to control to theoccupied heating setpoint.

When the zone temperature reaches the daytimewarm-up termination setpoint, the heat will be turnedoff, the relay will be de-energized, releasing the VAVboxes, the VFD output will go back to duct staticpressure control and the unit will return to dischargeair control. If the occ zone heating setpoint is less thanthe DWU terminate setpoint, the heat will turn off whenthe occ zone heat setpoint is reached, but it will stay inDWU mode and cycle the heat to maintain setpoint.

Unoccupied Heating — ZoneTemperatureWhen a VAV unit is equipped with gas, electric, orhydronic heat and is in the unoccupied mode, the zonetemperature will be controlled to within the customerspecified setpoint deadband. During an unoccupiedmode for a VAV unit, the VAV box/unocc relay will be inthe unoccupied position and the VFD output will be at100%. This means that if there is a call for heat (or cool)and the supply fan comes on, it will be at full airflowand the VAV boxes in the space will need to be 100%open as signaled by the VAV box/unocc relay.


RT-SVX36T-EN 27

Supply Air TemperingOn VAV units equipped with “Modulating Heat”, if thesupply air temperature falls 10°F below the supply airtemperature setpoint, the heat will modulate tomaintain the supply air temperature to within the lowend of the setpoint deadband.

Supply Duct Static Pressure Control(Occupied)The RTM relies on input from the duct pressuretransducer when a unit is equipped with a VariableFrequency Drive to set the supply fan speed tomaintain the supply duct static pressure to within thestatic pressure setpoint deadband. The transducercompares supply duct pressure to ambient pressure.Refer to , p. 57.

Space Temperature AveragingSpace temperature averaging for Constant Volumeapplications is accomplished by wiring a number ofremote sensors in a series/parallel circuit.

The fewest number of sensors required to accomplishspace temperature averaging is four. The SpaceTemperature Averaging with Multiple Sensors figureillustrates a single sensor circuit (Single Zone), foursensors wired in a series/parallel circuit (Four Zone),nine sensors wired in a series/parallel circuit (NineZone). Any number squared, is the number of remotesensors required.

Wiring termination will depend on the type of remotepanel or control configuration for the system. Refer tothe wiring diagrams that shipped with the unit.

Figure 6. Space temperature averaging with multiplesensors

Single Zone Averaging Circuit

Four Zone Averaging Circuit

Nine Zone Averaging Circuit

Remote Sensor #1

Remote Sensor #1

Remote Sensor #1

Remote Sensor #4

Remote Sensor #4

Remote Sensor #5 Remote Sensor #6

Remote Sensor #7 Remote Sensor #8 Remote Sensor #9

Remote Sensor #2

Remote Sensor #2

To Terminalson the Zone SensorModule or to 1TB4



Remote Sensor #3

Unit Control ModulesUnit control modules are microelectronic circuit boardsdesigned to perform specific unit functions. The controlmodules, through proportional/integral controlalgorithms, provide the best possible comfort level forthe customer. They are mounted in the control paneland are factory wired to their respective internalcomponents.

The control modules receive and interpret informationfrom other unit modules, sensors, remote panels, andcustomer binary contacts to satisfy the applicablerequest for economizing, mechanical cooling, heating,and ventilation. The figure below illustrates the typicallocation of each designated module.

eFlex™ Variable Speed CompressorStagingNNoottee:: The eFlex™ variable speed compressor can be

manually controlled only in service test modethrough the Intellipak controller human interface.The TRV200 inverter keypad has beenprogrammed purposely to provide stop, reset,and diagnostics functions only. This is to preventbypass of compressor protection functionsprovided by the Intellipak control logic.

The figure below generally describes how the IntelliPakcontroller sequences the eFlex™ variable speedcompressor as building load increases. It is assumedthat the unit is equipped with an economizer.


28 RT-SVX36T-EN

At low building loads, the economizer will often meetthe building load and compressor cooling will not berequired. Then as the building load increases and theeconomizer no longer can maintain setpoint, theIntelliPak controller sends a signal to the TRV200inverter to start the variable speed compressor. TheTRV200 inverter ramps the compressor up to 50Hz for10 seconds to ensure compressor start-up lubrication.Control is released back to the IntelliPak controller andthe compressor runs at minimum speed command (0VDC from VSM board).

Until the building load exceeds the variable speedcompressor capacity at minimum speed, the IntelliPakcompressor will cycle the variable speed compressor tomeet setpoint (4 minute minimum on/off time).However, since variable speed unit minimum capacityis about 15%, this transition cycling will be less than a

typical fixed speed compressor unit which may have25% minimum capacity.

As the building load increases and eventually equalsthe variable speed compressor capacity at minimumspeed, the compressor will run continuously and nolonger cycle. Then as the building load increases, theIntelliPak controller will increase compressor speed tomeet the setpoint. When the variable speedcompressor eventually reaches maximum speed andmore capacity is required, a fixed speed compressor isstarted while the variable speed compressor speed issimultaneously ramped back down to minimum. Notethat capacity overlap is typically provided betweeneach stage of operation to provide continuous capacitymodulation and minimize compressor cycling betweenstages.

Figure 7. eFlex™™ variable speed compressor, IntelliPak controller sequences

NNoottee:: The number of compressor stages varies from 3to 7 depending on eFlex™ unit size. The figureabove is an example of 3 stages used for 40-70ton IntelliPak 1.


RT-SVX36T-EN 29

Pre-InstallationUnit InspectionTo protect against loss due to damage incurred intransit, perform inspection immediately upon receipt ofthe unit.

Exterior InspectionIf the job site inspection reveals damage or materialshortages, file a claim with the carrier immediately.Specify the type and extent of the damage on the bill oflading before signing. Notify the appropriate salesrepresentative.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do not proceed with installation of adamaged unit without salesrepresentative’s approval.

• Visually inspect the complete exterior for signs ofshipping damages to unit or packing material.

• Verify that the nameplate data matches the salesorder and bill of lading.

• Verify that the unit is properly equipped and thereare no material shortages.

• Verify that the power supply complies with the unitnameplate and electric heater specifications.

Inspection for Concealed DamageVisually inspect the components for concealed damageas soon as possible after delivery and before it isstored.

Do NOT walk on the sheet metal base pans. Bridgingbetween the unit’s main supports may consist ofmultiple 2 by 12 boards or sheet metal grating.

WWAARRNNIINNGGNNoo SStteepp SSuurrffaaccee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonn bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..DDoo nnoott wwaallkk oonn tthhee sshheeeett mmeettaall ddrraaiinn ppaann.. WWaallkkiinnggoonn tthhee ddrraaiinn ppaann ccoouulldd ccaauussee tthhee ssuuppppoorrttiinngg mmeettaallttoo ccoollllaappssee aanndd rreessuulltt iinn tthhee ooppeerraattoorr//tteecchhnniicciiaannffaalllliinngg..

If concealed damage is discovered:

• Notify the carrier’s terminal of the damageimmediately by phone and by mail.

• Concealed damage must be reported within 15days.

• Request an immediate, joint inspection of thedamage with the carrier and consignee.

• Stop unpacking the unit.

• Do not remove damaged material from receivinglocation.

• Take photos of the damage, if possible.

• The owner must provide reasonable evidence thatthe damage did not occur after delivery.

RepairNotify the appropriate sales representative beforearranging unit installation or repair.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do not repair unit until the damage hasbeen inspected by the carrier’srepresentative.

StorageStore unit in a level and dry location. Use adequateblocking under the base rail. If unit is not level andsupported adequately, damage may occur whenremoving screws and opening doors.

Take precautions to prevent condensate formationinside the unit electrical components and motors when:

• The unit is stored before it is installed; or,

• The unit is set on the roof curb and temporaryauxiliary heat is provided in the building.

Isolate all side panel service entrances and base panopenings (e.g., conduit holes, S/A and R/A openings,and flue openings) to minimize ambient air fromentering the unit until it is ready for startup.

NNoottee:: Do not use the unit heater as temporary heatwithout completing the startup proceduresdetailed under Startup information.

The manufacturer will not assume responsibility forequipment damage resulting from accumulation ofcondensate on the unit electrical and/or mechanicalcomponents.

Unit ClearancesFigure 17, p. 43 illustrates the minimum operating andservice clearances for either a single or multiple unitinstallation.

These clearances are the minimum distancesnecessary for adequate service, cataloged unitcapacity, and peak operating efficiency. Providing lessthan the recommended clearances may result incondenser coil starvation, “short-circulating” ofexhaust and economizer airflows, or recirculation ofhot condenser air.

30 RT-SVX36T-EN

Unit Dimensions and Weight InformationTable 6. Unit dimensions & weight information

Description Reference

Air-Cooled Condenser

Unit dimensions, 20–75 ton (SAHL) Table 7, p. 33, Table 8, p. 34, Table 9, p. 35, Table 12, p. 37

Unit dimensions, 90–130 ton Figure 12, p. 38

Roof curb weights Table 19, p. 45

Center-of-gravity illustration and related dimensional data Figure 13, p. 39

Evaporative Condenser

Unit dimensions, 20–89 ton (SEH_, SFH_, SLH_, SSH_, and SXH_) Table 10, p. 35, Table 12, p. 37

Roof curb weights Figure 12, p. 38

Center-of-gravity illustration and related dimensional data Figure 13, p. 39

Factory Warranty InformationCompliance with the following is required to preservethe factory warranty:

All Unit InstallationsStartup MUST be performed by Trane, or an authorizedagent of Trane, to VALIDATE this WARRANTY.Contractor must provide a two-week startupnotification and true start date to Trane (or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform startup).

On all IntelliPak 1 units, a Trane factory REQUIREDstartup (mandatory with Evaporative Condensing oroptionally selected ON OTHER UNITS) providesmaximized unit reliability and overall unit performancein addition to preserving the standard factory warranty.

Additional Requirements for UnitsRequiring DisassemblyWhen a new fully assembled IntelliPak is shipped andreceived from our Trane manufacturing location, and,for any reason, it requires disassembly or partialdisassembly, which could include but is not limited tothe evaporator, condenser, control panel, compressor/motor, factory mounted starter, or any othercomponents originally attached to the fully assembledunit, compliance with the following is required topreserve the factory warranty:

• Trane, or an agent of Trane specifically authorizedto perform start-up and warranty of Trane®products, will perform or have direct on-sitetechnical supervision of the disassembly andreassembly work.

• The installing contractor must notify Trane, or anagent of Trane specifically authorized to performstart-up and warranty of Trane® products, twoweeks in advance of the scheduled disassemblywork to coordinate the disassembly andreassembly work.

• Start-up must be performed by Trane or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform start-upand warranty of Trane® products.

Trane, or an agent of Trane specifically authorized toperform startup and warranty of Trane® products, willprovide qualified personnel and standard hand tools toperform the disassembly work at a location specifiedby the contractor. The contractor shall provide therigging equipment, such as chain falls, gantries, cranes,forklifts, etc., necessary for the disassembly andreassembly work and the required qualified personnelto operate the necessary rigging equipment. See“Warranty and Liability Clause,” p. 215 for additionaldetails.

PPrree--IInnssttaallllaattiioonn

RT-SVX36T-EN 31

Installation ChecklistGeneral Checklist (Applies to all units)The checklist listed below is a summary of the stepsrequired to successfully install a Commercial rooftopunit. This checklist is intended to acquaint the installingpersonnel with what is required in the installationprocess. It does not replace the detailed instructionscalled out in the applicable sections of this manual.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: This checklist does not replace the detailedinstructions called out in the applicablesections of this manual.

☐ Check the unit for shipping damage and materialshortage; file a freight claim and notify Trane office.

☐ Verify that the installation location of the unit willprovide the required clearance for properoperation.

☐ Assemble and install the roof curb per the currentedition of the curb installation guide.

☐ Fabricate and install ductwork; secure ductwork tocurb.

☐ Install pitch pocket for power supply throughbuilding roof. (If applicable)

☐ Rigging the unit.

☐ Set the unit onto the curb; check for levelness.

☐ Ensure unit-to-curb seal is tight and without bucklesor cracks.

☐ Install and connect condensate drain lines to eachevaporator drain connection.

☐ Remove the shipping hold-down bolts and shippingchannels from the supply and exhaust/return fansordered with rubber or spring isolators.

☐ Check all optional supply and exhaust/return fanspring isolators for proper adjustment.

☐ Verify all discharge line service valves (one percircuit) are back seated.

Main Electrical Power Requirements☐ Verify that the power supply to the unit complies

with the unit nameplate specification. Refer to MainUnit Power Wiring in the Installation chapter.

☐ Properly ground the unit.

☐ Inspect all control panel components and tightenany loose connections.

☐ Connect properly sized and protected power supplywiring to a field supplied/installed disconnect andthe unit (copper wiring only to the unit).

☐ Verify that phasing to the unit is correct (ABC).

☐ Turn the 1S2 toggle switch off to prevent accidentalunit operation.

☐ Turn on power to the unit.

☐ Press the STOP button on the Human Interface(1U2).

☐ Verify that all compressor crankcase heaters areenergized for at least 8 hours prior to unit start-up.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Note: All field-installed wiring must complywith NEC and applicable local codes.

Field Installed Control Wiring☐ Complete the field wiring connections for the

constant volume controls as applicable. Refer to“Field-installed Control Wiring” for guidelines.

☐ Complete the field wiring connections for thevariable air volume controls as applicable. Refer to“Field-installed Control Wiring” for guidelines.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Note: All field-installed wiring must complywith NEC and applicable local codes.

Requirements for Electric Heat UnitsAAllll SSEEHHLL aanndd SSEEHHKK UUnniittss ((338800 mmiinniimmuumm vvoollttaaggee))

☐ Verify that the power supply complies with theelectric heater specifications on the unit and heaternameplate.

☐ Inspect the heater junction box and control panel;tighten any loose connections.

☐ Check electric heat circuits for continuity.

SSEEHHLL UUnniittss ww//220000VV oorr 223300VV EElleeccttrriicc HHeeaatt:: ((RReeqquuiirreessSSeeppaarraattee PPoowweerr SSuuppppllyy ttoo HHeeaatteerr))

☐ Connect properly sized and protected power supplywiring for the electric heat from a dedicated, field-supplied/installed disconnect to terminal block4TB2, or to an optional unit-mounted disconnectswitch 4S15.

Requirements for Gas Heat Units☐ Gas supply line properly sized and connected to the

unit gas train.

☐ All gas piping joints properly sealed.

☐ Drip leg installed in the gas piping near the unit.

☐ Gas piping leak checked with a soap solution. Ifpiping connections to the unit are complete, do notpressurize piping in excess of 0.50 psig or 14" W.C.to prevent component failure.

☐ Main supply gas pressure adequate.

☐ Flue Tubes clear of any obstructions.

☐ Factory-supplied flue assembly installed on theunit.

☐ Connect the 3/4" CPVC furnace drain stub-out to aproper condensate drain.

Requirements for Hot Water Heat (SLH_)☐ Route properly sized water piping through the base

of the unit into the heating section.


32 RT-SVX36T-EN

☐ Install the factory-supplied, 3-way modulatingvalve.

☐ Complete the valve actuator wiring.

Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH_)☐ Install an automatic air vent at the top of the return

water coil header.

☐ Route properly sized steam piping through the baseof the unit into the heating section.



☐ Install 1/2", 15-degree swing check vacuum breaker(s) at the top of each coil section. Vent breaker(s) tothe atmosphere or merge with return main atdischarge side of steam trap.

☐ Position the steam trap discharge at least 12" belowthe outlet connection on the coil.

☐ Use float and thermostatic traps in the system, asrequired by the application.

O/A Pressure Sensor and TubingInstallation (All units with Statitrac orReturn Fans)☐ O/A pressure sensor mounted to the roof bracket.

☐ Factory supplied pneumatic tubing installedbetween the O/A pressure sensor and the connectoron the vertical support.

☐ (Units with StatiTrac) Field supplied pneumatictubing connected to the proper fitting on the spacepressure transducer located in the filter section, andthe other end routed to a suitable sensing locationwithin the controlled space.

Requirements for Modulating Reheat☐ Install (5U108) humidity sensor in space or return

duct.

☐ Complete field wiring of humidity sensor to ECEM(1TB16). Refer to “Field Installed Control wiring” forguidelines.

Evaporative Condenser☐ Remove fan bracket.

☐ Hookup inlet and drain piping.

☐ Install heat tape if needed.

☐ Setup drain hold or drain on power loss.

☐ Setup Mechanical Float.

☐ Setup drain time.

☐ Setup water quality management (3rd party orTrane factory-installed Dolphin Water Care™System).

☐ Options setup.

☐ Calibrate Conductivity Controller.

☐ Setup blowdown setpoints on the conductivitysensor.


RT-SVX36T-EN 33

Dimensional DataFigure 8. Unit dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton)

NNoottee:: Use the table that follows.

Compressor Access

C

B

D

ControlPanel Access

*Condensate drain at F2 not used on DDP fans.

A

G

J

F2*F1

H2**

H1

**Lifting lug at H2 not used on 20-36 T units.

1" Condensate DrainConnection (both sides)

SupplyFanAccess

FilterAccess

100% Modulating Exhaust or 50% Exhaust Damper

100% Modulating Exhaust Damper

Fresh Air Intake

F

Note: Ultra Low Leak Power ExhaustDampter extends 0.65" beyond lifting lugs.

Table 7. Unit dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton)Nom.Tons A B C D E F1 F2 G H1 H2 J

20, 25 21'–9 3/4" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 3'–9 5/16" 10'–7" 12'–6" 1" 7' N/A 1'–3 1/2"

30 21'–9 3/4" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 4'–9 5/16" 10'–7" 12'–6" 1" 7' N/A 1'–3 1/2"

40 29'–8" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/4" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/16" 2'–5"

50, 55 29'–8" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 6'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/4" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/16" 2'–5"

60 29'–8" 6'–9" 9'–8" 7'–3 1/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/4" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/16" 2'–5"

70, 75 29'–8" 6'–9" 9'–8" 7'–3 1/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/4" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/16" 2'–5"

34 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 9. Unit base dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton)

NNoottee:: Use table that follows.

B

D

C

Unit Base

A

E

G

F1

Electrical EntranceF2

Table 8. Unit base dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton)

Nom. Tons A B C DE

Fan TypeExhaust Return

20–30 14'–30 1/4" 2'–32 1/2" 11 3/4" 5'–7" 3'–4 3/8" 2'–9 15/16"

40–50 16'–31 13/16" 2'–5" 11 3/4" 5'–7" 3'–4 3/8" 3'–1 1/2"

60 16'–31 13/16" 2'–5" 1'–4 9/16" 6'–10 7/8" 4'–5 3/8" 4'–2 1/2"

70–75 16'–31 13/16" 2'-5" 1'–4 9/16" 6'–10 7/8" 4'–5 3/8" 4'–2 1/2"

Nom. TonsF1 F2 G

Fan TypeExhaust Return Exhaust Return Exhaust Return

20–30 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 28 5/8" 6'–6 15/16" 3'

40–50 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 32 15/16" 7'–8 3/16" 3'–4"

60 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" 7'–8 3/16" 4'–5"

70–75 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" 7'–8 3/16" 4'–5"

DDiimmeennssiioonnaall DDaattaa

RT-SVX36T-EN 35

Figure 10. Unit dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)

NNoottee:: Use the following two tables for air cooled and evaporative condensing dimensions. Use Table 11, p. 36for CPVCfurnace drain dimensions.

*Condensate drain at F2 not used on DDP fans.

CPVC Furnace Drain(See CPVC Dimensional Table)

H2**

Note: Ultra Low Leak Power ExhaustDamper extends 0.65" beyond lifting lugs.

**Lifting lug at H2 not used on 20-36 T units.

Heater Access

1¼" NPT GasPipe Entry withGrommet

Control PanelAccess

Drain Hole

J

MF1

F2*

H1FilterAccess

SupplyFanAccess

G

L

O

K

NFlue Vent

(gas heat only)

100% ModulatingExhaust Damper

1" NPT CondensateDrain Connection (both sides)

100% ModulatingExhaust Damper or50% Exhaust Damper

E

A

Fresh Air Intake

D

B

C

Compressor Access

Table 9. Unit dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)—air cooledNom.Tons A B C D E F1 F2 G H1 H2 J K L M N O

20, 25 24'–1 3/8" 6’–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7’–3 1/4" 3'–9 5/16" 10'–7" 13'–3" 1" 7' N/A 1'–3 1/2" 16'–7" 16'–6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

30 24'–1 3/8" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 4'–9 5/16" 10'–7" 13'–3" 1" 7' N/A 1'–3 1/2" 16'–7" 16'–6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

40 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

50, 55 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 7'–3 1/4" 6'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

60 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 9'–8" 7'–3 1/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

70, 75 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 9'–8" 7'–3 1/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

Table 10. Unit dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)—evaporative condensingNom.Tons A B C D E F1 F2 G H1 H2 J K L M N O

24, 29 26'–5 1/2" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 8'–4 3/4" 3'–9 5/16" 10'–7" 13'–3" 1" 7' N/A 1'–3 1/2" 16'–7" 16'–6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

36 26'–5 1/2" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 8'–4 3/4" 4'–9 5/16" 10'–7" 13'–3" 1" 7' N/A 1'–3 1/2" 16'–7" 16'–6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

48 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 8'–4 3/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

59 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 7'–6 1/2" 8'–4 3/4" 6'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

73 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 9'–8" 8'–4 3/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

80, 89 32'–10 1/2" 6'–9" 9'–8" 8'–4 3/4" 5'–9 5/16" 12'–1 1/8" 15'–4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'–2 5/

16" 2'–5" 19'–7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9"

Note: 19'–6" for SFHL “High Heat” units or 20'–3" for SFHL “Low Heat” units.


36 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 11. CVPC furnace drain dimensions

Nom. Ton(AC/EC)

FurnaceSize/MBh

Dimensions (Note)Length Height

20 & 25, 24 & 29Low = 235 195-5/32" 9-5/32"High = 500 195-5/32" 9-5/32"

30, 36Low = 350 195-5/32" 9-5/32"High = 500 195-5/32" 9-5/32"

40, 48Low = 350 240-1/8" 9-5/32"High = 850 231-1/8" 9-5/32"

50-75, 59-89Low = 500 240-1/8" 9-5/32"High = 850 231-1/8" 9-5/32"

Note: The length dimension is from the exhaust end of the unit. The height dimensionis from the bottom of the unit base rail.

Figure 11. Unit base dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)

NNoottee:: Use the table that follows.A B

E

G

F1

J

D

C

Electrical EntranceHK

A

B

Holes

LF2

Unit Base Notes:1. SEHL — For 208/230 volt electric heat units, use hole “A” (3⅝" diameter).2. SFHL — For gas heat units, use hole “B” (1¼" diameter).3. SLHL and SSHL — For steam or hot water heat units, use holes “A” (3⅝" steamor hot water supply) and “B” (3" steam or hot water return).4. SXHL — In extended cabinet cooling only units, the holes are omitted


RT-SVX36T-EN 37

Table 12. Unit base dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)—air cooled and evap condensing

Nom. tons A B C D

E F1 G F2Fan Type

Exhaust Return Exhaust Return Exhaust Re-turn Exhaust Return

20–30/24–36 16'–3 3/16" 2'–2 1/2" 5 13/16" 5'–7" 3'–4 3/8" 2'–9 15/

16" 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 6'–6 15/16" 3' 5 13/16" 28 5/8"

40 & 50/48& 59

19'–10 5/16" 2'–5" 7 1/16" 5'–7" 3'–4 3/8" 3'–1 1/2" 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 7'–8 3/16" 3'–4” 5 13/16" 32 15/16"

60/73 19'–10 5/16" 2'–5" 6 1/16" Note 1 4'–5 3/8" 4'–2 1/2" 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 7'–8 3/16" 4'–5” 5 13/16" 26 7/16"

70–75/80–89

19'–10 5/16" 2'–5" 6 1/16" Note 1 4'–5 3/8" 4'–2 1/2" 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 7'–8 3/16" 4'–5” 5 13/16" 26 7/16"

Nom. tons H J K L20–30/24–

36 15'–5 5/16" 16'–9 3/4"

8 13/16" 9 1/16"40 & 50/48& 59

18'–11 11/16" Note 2 8 3/16" 9 1/16"

60/73 18'–11 11/16" Note 2 8 3/16" 9 1/16"

70–75/80–89

18'–11 11/16" Note 2 8 3/16" 9 1/16"

Notes:1. 5'–5 15/16" for SEHL units or 7'–8 1/2" for SFHL,

SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units.2. 20'–1 3/4" for SFHL “High Heat” units or 20'–6 3/4"

for SFHL “Low Heat” units. Either is selectable infield for SL and SS Return.


38 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 12. S_HK cooling and heating units (90-130 ton)

Exhaust Air

Outdoor Air

11' 8⅜"over panels

over lifting lugs

11' 11⅝"

1⅜" Drain Hole(both sides)

6' 9⅜"

1" Condensate Drain(both sides)

CPVC Furnace Drain(See CPVC Dimensional Table)

Lifting Lug(6 points)

1⅜" Drain Hole(both sides)

11' 8�⁄₁₆"

14' ¼"

9' 4⅞"

20' ½"

19' ⅜"

3' ⅜"

14' 6¾"

14' 4¾"

14' 0�⁹⁄₃%"

14' 2�⁹⁄₃%" 13' 4⅛"

12' 11⅛"

35' 3¾"

7⁹⁄₃%" 8½"

3' 9"

7' 0"

9�⁄₃%"

Main Unit Control Box

21*⁵⁄₃%"

2' 4"

Supply Air Opening

Electric or GasControl Box

10' 0⅝"

11' 10*⁵⁄₃%"

3½" Diameter Holefor Gas Piping

4¹¹⁄₁₆" Diameter Holefor Steam or Hot Water Piping

21' 5⅜"

Return AirOpening

9' 1" 5⅞"

5⅞

"

5' 4

⅜"

11' 2

¹⁄₁₆"

Legend

A = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB4.B = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB15.C = 1⅛" diameter hole for installing AC control wiring terminating at 1TB16.D = 1⅛" diameter hole for installing AC and DC control wiring terminating at 1TB17.E = 3½" diameter hole for for main power wiring.

Note: Ultra Low Leak Pwer Exhaust Damperextends 0.65" beyaond lifting lugs.

6' 7⅜"

6' 1⅝"


RT-SVX36T-EN 39

Center of GravityFigure 13. Center of gravity dimensional data

Condenser Section

Top View

A

B

Table 13. Center of gravity dimensional data

Unit Model Unit SizeUnits without 100%Exhaust/Return Fan

Units with Exhaust/Return Fan

Units with Supply &Exhaust/Return VFD

Dim. A Dim. B Dim. A Dim. B Dim. A Dim. B

SAHL

20 13' 5'' 3' 10'' 12' 9'' 3' 9'' 12' 3'' 3' 10''

25 13' 6'' 3' 10'' 12' 10'' 3' 9'' 12' 3'' 3' 10''

30 12' 10'' 3' 10'' 12' 0'' 3' 9'' 11' 6'' 3' 10''

40 17' 4'' 4' 0'' 16' 2'' 3' 11'' 15' 6'' 3' 11''

50 17' 6'' 4' 0'' 16' 4'' 3' 11'' 15' 8'' 3' 11''

55 17' 6'' 4' 0'' 16' 4'' 3' 11'' 15' 9'' 3' 11''

60 16' 11'' 4' 10'' 15' 9'' 4' 8'' 15' 2'' 4' 9''

70 16' 12'' 4' 10'' 15' 9'' 4' 8'' 15' 3'' 4' 9''

75 17' 6'' 4' 10'' 16' 3'' 4' 8'' 15' 8'' 4' 9''

SEHL, SLHL,SSHL, SXHL

20 14' 7'' 3' 9'' 13' 11'' 3' 8'' 13' 4'' 3' 9''

25 14' 7'' 3' 9'' 13' 11'' 3' 8'' 13' 5'' 3' 9''

30 13' 12'' 3' 9'' 13' 1'' 3' 8'' 12' 7'' 3' 9''

40 18' 9'' 3' 11'' 17' 7'' 3' 10'' 16' 11'' 3' 10''

50 19' 1'' 4' 0'' 17' 10'' 3' 11'' 17' 2'' 3' 11''

55 19' 1'' 4' 0'' 17' 11'' 3' 11'' 17' 3'' 3' 12''

60 18' 5'' 4' 9'' 17' 1'' 4' 7'' 16' 5'' 4' 8''

70 18' 7'' 4' 10'' 17' 3'' 4' 8'' 16' 8'' 4' 9''

75 19' 1'' 4' 10'' 17' 9'' 4' 8'' 17' 2'' 4' 9''

SFHL

20 14' 8'' 3' 10'' 14' 0'' 3' 9'' 13' 6'' 3' 10''

25 14' 9'' 3' 9'' 14' 1'' 3' 8'' 13' 6'' 3' 9''

30 14' 1'' 3' 9'' 13' 3'' 3' 8'' 12' 9'' 3' 9''

40 18' 11'' 3' 11'' 17' 9'' 3' 10'' 17' 2'' 3' 10''

50 19' 1'' 3' 11'' 17' 11'' 3' 10'' 17' 3'' 3' 11''

55 19' 1'' 3' 11'' 18' 0'' 3' 10'' 17' 4'' 3' 11''

60 18' 6'' 4' 9'' 17' 3'' 4' 7'' 16' 8'' 4' 9''

70 18' 7'' 4' 9'' 17' 4'' 4' 7'' 16' 9'' 4' 8''

75 19' 1'' 4' 9'' 17' 10'' 4' 7'' 17' 3'' 4' 9''

SEHK,SLHK,

SSHK, SXHK

90 19’ 11” 6’ 3” 18’ 5” 5’ 10” 17’ 5” 5’ 10”

105 20’ 4” 6’ 3” 18’ 10” 5’ 11” 17’ 10” 6’ 0”

115 20’ 0” 6’ 3” 18’ 6” 5’ 11” 17’ 7” 6’ 0”

130 19’ 11” 6’ 3” 18’ 6” 5’ 11” 17’ 7” 6’ 0”

SFHK

90 19’ 11” 6’ 4” 18’ 6” 6’ 0” 17’ 6” 5’ 11”

105 20’ 4” 6’ 4” 18’ 11” 6’ 0” 18’ 0” 6’ 1”

115 20’ 0” 6’ 4” 18’ 7” 6’ 0” 17’ 8” 6’ 1”

130 20’ 0” 6’ 4” 18’ 7” 6’ 0” 17’ 8” 6’ 0”Note: Dimensions shown for the center-of-gravity are approximate and are based on a unit equipped with:

Standard coils, FC Fans, 100% economizer, throwaway filters, 460 volt XL start, high capacity heat (asapplicable).


40 RT-SVX36T-EN

Water Connection LocationsFigure 14. Evaporative condenser water connection locations

A

B

8 3/16"

19 13/16"

Drain Connection1 1/4” PVC, Female

Water Supply Connection3/4” PVC, Female

D

C

A

B

Table 14. Evaporative condenser drain and inlet water connection dimensions

Tons (EC) A B C D

24, 29 & 36 5' 6'–7 5/16" 12" 12 15/16"

48 & 59 6'–10 7/8" 8'–6 1/8" 12" 12 15/16"

73, 80 & 89 6'–6 9/16" 8'–6 1/8" 23 11/16" 24 5/8"


RT-SVX36T-EN 41

Electrical Entry DetailsFigure 15. Electrical entrance dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton)

F

EDCB

A

Unit Base

Electrical Entrance

Electrical Entrance End View

5⅛"

LG

K

M

J

N

H

Legend

A = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB4

B = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB5

C = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB16

D = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB17

E = 4⅛" or 5⅝" diameter hole for main power wiring (Remove the 4⅛" hole plate when 5⅝" access is required)

Note:4⅛" diameter hole on 20, 25, 30, and 55 ton units only4⅛" and 5⅝" diameter hole on 60, 70, and 75 ton units

1⅝"

Table 15. Electrical entrance dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton)

Nom. Tons F G H J K L M N20 - 30 8 7/32" 6 31/32" 15 21/32" 13 21/32" 9 17/32" 8 1/2" 18 1/16" 19 9/16"

40 - 75 8 7/8" 7 7/8" 17 7/8" 15 7/8" 9 29/32" 10 3/16" 20 13/32" 22 5/32"


42 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 16. Electrical entrance dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 tons)

LG

5⅛"

Unit Base

Electrical Entrance

EDCB

A

K

M

J

N

H

F

Electrical Entrance End View

Legend

A = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB4

B = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB5

C = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB16

D = 1⅛" diameter hole for field-installed AC and DC wiring terminating at 1TB17

E = 4⅛" or 5⅝" diameter hole for main power wiring (Remove the 4⅛" hole plate when 5⅝" access is required)

Note:4⅛" diameter hole on 20, 25, 30, and 55 ton units only4⅛" and 5⅝" diameter hole on 60, 70, and 75 ton units

1⅝"

Table 16. Electrical entrance dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)

Nom. Tons F G H J K L M N20 - 30 8 7/32" 6 31/32" 15 21/32" 13 21/32" 9 17/32" 8 1/2" 18 1/16" 19 9/16"

40 - 75 8 7/8" 7 7/8" 17 7/8" 15 7/8" 9 29/32" 10 3/16" 20 13/32" 22 5/32"


RT-SVX36T-EN 43

Minimum Required ClearanceFigure 17. Minimum operation and service clearances for single and multiple unit installation

L

L M

Return Air Opening

Outside Air Intake

Supply Air Opening

Condenser Section

Optional 2’10-3/4” Exhaust/Return Access Door (180° swing)

Hinged 2’10-3/4” Filter Access Door (180° swing)

Hinged 2’10-3/4” optional Heater or Final Filter Access Door (180° swing)

Hinged 2’10-3/4” Supply Fan Access Door (180° swing) (90-130 ton)

Hinged 2’4-1/2” Control Panel Door (180° swing) (90-130 ton)

Hinged 2’10-3/4” VFD Access Door (180° swing)

Hinged 2’10-3/4” Evap Condenser Access Door (180° swing)

Hinged 2’8” Control Panel Door (180° swing) (20-36 ton)

Hinged 3’6” Control Panel Door (180° swing) (40-89 ton)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

Single Unit Installation

Legend


44 RT-SVX36T-EN

Weights

Table 17. Air-cooled condenser - approximate operating weights (lbs.)

UnitWithout Exhaust Fan With Exhaust Fan

SA SX SE SF SL/SS SA SX SE SF SL/SS

20 4578 4899 5164 5419 5289 4970 5290 5555 5810 5680

25 4582 4902 5167 5422 5292 4984 5304 5569 5824 5694

30 5005 5351 5616 5871 5741 5580 5926 6191 6446 6316

40 7090 7445 7770 8160 7980 7886 8241 8566 8956 8776

50 7504 7954 8279 8669 8489 8393 8843 9168 9558 9378

55 7504 7954 8279 8669 8489 8393 8843 9168 9558 9378

60 8775 9421 9746 10236 10231 9902 10548 10872 11363 11358

70 8948 9593 9918 10408 10403 11075 10721 11045 11534 11530

75 9280 9926 10251 10741 10736 10407 11053 11378 11868 11863

90 x 12493 12648 13293 13343 x 13831 13986 14631 14681

105 x 13126 13281 13926 13976 x 14464 14619 15264 15314

115 x 13330 13485 14130 14180 x 14668 14823 15468 15518

130 x 13616 13771 14416 14466 x 14954 15109 15754 15829Notes:

1. Weights shown are for air-cooled units with standard capacity, standard efficiency and include the following features: FC fans, VFD(s), standardscroll compressors, 100% economizer, throwaway filters, maximummotor sizes, 460V XL start, high capacity heat.

2. Weights shown represent approximate operating weights and have a ±10% accuracy. To calculate weight for a specific unit configuration, utilizeTOPSS™ or contact the local Trane® sales representative. ACTUALWEIGHTS ARE STAMPED ON THE UNIT NAMEPLATE.

Table 18. Evaporative Condenser - approximate operating weight (lbs.)

Unit Without Exhaust Fan With Exhaust FanSX SE SF SL/SS SX SE SF SL/SS

24 6549 6679 6944 6763 6907 7037 7302 7121

29 6599 6729 6994 6813 6963 7093 7358 7177

36 7121 7251 7513 7335 7538 7668 7933 7752

48 9001 9156 9631 9359 9585 9740 10215 9943

59 9213 9368 9843 9571 9856 10011 10486 10214

73 11303 11458 11933 11691 12128 12283 12758 12516

80 11430 11585 12060 11818 12255 12410 12885 12643

89 11820 11975 12450 12208 12645 12800 13275 13033Notes:

1. Weights shown for evaporative condensing units include the following features: high capacity evaportive coil and theweight of the extra structure associated with the two piece unit. Add 520 lbs for 24, 29, 36, 48 and 59 units and 680 lbsfor 73, 80 and 89 units for installed sump base water weight for evaportive-cooled condenser total operating weight.

2. Weights shown represent approximate operating weights and have a ±10% accuracy. To calculate weight for a specificunit configuration, utilize TOPSS™ or contact the local Trane sales representative. ACTUALWEIGHTS ARE STAMPED ONTHE UNIT NAMEPLATE.

RT-SVX36T-EN 45

Table 19. Roof curb max weight (lbs./kg.)

UnitRoof Curb Max.Weight

SAHL S*HL

20, 25, 30 490 510

40, 50, 55 515 550

60, 70, 75 610 640

90-130 N/A 770

Note: Roof curb weights include the curb and pedestal.

WWeeiigghhttss

46 RT-SVX36T-EN

InstallationRoof Curb and DuctworkThe roof curbs consist of two main components: apedestal to support the unit condenser section and a“full perimeter” enclosure to support the unit’s airhandler section.

Before installing any roof curb, verify the following:

• It is the correct curb for the unit.

• It includes the necessary gaskets and hardware.

• The purposed installation location provides therequired clearance for proper operation.

• The curb is level and square — the top surface ofthe curb must be true to assure an adequate curb-to-unit seal.

Step-by-step curb assembly and installationinstructions ship with each Trane accessory roof curbkit. Follow the instructions carefully to assure properfit-up when the unit is set into place.

NNoottee:: To assure proper condensate flow duringoperation, the unit (and curb) must be as level aspossible. The maximum slope allowable forrooftop unit applicationsexcluding SSH_s, is 4"end-to-end and 2" side-to-side. Units with steamcoils (SSH_s) must be set level!

If the unit is elevated, a field constructed catwalkaround the unit is strongly recommended to provideeasy access for unit maintenance and service.Recommendations for installing the Supply Air andReturn Air ductwork joining the roof curb are includedin the curb instruction booklet. Curb ductwork must befabricated and installed by the installing contractorbefore the unit is set into place.

NNoottee:: For sound consideration, cut only the holes in theroof deck for the ductwork penetrations. Do notcut out the entire roof deck within the curbperimeter.

Pitch Pocket LocationThe location of the main supply power entry is locatedat the bottom right-hand corner of the control panel.illustrates the location for the electrical entrancethrough the base in order to enter the control panel. Ifthe power supply conduit penetrates the building roofbeneath this opening, it is recommended that a pitchpocket be installed before the unit is placed onto theroof curb.

The center line dimensions shown in the illustrationbelow indicates the center line of the electrical accesshole in the unit base when it is positioned on the curb,±3/8 inch. The actual diameter of the hole in the roofshould be at least 1/2 inch larger than the diameter of

the conduit penetrating the roof. This will allow for theclearance variable between the roof curb rail and theunit base rail illustrated in Figure 18, p. 46.

The pitch pocket dimensions listed are recommendedto enhance the application of roofing pitch after theunit is set into place. The pitch pocket may need to beshifted as illustrated to prevent interference with thecurb pedestal.

If a Trane Curb Accessory Kit is not used:

• The ductwork can be attached directly to thefactory-provided flanges around the unit supplyand return air openings. Be sure to use flexible ductconnections at the unit.

• For “built-up” curbs supplied by others, gasketsmust be installed around the curb perimeter flangeand the supply and return air opening flanges.

• If a “built-up” curb is provided by others, it shouldNOT be made of wood.

• If a “built-up” curb is provided by others, keep inmind that these commercial rooftop units do nothave base pans in the condenser section.

• If this is a REPLACEMENT UNIT keep in mind thatthe CURRENT DESIGN commercial rooftop units donot have base pans in the condenser section.

• Trane roof curbs are recommended. If using a non-Trane roof curb with right-angle return airflowapproaches to a return fan inlet, a rigid, solid flowbaffle wall should be installed across the full widthof the roof curb return airflow path in the positionshown in Figure 24, p. 41 to reduce potential airflowdisturbances at the return fan inlet that couldcontribute to unusual return fan noise.

• If a full perimeter curb is used, make sure the IRUoption was added to the unit to ensure stability inthe condenser section

Figure 18. Pitch pocket location

Supply Air O

pening

Pedestal

Conduit Diameter

Roof CurbCut-a-Way

4-13/16”

1/2” Clearance

Pitch Pocket16” x 8”

*Control Wire ConduitAccess Area (Illustration Only)

CL

CB

A

L

RT-SVX36T-EN 47

Table 20. Pitch pocket dimensions — S*HL

Tonnage “A” Dimension "B" Dimension

20, 25 & 30 4' 5–9/16" 5–9/16"

24, 29, & 36 6' 9–11/16” 5–1/2”

40–89 9' 5–11/16" 5–1/2"

Notes:1. For all unit functions (SAHL, SEHL, SFHL, SSHL, SLHL and SXHL).2. For design special evaporative-cooled condensing units, please see the curb installers guide for proper pitch pocket locations.

Unit Rigging and Placement

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHeeaavvyy OObbjjeecctt!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnuunniitt ddrrooppppiinngg wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorrsseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy,, aanndd eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr pprrooppeerrttyy--oonnllyyddaammaaggee..EEnnssuurree tthhaatt aallll tthhee lliiffttiinngg eeqquuiippmmeenntt uusseedd iisspprrooppeerrllyy rraatteedd ffoorr tthhee wweeiigghhtt ooff tthhee uunniitt bbeeiinngglliifftteedd.. EEaacchh ooff tthhee ccaabblleess ((cchhaaiinnss oorr sslliinnggss)),, hhooookkss,,aanndd sshhaacckklleess uusseedd ttoo lliifftt tthhee uunniitt mmuusstt bbee ccaappaabblleeooff ssuuppppoorrttiinngg tthhee eennttiirree wweeiigghhtt ooff tthhee uunniitt.. LLiiffttiinnggccaabblleess ((cchhaaiinnss oorr sslliinnggss)) mmaayy nnoott bbee ooff tthhee ssaammeelleennggtthh.. AAddjjuusstt aass nneecceessssaarryy ffoorr eevveenn uunniitt lliifftt..

NNoottee:: Use spreader bars as shown in the diagram.Refer to “Weights,” p. 44 or the unit nameplatefor the unit weight. Refer to the InstallationInstructions located inside the side control panelfor further rigging information.

1. To configure the unit Center-of-Gravity, utilizeTOPSS or contact the local Trane sales office.

2. Attach adequate strength lifting slings to all fourlifting lugs on 20-36 ton units and all six lifting lugson the 40-130 ton units. The minimum distancebetween the lifting hook and the top of the unitshould be 7 feet for 20-36 ton units and 12 feet for

40-130 ton units. Figure 19, p. 48 illustrates theinstallation of spreader bars to protect the unit andto facilitate a uniform lift. lists the typical unitoperating weights.

3. Test lift the unit to ensure it is properly rigged andbalanced, make any necessary rigging adjustments.Slightly pitch the unit (no more than 1 ft) so thecondenser end is above the return end of the unit.This will aid in aligning the unit with the roof curbdescribed in Step 5.

4. Lift the unit and position it over the curb andpedestal. These units have a continuous base railaround the air handler section which matches thecurb.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: For replacements, remove old gasketfrom the roof curb and place newgasket material on curb. See“Installation of S*HL or K units,” p. 91to determine gasket material lengthusing roof curb dimensions.

5. Align the base rail of the unit air handler sectionwith the curb rail while lowering the unit onto thecurb. Make sure that the gasket on the curb is notdamaged while positioning the unit. (The pedestalsimply supports the unit condenser section)

A cross section of the juncture between the unit andthe roof curb is shown below.

IInnssttaallllaattiioonn

48 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 19. Unit rigging

SpreaderBars

12' 0" Minimum

Roof Curb

Clevis orChain

LiftingLug (typical)

SpreaderBar

Typical 40 to 130 Ton Unit

PedestalEnd

Lifting Cable7' Minimum

Typical 20 to 36 Ton UnitSpreader Bar Lengths:– 8' for 20 to 59 ton unit– 10' for 60 to 89 ton unit– 12' for 90 to 130 ton unit

Lifting Lug

Web Sling Shackle

Shackle working load limit to be sized tomeet total lifting weight requirements.

5.0 MIN

Figure 20. Typical unit base and roof curb crosssection

Unit Base

Lifting Lug

3”

2-1/2”

1-7/16”

2-13/16”19/32”

3/8”

1-19/32”

2” x 4” Nailer(Furnished with Kit)

Ships with Curb,Field Installed Gasket

General InstallationRequirementsThe checklist below is a summary of the steps requiredto successfully install a Commercial rooftop unit. Thischecklist is intended to acquaint the installingpersonnel with what is required in the installationprocess. It does not replace the detailed instructionscalled out in the applicable sections of this manual.

☐ Complete “Unit Inspection,” p. 29 checklist.

☐ Verify that the installation location of the unit willprovide the required clearance for properoperation.

☐ Assemble and install the roof curb. Refer to thecurrent edition of the roof curb installer’s guide.

☐ Fabricate and install ductwork; secure ductwork tocurb. Do not use the unit to support the weight ofthe ducting.

☐ Install pitch pocket for power supply throughbuilding roof. (If applicable).

Rigging the Unit☐ Set the unit onto the curb; check for levelness.

☐ Ensure unit-to-curb seal is tight and without bucklesor cracks.

☐ Install and connect condensate drain lines to eachevaporator drain connection.


RT-SVX36T-EN 49

☐ Remove the shipping hardware from eachcompressor assembly.

☐ Remove the shipping hold-down bolts and shippingchannels from the supply and exhaust/return fanswith rubber or spring isolators.

☐ Check all supply and exhaust/return fan springisolators for proper adjustment.

☐ Verify that all plastic coverings are removed fromthe compressors.

☐ Verify all discharge line service valves (one percircuit) are back seated.

Main Electrical Power☐ Verify that the power supply complies with the unit

nameplate specifications. Refer to Main Unit PowerWiring in the Installation chapter.

☐ Inspect all control panel components; tighten anyloose connections.

☐ Connect properly sized and protected power supplywiring to a field-supplied/installed disconnect andunit

☐ Properly ground the unit.

☐ All field-installed wiring must comply with NEC andapplicable local codes.

Field Installed Control Wiring☐ Complete the field wiring connections for the

constant volume controls as applicable.

☐ Complete the field wiring connections for thevariable air volume controls as applicable.

NNoottee:: All field-installed wiring must comply with NECand applicable local codes.

Electric Heat Units☐ Verify that the power supply complies with the

electric heater specifications on the unit and heaternameplate.

☐ Inspect the heater junction box and control panel;tighten any loose connections.

☐ Check electric heat circuits for continuity.

☐ On SEHL units with 200V or 230V electric heat(requires separate power supply to heater) —Connect properly sized and protected power supplywiring for the electric heat from a dedicated, field-supplied/installed disconnect to terminal block4TB2, or to an optional unit-mounted disconnectswitch 4S15.

Gas Heat (SFH_)☐ Gas supply line properly sized and connected to the

unit gas train.

☐ All gas piping joints properly sealed.

☐ Drip leg installed in the gas piping near the unit.

☐ Gas piping leak checked with a soap solution. Ifpiping connections to the unit are complete, do notpressurize piping in excess of 0.50 psig or 14 inchesw.c. to prevent component failure.

☐ Main supply gas pressure adequate.

☐ Flue Tubes clear of any obstructions.

☐ Factory-supplied flue assembly installed on theunit.

☐ Connect the 3/4" CPVC furnace drain stubout to aproper condensate drain. Provide heat tape orinsulation for condensate drain as needed.

Hot Water Heat (SLH_)☐ Route properly sized water piping through the base

of the unit into the heating section.



Steam Heat (SSH_)☐ Install an automatic air vent at the top of the return

water coil header.

☐ Route properly sized steam piping through the baseof the unit into the heating section.

☐ Install the factory-supplied, 2-way modulating valve


☐ Install 1/2", 15-degree swing-check vacuum breaker(s) at the top of each coil section. Vent breaker(s) tothe atmosphere or merge with return main atdischarge side of steam trap.

☐ Position the steam trap discharge at least 12" belowthe outlet connection on the coil.

☐ Use float and thermostatic traps in the system, asrequired by the application.

O/A Pressure Sensor and TubingInstallation(All units with Statitrac or return fans)

☐ O/A pressure sensor mounted to the roof bracket.

☐ Factory supplied pneumatic tubing installedbetween the O/A pressure sensor and the connectoron the vertical support.

☐ Field supplied pneumatic tubing connected to theproper fitting on the space pressure transducerlocated in the filter section, and the other endrouted to a suitable sensing location within thecontrolled space (Statitrac only).

Modulating Reheat (S_HL)☐ Install (5U108) humidity sensor in space or return

duct


50 RT-SVX36T-EN

☐ Complete field wiring of humidity sensor to ECEM(1TB16).

Condensate Drain ConnectionsEach S_HL and S_HK unit is provided with 1"evaporator condensate drain connections (two on eachside of the unit for FC supply fans and one on each sideof the unit for DDP supply fans).

Due to the size of these units, all condensate drainconnections must be connected to the evaporator drainconnections.

Refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 10, p. 35for the location of these drain connections.

A condensate trap must be installed due to the drainconnection being on the “negative pressure” side ofthe fan. Install the P-Traps at the unit using theguidelines in Figure 21, p. 50.

Figure 21. Condensate trap installation

Condensate Channel(Evaporator Section)

Base Rail

4.5”

2.25”CleanoutPlug

Field SuppliedCondensate Piping

1” NPT (S_HL and S_HG units)Female Connection

Pitch the drain lines at least 1/2 inch for every 10 feet ofhorizontal run to assure proper condensate flow. Donot allow the horizontal run to sag causing a possibledouble-trap condition which could result in condensatebackup due to “air lock”.

Figure 22. Condensate drain locations

Condensate drain openings both sides

Note: Each drain pan connection must be trapped. The drains may be trapped individually or connected and then trapped.

Units with Gas FurnaceUnits equipped with a gas furnace have a 3/4" CPVCdrain connection stubbed out through the verticalsupport in the gas heat section. It is extremelyimportant that the condensate be piped to a properdrain. Refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 10,p. 35 for the location of the drain connection.

NNoottee:: Units equipped with an optional modulating gasfurnace will likely operate in a condensing modepart of the time.

An additional 1–1/4" non-connectable water drain islocated in the base rail within the heating section.Ensure that all condensate drain line installationscomply with applicable building and waste disposalcodes.

NNoottee:: Installation on gas heat units will requireaddition of heat tape to the condensate drain.

Removing Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan Shipping Channels(motors >5 Hp)Each FC supply fan assembly and exhaust fanassembly for S_HL units shipped with a motor largerthan 5 HP is equipped with rubber isolators (asstandard) or optional spring isolators. Each DDP supplyfan assembly for SAHF and SXHL units is equippedwith spring isolators. Each return fan assembly for S_HL units shipped with a motor larger than 5 HP isequipped with spring isolators. Shipping channels areinstalled beneath each fan assembly and must beremoved. To locate and remove these channels, referto Figure 24, p. 53 and Figure 26, p. 55, and use thefollowing procedures:

Rubber Isolators1. Remove and discard the shipping bolts from the fan

assembly rails.

2. Elevate the fan-and-motor assembly and slide theshipping channels out from between the fanassembly rails and the unit’s base rail.

3. Lower the fan-and-motor assembly onto theisolators. Make sure that the pins at the top of theisolators are engaged in the corresponding holeson the fan assembly.

4. Verify that the fan assembly is being supported bythe isolators.

Spring IsolatorsSee Figure 24, p. 53 through Figure 26, p. 55 for springisolator locations.

1. Remove and discard the shipping tie down bolts.

2. Remove the shipping channels and discard.


RT-SVX36T-EN 51

NNootteess::

• Fan assemblies not equipped with rubberor spring isolators have mounting bolts atthe same locations and must not beremoved .

• If return fan backside spring isolatorrepair/replacement is required, access thebackside of the return fan by entering theunit filter section. Remove the top pivotbearings from the three fixed- positionreturn damper blades (bolted together asa single section with an angle brace). Liftthe three-blade section as a single unitfrom the return damper assembly and setaside or lean in against the return fanframe. Then enter the return fancompartment from the filter section toperform service work on the rear isolators.

Optional DDP Supply FanShipping Channel Removal andIsolator Spring AdjustmentShipping Tie Down and Isolator SpringAdjustmentRemove shipping tie down bolt and washer (4—20 to30 ton, 6—40 to 55 ton, 8—60 to 75 ton). LLeeaavveesshhiippppiinngg cchhaannnneellss iinn ppllaaccee.. Verify spring height is0.1" to 0.2" above shipping channel. Spring height isfactory set but verify and adjust as needed as follows:

1. Back off ALL spring isolator jam nuts (4) at top ofassembly (adjusting one spring effects all others)

2. Turn adjustment bolt (make small adjustments;again each change effects all other springs.Clockwise raises; counter clockwise lowers).

3. When correctly adjusted re-tighten jam nuts andrreemmoovvee sshhiippppiinngg cchhaannnneellss.. DDoo NNOOTT rreemmoovveeeelleeccttrriiccaall ggrroouunndd wwiirree ssttrraapp bbeettwweeeenn iissoollaattiioonnbbaassee aanndd uunniitt bbaassee..


52 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 23. DDP shipping channel removal, isolator spring adjustment


RT-SVX36T-EN 53

Figure 24. Removing supply and exhaust fan assembly shipping hardware (20 to 89 ton)

Rubber Isolator Locations

ISO-2

ISO-2

ISO-5

ISO-4

ISO-4

ISO-3

ISO-3

ISO-1

Spring Isolator Locations

Fan Assembly Rail

Unit Base RailGround Strap(Do Not Remove)

Shipping Channel

Shipping Channel

1/2” - Tie Down Bolt 1/2” - Flat Washer

TOP VIEW

DETAIL “A”4 Locations

Right End View


54 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 25. Removing supply and exhaust fan assembly shipping hardware (90 to130 ton)

Supply Fan AssemblyTOP VIEW

Tie Down BoltShipping Channel


Shipping Channel

Right End ViewGround Strap

(Do Not Remove)

Fan Assembly Rail

Unit Base Rail


Optional Exhaust Fan AssemblyTOP VIEW

ISO-4

ISO-2

ISO-3

ISO-3

ISO-3

ISO-1

ISO-1

ISO-1


RT-SVX36T-EN 55

Figure 26. Removing return fan assembly shipping hardware (20 to 89 ton)

RETURN FAN (20 to 75 Ton)

TOP VIEW

SEE DETAIL A

DETAIL A

Shipping Tie Down (3)25-30 Ton

ISO-1

ISO-3ISO-4

ISO-2

Ground Strap(Do Not Remove)

Shipping TieDown (4)40-75 Ton

AccessDoor

MotorShipping Tag Remove& Discard

Shipping ChannelRemove& Discard

1/2” TieDown BoltRemove & Discard

1/2” LockWasherRemove & Discard

1/2” FlatWasherRemove & Discard

O/A Sensor and TubingInstallationAn Outside Air Pressure Sensor is shipped with allunits designed to operate on variable air volumeapplications, units equipped with a return fan, orconstant volume units with 100% modulating exhaustwith Statitrac.

On VAV systems, a duct pressure transducer (3U60)and the outside air sensor is used to control thedischarge duct static pressure to within a customer-specified parameter. On CV and VAV units equippedwith 100% modulating exhaust with Statitrac, a spacepressure transducer (3U62) and the outside air sensoris used to control the exhaust fan and dampers torelieve static pressure to within a customer-specifiedparameter, within the controlled space.

On units equipped with a return fan, a return pressuretransducer (3U106) is connected to the O/A sensor forcomparison with return plenum pressure.

Use the following steps and images to install thesensor and the pneumatic tubing.

1. Remove the O/A pressure sensor kit located insidethe filter section. The kit contains the followingitems:

a. O/A static pressure sensor with slottedmounting bracket

b. 50 ft. 3/16" O.D. pneumatic tubing

c. Mounting hardware

2. Using two #10-32 x 1¾" screws provided, install thesensor’s mounting bracket to the factory-installedbracket (near the filter section).

3. Using the #10-32 x ½" screws provided, install theO/A static pressure sensor vertically to the sensorbracket.

4. Remove the dust cap from the tubing connectorlocated below the sensor in the vertical support.

5. Attach one end of the 3/16" O.D. factory-providedpneumatic tubing to the sensor’s top port, and theother end of the tubing to the connector in thevertical support. Note that most of the tubing is notneeded.

NNoottee:: Use only what is required and discard excesstubing.

Units with Statitrac1. Open the filter access door and locate the Space

Pressure and Duct Supply Pressure control devices,see the following image for specific location. Thereare three tube connectors mounted on the left ofthe solenoid and transducers.

2. Connect one end of the field provided 3/16” O.D.pneumatic tubing for the space pressurizationcontrol to the bottom fitting.

3. Route the opposite end of the tubing to a suitablelocation inside the building. This location should bethe largest open area that will not be affected bysudden static pressure changes.


56 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 27. Pressure sensing

Outside Air Sensing Kit

Top Port Connection

Outside AirPressure Sensor

Factory InstalledBracket

To CalibrationSolenoid

Return PlenumTransducer

Space StaticTransducer

Duct StaticTransducer

Sensing Tube to Discharge Static PressureSensing Location

Sensing Tube to Space Sensing Location

CalibrationSolenoid

Sensing Tube to Outside Air Reference

Sensor MountingBracket

Tubing Connector(in vertical support)

2’ x 3/16” OD TubingFactory ProvidedPneumatic Tubing(Field Installed)

Duct, Space and Return Plenum Pressure Transducer Tubing Schematic

Sensing Tubeto Return Plenum

Space Pressure Calibration Solenoid (3L21)

Static ReferenceTubing ConnectsHere (O/A Sensor)

Return PlenumSensing TubeConnects Here

Return PlenumTransducer(3U106)

If equipped with Return Fan andStatitrac, Statitrac Static ReferenceTubing connects here

Return Plenum CalibrationSolenoid (3L24)

Duct and Space Static Pressure Control Component Layout

Return Fan Plenum PressureControl Component Layout

LO HILO HILO HI

CNO

NC

C

NO

NC

Static ReferenceTubing ConnectsHere

Discharge DuctStatic TubingConnects Here

Space PressureSensing TubeConnects Here

Space StaticTransducer(3U62)

Supply Air DuctStatic Transducer(3U60)


RT-SVX36T-EN 57

Remove Evaporative Condenser FanShipping BracketsIImmppoorrttaanntt:: Remove fan shipping brackets before start-

up. Failure to remove brackets could resultin fan damage.

Evaporative condensers are shipped with fan shippingbrackets to reduce damage caused by vibration duringshipment. The fan shipping brackets must be removedprior to unit start-up. To remove the shipping bracketsstart from the side opposite to the drain actuator (seeFigure 120, p. 168):

1. Loosen the screw for the bracket that holds theinlet louvers below the door side.

2. Remove inlet louvers and set to the side.

NNoottee:: Service technician may need to step on thehorizontal surface of FRP coated base.Step with care.

3. Unscrew the bolt in the middle of the door. Keepthe bolt in a safe place.

4. Lift one door with handle until it touches the top.Swivel bottom of door to remove it from the dooropening and set it to the side.

5. Slide and remove the middle mist eliminatorsection so that the shipping bracket is visible.

6. Use screw gun to unscrew the two screws that holdthe fan shipping bracket. The bracket should dropdown but still remain engaged with a hook on thebracket.

7. Go to the other side of the unit and follow theprocedure for inlet louver and door removal (seesteps 1 - 6).

8. Hold the bracket with one hand and removeremaining two screws.

9. Remove the bracket and all the removed screwsfrom the unit.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Make sure there are no screwsremaining in the coil area.

10. Reinstall inlet louvers, mist eliminators and louvers.

11. Check that the direction of arrow on the inlet louveris correct.

Evaporative-Cooled CondenserMake-up Water and Drain LineInstallationWater Supply SourceThe supply line should be designed to provide aminimum supply of water within customary domesticsupply pressures – 35 to 60 psig dynamic pressure(measured with the valve open). This will allowapproximately 30 GPM to enter the sump through themakeup water valve when the sump is empty. The unit

uses about 2-4 GPM. Attach a hand valve at the inlet foruse during inspection and maintenance. An inletstrainer is also recommended. Make-up water inletconnection is a ¾" PVC slip connector. Care must betaken to ensure the water line upstream of the watersolenoid valve will not freeze. Insulating the line andutilizing heat tape is recommended if ambienttemperatures below 32° F are expected.

Water QualityOverall performance of any water-cooled device can beaffected by suspended particulates, mineralconcentration, trash and debris resulting in cloggingand heat transfer loss. The evaporative-cooledcondenser is designed to greatly minimize problemswith these impurities.

However, float valves and solenoid valves are used tocontrol the incoming water. If the incoming watercontains contaminants, sand or other objects, anincoming line strainer with a 80 to 100 mesh screen isrequired. The inlet line should be flushed prior toconnection to the unit, whether or not there is astrainer.

NNoottee:: Backflow preventer is field installed and shouldonly be installed by qualified personnel.

Water Drain Schedule 80 PVC pipe of 1¼" is normallyadequate for sump water drain. Periodically, the sumpis emptied and flushed to eliminate accumulated dirt,debris, and minerals. Concentration of these foreignsubstances will increase as the system operates.

The evaporative process releases essentially purewater vapor into the atmosphere, leaving theimpurities behind that accumulate in the sump.Although these impurities are present in the originalmake-up water, their concentration will be higher in thesump discharge. Care and judgment should beexercised when selecting a discharge site.

Local Site DischargeRooftop or simple storm sewer discharge is generallyacceptable. Do not routinely direct the sump dischargeonto an area where these higher concentrations willadversely affect that area, i.e. continued sumpdischarge into a flower bed for example, where theinput water contains CaCO3 (lime) will eventuallydecrease the pH of the soil.

Sewer DischargeThe quantities of mineral and debris flushed areactually very small, and do not cause problems whendiluted in normal sewer flow. However, local, state orfederal standards and restrictions must be followed inany given locality.

Make UpWater Solenoid ValveThis valve is controlled by the UCM based on waterlevel in the sump, as well as whether a call for


58 RT-SVX36T-EN

mechanical cooling exists. During low ambienttemperatures, the solenoid valve will be de-energizedpreventing water from further filling sump. The sumpdrain valve opens to empty sump of water. Operationcan be extended to 10 deg by providing an optionalsump heater.

Drain ValveThe drain valve is shipped to “drain during power lossconditions”. If “hold during power loss conditions” isdesired, refer to “Evaporative Condenser Drain ValveSetup,” p. 98

Gas Heat Units (SFH_)All internal gas piping is factory-installed and pressureleak-tested before shipment. Once the unit is set intoplace, the gas supply line must be field-connected tothe elbow located inside the gas heat controlcompartments.

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHaazzaarrddoouuss GGaasseess aanndd FFllaammmmaabblleeVVaappoorrss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo oobbsseerrvvee tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn eexxppoossuurree ttoo hhaazzaarrddoouuss ggaasseess,, ffuueellssuubbssttaanncceess,, oorr ssuubbssttaanncceess ffrroomm iinnccoommpplleetteeccoommbbuussttiioonn,, wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouussiinnjjuurryy.. TThhee ssttaattee ooff CCaalliiffoorrnniiaa hhaass ddeetteerrmmiinneedd tthhaatttthheessee ssuubbssttaanncceess mmaayy ccaauussee ccaanncceerr,, bbiirrtthh ddeeffeeccttss,,oorr ootthheerr rreepprroodduuccttiivvee hhaarrmm..IImmpprrooppeerr iinnssttaallllaattiioonn,, aaddjjuussttmmeenntt,, aalltteerraattiioonn,,sseerrvviiccee oorr uussee ooff tthhiiss pprroodduucctt ccoouulldd ccaauusseeffllaammmmaabbllee mmiixxttuurreess oorr lleeaadd ttoo eexxcceessssiivvee ccaarrbboonnmmoonnooxxiiddee.. TToo aavvooiidd hhaazzaarrddoouuss ggaasseess aannddffllaammmmaabbllee vvaappoorrss ffoollllooww pprrooppeerr iinnssttaallllaattiioonn aannddsseettuupp ooff tthhiiss pprroodduucctt aanndd aallll wwaarrnniinnggss aass pprroovviiddeeddiinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaall..

WWAARRNNIINNGGEExxpplloossiioonn HHaazzaarrdd!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo pprrooppeerrllyy rreegguullaattee pprreessssuurree ccoouulldd rreessuullttiinn aa vviioolleenntt eexxpplloossiioonn,, wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh,,sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy,, oorr eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr pprrooppeerrttyy--oonnllyy--ddaammaaggee..WWhheenn uussiinngg ddrryy nniittrrooggeenn ccyylliinnddeerrss ffoorrpprreessssuurriizziinngg uunniittss ffoorr lleeaakk tteessttiinngg,, aallwwaayyss pprroovviiddeeaa pprreessssuurree rreegguullaattoorr oonn tthhee ccyylliinnddeerr ttoo pprreevveenntteexxcceessssiivveellyy hhiigghh uunniitt pprreessssuurreess.. NNeevveerr pprreessssuurriizzeeuunniitt aabboovvee tthhee mmaaxxiimmuumm rreeccoommmmeennddeedd uunniitt tteessttpprreessssuurree aass ssppeecciiffiieedd iinn aapppplliiccaabbllee uunniitt lliitteerraattuurree..

Access holes are provided on the unit as illustrated inFigure 10, p. 35 to accommodate a side or bottom pipeentry on 20–89 ton units and in Figure 12, p. 38 on 90–130 ton units.

Following the guidelines listed below will enhance both

the installation and operation of the furnace.

NNoottee:: In the absence of local codes, the installationmust conform with the American NationalStandard Z223-1a of the National Fuel Gas Code,(latest edition).

1. To assure sufficient gas pressure at the unit, use , p.59 as a guide to determine the appropriate gas pipesize for the unit heating capacity listed on the unitnameplate.

2. If a gas line already exists, verify that it is sizedlarge enough to handle the additional furnacecapacity before connecting to it.

3. Take all branch piping from any main gas line fromthe top at 90 degrees or at 45 degrees to preventmoisture from being drawn in with the gas.

4. Ensure that all piping connections are adequatelycoated with joint sealant and properly tightened.Use a piping compound that is resistant to liquidpetroleum gases.

5. Provide a drip leg near the unit.

6. Install a pressure regulator at the unit that isadequate to maintain 7" w.c. for natural gas whilethe furnace is operating at full capacity.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Gas pressure in excess of 14" w.c. or 0.5psig will damage the gas train.

NNOOTTIICCEEGGaass VVaallvvee DDaammaaggee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnggaass vvaallvvee ddaammaaggee ffrroomm iinnccoorrrreecctt ggaass pprreessssuurreess,,iirrrreegguullaarr ppuullssaattiinngg ffllaammee ppaatttteerrnnss,, bbuurrnneerr rruummbbllee,,aanndd ppootteennttiiaall ffllaammee oouuttaaggeess..UUssee aa pprreessssuurree rreegguullaattoorr ttoo pprrooppeerrllyy rreegguullaattee ggaasspprreessssuurree.. DDOO NNOOTT oovveerrssiizzee tthhee rreegguullaattoorr..

Failure to use a pressure regulating device willresult in incorrect gas pressure, which can causeerratic operation due to gas pressure fluctuations aswell as damage the gas valve. Oversizing theregulator will cause irregular pulsating flamepatterns, burner rumble, potential flame outages,and possible gas valve damage.

If a single pressure regulator serves more than onerooftop unit, it must be sized to ensure that the inletgas pressure does not fall below 7" w.c. with all thefurnaces operating at full capacity. The gaspressure must not exceed 14" w.c. when thefurnaces are off.

7. Provide adequate support for all field installed gaspiping to avoid stressing the gas train and controls.


RT-SVX36T-EN 59

WWAARRNNIINNGGEExxpplloossiioonn HHaazzaarrdd!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww ssaaffee lleeaakk tteesstt pprroocceedduurreess bbeelloowwccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy oorreeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr pprrooppeerrttyy--oonnllyy--ddaammaaggee..NNeevveerr uussee aann ooppeenn ffllaammee ttoo ddeetteecctt ggaass lleeaakkss.. UUssee aalleeaakk tteesstt ssoolluuttiioonn ffoorr lleeaakk tteessttiinngg..

8. Leak test the gas supply line using a soap-and-water solution or equivalent before connecting it tothe gas train.

9. Check the supply pressure before connecting it tothe unit to prevent possible gas valve damage andthe unsafe operating conditions that will result.

NNoottee:: Do not rely on the gas train shutoff valves toisolate the unit while conducting gaspressure/leak test. These valves are notdesigned to withstand pressures in excess of14" w.c. or 0.5 psig.

Connecting the Gas Supply Line to theFurnace Gas TrainFollow the steps below to complete the installationbetween the supply gas line and the furnace. Refer toFigure 28, p. 61 through Figure 33, p. 62, for theappropriate gas train configuration.

1. Connect the supply gas piping using a “ground-joint” type union to the furnace gas train and checkfor leaks.

2. Adjust the inlet supply pressure to therecommended 7" to 14" w.c. parameter for naturalgas.

3. Ensure that the piping is adequately supported toavoid gas train stress.

Table 21. Sizing natural gas pipe mains and branches

Gas SupplyPipe Run(ft)

Gas Input (Cubic Feet/Hour)

1¼" Pipe 1½" Pipe 2" Pipe 2½" Pipe 3" Pipe 4" Pipe

10 1,060 1,580 3,050 4,860 8,580 17,500

20 726 1,090 2,090 3,340 5,900 12,000

30 583 873 1,680 2,680 4,740 9,660

40 499 747 1,440 2,290 4,050 8,270

50 442 662 1,280 2,030 3,590 7,330

60 400 600 1,160 1,840 3,260 6,640

70 368 552 1,060 1,690 3,000 6,110

80 343 514 989 1,580 2,790 5,680

90 322 482 928 1,480 2,610 5,330

100 304 455 877 1,400 2,470 5,040

125 269 403 777 1,240 2,190 4,460

150 244 366 704 1,120 1,980 4,050

175 224 336 648 1,030 1,820 3,720

200 209 313 602 960 1,700 3,460

Notes:1. Table is based upon specific gravity of 0.60. Refer to the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code, Z223.1, unless superseded by local gas codes.2. If more than one unit is served by the same main gas supply, consider the total gas input (cubic feet/hr.) and the total length when determining

the appropriate gas pipe size.3. Obtain the Specific Gravity and BTU/Cu.Ft. from the gas company.4. The following example demonstrates the considerations necessary when determining the actual pipe size:

Example: A 40' pipe run is needed to connect a unit with a 850 MBH furnace to a natural gas supply having a rating of 1,000 BTU/Cu.Ft. and aspecific gravity of 0.60Cu.Ft/Hour = Furnace MBH InputGas BTU/Cu.Ft. X Multiplier Table 22, p. 60Cu.Ft/Hour = 850The above table indicates that a 2" pipe is required.


60 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 22. Specific gravity multipliers

SpecificGravity Multiplier

0.50 1.10

0.55 1.04

0.60 1.00

0.65 0.96

Table 23. Gas heating capacity altitude correction factors

Altitude (Ft.)

Sea Level To2000

2001 to2500

2501 to3500

3501 to4500

4501 to5500

5501 to6500

6501 to7500

Capacity Multiplier 1.00 .92 .88 .84 .80 .76 .72

Note: Correction factors are per AGA Std. 221.30 - 1964, Part VI, 6.12. Local codes may supersede.

Table 24. Natural gas - 4 to1 modulating gas heat settings

Natural Gas

Heater Size(MBh) Gas Orifice

Air Damper Actuator Voltage Gas Valve Settings

Low Fire VDC InputSignal

High Fire VDC InputSignal

Left SettingPgas/ Pair

Right Setting(Low fire bias)

500 #21 9.7 7 2.3 -1

850 #H 8.7 6 1.3 -1

1000 #N 8.7 5 0.9 0

Table 25. LP - 4 to1 modulating gas heat settings

LP

Heater Size(MBh) Gas Orifice

Air Damper Actuator Voltage Gas Valve Settings

Low Fire VDC InputSignal

High Fire VDC InputSignal

Left SettingPgas/ Pair

Right Setting(Low fire bias)

500 #34 / #53 10 7 6 1

850 #32 10 6 3.2 1

1000 #29 10 5 1.9 0

Note: Gas valve settings are approximate and may require fine tuning to properly set. Right (bias) settings given are in notches from the zeromidpoint location on sight gage.

Table 26. Natural gas - ultra modulating gas heat settings

Natural Gas

Heater Size (MBh)

High Fire Low Fire

VDC Input SignalFan Speed% Fhi(default)(a) VDC Input Signal

Fan Speed% FLo(default)

500 10 41% 2 10

850 10 50% 2 10

100 10 72% 2 10

(a) The fHi is the fan speed setting on SCEBM. The default speed keeps the fan from over-firing. Fan speed is only adjustable by calling Technical Support.


RT-SVX36T-EN 61

Figure 28. Unit gas trains 235, 350 MBh

1¼" Field ConnectionElbow

ManualShutoffValve

Gas ValveAssembly

Orifice

Figure 29. Unit gas trains 500, 850 MBh

ManualShutoffValve (CSA only)

Gas ValveAssembly

PilotPressureRegulator

Pilot Valve Solenoid

Solenoid Valve(UL only)

Motorized Valve(CSA only)

Pilot ValveCock

ManualShutoffValve

1¼" Field ConnectionElbow

PressureTap

Pilot ValveCock

OrificeManualShutoffValve

Figure 30. Unit gas trains 1000 MBh

Pressure TapOrificePlugManual shutoff valve

Gas valveassembly

Manualshutoffvalve

Manualshutoffvalve

Pilot valvecock

Manualvalve

Pilot valvecock

Pilot pressureregulator Pilot valve

solenoid

1-1/4” field connection elbow

Figure 31. 4 to1 modulating 500 to 1000 MBh

Pilot Shutoff ValveBurner Nozzle

Pilot Solenoid Valve

Pilot Regulator Valve

Pilot Shutoff Valve

Shutoff Valve

Modulating Gas Valve

Figure 32. Ultra modulating 500 to 850 MBh

Ratio Regulator

To Combustion Air Sensor

Main GasRegulator

Manual Shut-offValve

1" Field Elbow Connection

Pilot PressureRegulator

Pilot SolenoidValve

Connectionsinto BurnerBox

Manual Shut-offValve

BurnerGas Manifold

Main GasSolenoidValves


62 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 33. Ultra modulating 1000 MBh

Connection into burner box

Manualshut-offvalve

Ratioregulator

Pilot solenoidvalve

Pilot pressureregulator

Manualshut-offvalve

Main gasregulator

To combustionair sensor

Main gassolenoidvalves

Burnergas manifold

1 1/4” field elbowconnection

Flue Assembly Installation1. Locate the flue assembly and the extension (refer to

Figure 34, p. 62 for extension usage) in the shipwith section of the unit.

2. Install the flue extension onto the flue assembly asshown in Figure 34, p. 62.

3. Slide the pipe clamp onto the heater flue tubelocated inside the heater compartment.

4. Insert the tube on the flue assembly into the holelocated in the vertical support for the heat section.

5. Butt both tube sections together and center the pipeclamp over joint.

6. Using the pre-punch holes in the flue assembly,extension, and the vertical support, install theappropriate number of mounting brackets (Refer tothe installation instructions that ship with the flueassembly.)

Figure 34. Flue assembly

Flue Extension(20-25 Ton N/A)

(30 Ton 13” Long)(40, 60, 70, 75 Ton 25” Long)

(50-55 Ton 37” Long)(90-130 Ton 37” Long)

Vent CapAssembly

Heat SectionVertical Support

Flue Tube

Pipe Clamp

Mounting Brackets(20-25 Ton (1))

(30 Ton (2))(40-130 Ton (4))

General Coil Piping andConnection RecommendationsProper installation, piping, and trapping is necessary toensure satisfactory coil operation and to preventoperational damage:

NNoottee:: The contractor is responsible for supplying theinstallation hardware.

☐ Support all piping independently of the coils.

☐ Provide swing joints or flexible fittings on allconnections that are adjacent to heating coils toabsorb thermal expansion and contraction strains.

☐ Install factory supplied control valves (valves shipseparately).

NNOOTTIICCEECCoonnnneeccttiioonn LLeeaakkss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn ddaammaaggee ttoo tthhee ccooiill hheeaaddeerr aanndd ccaauusseeccoonnnneeccttiioonn lleeaakkss..UUssee aa bbaacckkuupp wwrreenncchh wwhheenn aattttaacchhiinngg ppiippiinngg ttooccooiillss wwiitthh ccooppppeerr hheeaaddeerrss.. DDoo nnoott uussee bbrraassssccoonnnneeccttoorrss bbeeccaauussee tthheeyy ddiissttoorrtt eeaassiillyy..

☐ When attaching the piping to the coil header, makethe connection only tight enough to prevent leaks.Maximum recommended torque is 200 foot-pounds.

NNOOTTIICCEEOOvveerr TTiigghhtteenniinngg!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn ddaammaaggee ttoo tthhee ccooiill hheeaaddeerr..DDoo nnoott uussee tteefflloonn--bbaasseedd pprroodduuccttss ffoorr aannyy ffiieellddccoonnnneeccttiioonnss bbeeccaauussee tthheeiirr hhiigghh lluubbrriicciittyy ccoouullddaallllooww ccoonnnneeccttiioonnss ttoo bbee oovveerr ttiigghhtteenneedd..

☐ Use pipe sealer on all thread connections.


RT-SVX36T-EN 63

NNOOTTIICCEELLeeaakkaaggee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn eeqquuiippmmeenntt ddaammaaggee..PPrrooppeerrllyy sseeaall aallll ppeenneettrraattiioonnss iinn uunniitt ccaassiinnggffrroomm iinnnneerr ttoo oouutteerr ppaanneell iinn oorrddeerr ttoo pprreevveennttuunnccoonnddiittiioonneedd aaiirr ffrroomm eenntteerriinngg tthhee mmoodduullee,, aasswweellll aass pprreevveenntt wwaatteerr ffrroomm iinnffiillttrraattiinngg tthheeiinnssuullaattiioonn..

☐ After completing the piping connections, sealaround pipe from inner panel to outer panel.

Hot Water Heat Units (SLH_)Hot water heating coils are factory installed inside theheater section of the unit. Once the unit is set intoplace, the hot water piping and the factory provided 3–way modulating valve must be installed. The valve canbe installed inside the heat section or near the unit. Ifthe valve is installed in a remote location, use fieldsupplied wiring to extend the control wires from theheater section to the valve. Two access holes areprovided in the unit base as illustrated in Figure 10, p.35.

Use the following guidelines to enhance both theinstallation and operation of the “wet heat” system.

Figure 35, p. 64 illustrates the recommended pipingconfiguration for the hot water coil. Table 27, p. 64 liststhe coil connection sizes.

NNoottee:: The valve actuators are not waterproof. Failure toprotect the valve frommoisture may result in theloss of heating control.

1. Support all field-installed piping independentlyfrom the heating coil.

2. Use swing joints or flexible connectors adjacent tothe heating coil. (These devices will absorb thestrains of expansion and contraction).

3. All return lines and fittings must be equal to thediameter of the “outlet” connection on the hotwater coil.

4. Install a “Gate” type valve in the supply branch lineas close as possible to the hot water main andupstream of any other device or takeoff.

5. Install a “Gate” type valve in the return branch lineas close as possible to the return main and downstream of any other device.

6. Install a strainer in the hot water supply branch asshown in Figure 35, p. 64.

7. Install the 3-way valve in an upright position, pipedfor valve seating against the flow. Ensure that thevalve location lends itself to serviceability.

8. The Type “W” hot water coil used in SLHL units isself-venting only when the tube water velocityexceeds 1.5 feet per second (fps). If the tubevelocity is less than 1.5 feet per second, either:

a. install an automatic air vent at the top of thereturn header, using the tapped pipe connection

or,

b. vent the coil from the top of the return headerdown to the return piping. At the ventconnection, size the return piping to providesufficient water velocity.

9. Install a “Globe” type valve in the Bypass line asshown in Figure 35, p. 64.

Steam Heat UnitsSteam heating coils are factory installed inside theheater section of the unit. The coils are pitched withinthe units to provide the proper condensate flow fromthe coil. To maintain the designed degree of pitch forthe coil, the unit must be level.

Once the unit is set into place, the steam piping and thefactory provided 2–way modulating valve must beinstalled. The valve can be installed inside the heatersection or near the unit. If the valve is installed in aremote location, use field supplied wiring to extend thecontrol wires from the heater section to the valve. Twoaccess holes are provided in the unit base as illustratedin Figure 10, p. 35.

Use the following guidelines to enhance both theinstallation and operation of the “wet heat” system.Figure 37, p. 65 and Figure 38, p. 66 illustrates therecommended piping configurations for the steam coil.lists the coil connection sizes.

NNoottee:: The valve actuators are not waterproof. Failure toprotect the valve from moisture may result in theloss of heating control.

1. Support all field-installed piping independentlyfrom the heating coil.

2. Use swing joints or flexible connectors adjacent tothe heating coil. (These devices will absorb thestrains of expansion and contraction.)

3. Install the 2-way valve in an upright position.Ensure that the valve's location lends itself toserviceability.

4. Pitch the supply and return steam piping downward1" per 10' of run in the direction of flow.

5. All return lines and fittings must be equal to thediameter of the “outlet” connection on the steamcoil(s). If the steam trap connection is smaller thatthe coil “outlet” diameter, reduce the pipe sizebetween the strainer and the steam trapconnections only.

6. Install a 1/2" 15 degree swing-check vacuumbreaker at the top of the return coil header using thetapped pipe connection. Position the vacuumbreaker as close to the coil as possible.


64 RT-SVX36T-EN

NNoottee:: Vacuum breakers should have extended linesfrom the vent ports to the atmosphere orconnect each vent line to the return pipe onthe discharge side of the steam traps.

7. Install a “Gate” type valve in the supply branch lineas close as possible to the steam main andupstream of any other device.

8. Install a “Gate” type valve in the return branch lineas close as possible to the condensate return mainand downstream of any other device.

9. Install a strainer as close as possible to the inlet ofthe control valve and steam trap(s). Steam trapselection should be based on the maximumpossible condensate flow and the recommendedload factors.

10. Install a Float-and-Thermostatic (FT) type trap tomaintain proper flow. It provides gravity drains andcontinuous discharge operation. FT type traps arerequired if the system includes either of thefollowing:

a. an atmospheric pressure/gravity condensatereturn

or

b. a potentially low pressure steam supply.

11. Position the outlet or discharge port of the steamtrap at least 12" below the outlet connection on thecoil(s). This will provide adequate hydrostatic headpressure to overcome the trap losses and assurecomplete condensate removal.

4400 ttoo 113300 ttoonn uunniittss

If two steam coils are stacked together, they must

be piped in a parallel arrangement. The steps listedbelow should be used in addition to the previoussteps.Figure 38, p. 66 illustrates the recommendedpiping configuration for the steam coils.

a. Install a strainer in each return line before thesteam trap.

b. Trap each steam coil separately as described inStep 10 and Step 11 to prevent condensatebackup in one or both coils.

c. In order to prevent condensate backup in thepiping header supplying both coil sections, adrain must be installed utilizing a strainer and asteam trap as illustrated in Figure 38, p. 66.

Table 27. Connection sizes for hot water and steamcoil

Unit Model andSize

Heat SectionCapacity

Coil Connections(diameter ininches)

Supply Return

SLH*-20 to 130 High or Low Heat 2½" 2½"

SSHL-20 to 36 High or Low Heat 3" 1¼"

SSHL-40 to 89 High Heat LowHeat 3" 1½"

SSHK-90 to 130 Low Heat(c) 1½” 1"

Notes:1. Type W coils, with center offset headers, are used in SLH*

units; type NS coils are used in SSH* units2. See Digit 9 of the unit model number to determine the

heating capacity.3. SSH*—40 to 89 ton units have multiple headers.

Figure 35. Hot water piping (20 to 75 ton)

3-Way Modulating Valve(Field Installed)

ReturnWater

SupplyWater

Gate ValvesBypass

Air Vent

A AB

B

Hot Water Coil(ARI Listed)

OUTLET

INLET

Pressure DropBalancing GlobeValve

Strainer


RT-SVX36T-EN 65

Figure 36. Hot water piping (90 to 130 ton)

Air Vent



ReturnWater

BypassINLET

INLET

OUTLET

OUTLET

Strainer SupplyWater

Pressure DropBalancing GlobeValve

A AB

B


Figure 37. Steam coil piping (20 to 36 ton)


Air Vent

Strainer

StrainerOUTLET

INLET

Steam Trap(Float and Thermostatic Type)

SupplySteam

Return

Gate ValveType NS

Steam Coil(ARI Listed)


66 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 38. Steam coil piping (40 to 130 ton)

2-Way Modulating Valve

Vacuum Breaker(2 locations)

Use same size pipeas Trap Connections(3 locations)

Return Main

Type NSSteam Coils

(ARI Listed) Steam MainIN(2 locations)OUT(2 locations)

12” Minimum(both outlets)

Steam Trap(Float & Thermostatic Type)(3 locations)

Strainer(3 locations)

Use same size pipeas Coil Connection(2 locations)

Use same size pipeas Steam Main

Gas Valve(3 locations)

Disconnect Switch with ExternalHandleUnits ordered with a factory mounted disconnectswitch comes equipped with an externally mountedhandle. This allows the operator to disconnect powerfrom the unit without having to open the control paneldoor. The handle has three positions:

• “ON” - Indicates that the disconnect switch isclosed, allowing the main power supply to beapplied at the unit.

• “OFF” - Indicates that the disconnect switch isopen, interrupting the main power supply to theunit controls.

• “RESET/LOCK” - Turning the handle to this positionresets or disconnects the device. To disconnect, thehandle must be turned to the Reset/Lock position.Pulling the spring-loaded thumb key out, so the lockshackle can be placed between the handle and thethumb key, locks the handle so the unit cannot beenergized. Turning the handle to this position alsoreleases the handle from the disconnect switch,allowing the control panel door to be opened.

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHaazzaarrddoouuss VVoollttaaggee ww//CCaappaacciittoorrss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr aanndd ddiisscchhaarrggeeccaappaacciittoorrss bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorrsseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..DDiissccoonnnneecctt aallll eelleeccttrriicc ppoowweerr,, iinncclluuddiinngg rreemmootteeddiissccoonnnneeccttss aanndd ddiisscchhaarrggee aallll mmoottoorr ssttaarrtt//rruunnccaappaacciittoorrss bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg.. FFoollllooww pprrooppeerrlloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouutt pprroocceedduurreess ttoo eennssuurree tthhee ppoowweerrccaannnnoott bbee iinnaaddvveerrtteennttllyy eenneerrggiizzeedd.. FFoorr vvaarriiaabblleeffrreeqquueennccyy ddrriivveess oorr ootthheerr eenneerrggyy ssttoorriinnggccoommppoonneennttss pprroovviiddeedd bbyy TTrraannee oorr ootthheerrss,, rreeffeerr ttootthhee aapppprroopprriiaattee mmaannuuffaaccttuurreerr’’ss lliitteerraattuurree ffoorraalllloowwaabbllee wwaaiittiinngg ppeerriiooddss ffoorr ddiisscchhaarrggee ooffccaappaacciittoorrss.. VVeerriiffyy wwiitthh aa CCAATT IIIIII oorr IIVV vvoollttmmeetteerrrraatteedd ppeerr NNFFPPAA 7700EE tthhaatt aallll ccaappaacciittoorrss hhaavveeddiisscchhaarrggeedd..FFoorr aaddddiittiioonnaall iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn rreeggaarrddiinngg tthhee ssaaffeeddiisscchhaarrggee ooff ccaappaacciittoorrss,, sseeee PPRROODD--SSVVBB0066**--EENN..

The handle can be locked in the “OFF” position bycompleting the following steps (see Figure 39, p. 67):

1. While holding the handle in the “OFF” position,push the spring loaded thumb key, attached to thehandle, into the base slot.


RT-SVX36T-EN 67

2. Place the lock shackle between the handle and thethumb key. This will prevent it from springing out ofposition.

Figure 39. Disconnect switch external handle

LockingSlot

Locking ThumbKey UnderHandle

NNoottee:: All field installed wiring must conform to NECguidelines as well as State and Local codes.

An overall layout of the field required power wiring isillustrated in Figure 40, p. 68. To ensure that the unitsupply power wiring is properly sized and installed,follow these guidelines:

WWAARRNNIINNGGLLiivvee EElleeccttrriiccaall CCoommppoonneennttss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww aallll eelleeccttrriiccaall ssaaffeettyy pprreeccaauuttiioonnsswwhheenn eexxppoosseedd ttoo lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaall ccoommppoonneennttss ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..WWhheenn iitt iiss nneecceessssaarryy ttoo wwoorrkk wwiitthh lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaallccoommppoonneennttss,, hhaavvee aa qquuaalliiffiieedd lliicceennsseedd eelleeccttrriicciiaannoorr ootthheerr iinnddiivviidduuaall wwhhoo hhaass bbeeeenn pprrooppeerrllyy ttrraaiinneeddiinn hhaannddlliinngg lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaall ccoommppoonneennttss ppeerrffoorrmmtthheessee ttaasskkss..

NNOOTTIICCEEUUssee CCooppppeerr CCoonndduuccttoorrss OOnnllyy!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo uussee ccooppppeerr ccoonndduuccttoorrss ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinneeqquuiippmmeenntt ddaammaaggee aass tthhee eeqquuiippmmeenntt wwaass nnoottddeessiiggnneedd oorr qquuaalliiffiieedd ttoo aacccceepptt ootthheerr ttyyppeess ooffccoonndduuccttoorrss..

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHoott SSuurrffaaccee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnsseevveerree bbuurrnnss..DDoo nnoott ttoouucchh tthhee hheeaatt eexxcchhaannggeerr bbooaarrdd wwiitthh bbaarreehhaannddss wwhhiillee ddiissaasssseemmbblliinngg tthhee ppaann.. AAllllooww ttoo ccoooollaanndd ppuutt oonn pprrooppeerr PPeerrssoonnaall PPrrootteeccttiivvee EEqquuiippmmeenntt((PPPPEE)) bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg..

• Verify that the power supply available is compatiblewith the unit nameplate rating for all components.

The available power supply must be within 10% ofthe rated voltage stamped on the nameplate.

• Use only copper conductors to connect the 3-phasepower supply to the unit.

Electric Heat Units (SEH_)SEHL (20-89 ton) electric heat units operating on 200/230 volts require two power supplies as illustrated inFigure 40, p. 68. Unless the unit was ordered with theoptional factory mounted, non-fused disconnectswitches, two field-supplied disconnect switches mustbe installed. The power wires for the electric heat arerouted into the electric heat control panel using thethrough-the-base access provided in the heatingsection. Refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure10, p. 35, (unit base layout and electrical entrancediagram), for dimensional data. For 20-130 ton unitsoperating on 460/575 volts, only one power entry isrequired, as illustrated in Figure 40, p. 68.

Use the information provided in Service Sizing dataand the “Power Wire Sizing & Protection DeviceEquations,” to determine the appropriate wire size andMaximum Over current Protection for the heaters/unit.

NNoottee:: Each power supply must be protected from shortcircuit and ground fault conditions. To complywith NEC, protection devices must be sizedaccording to the “Maximum Over currentProtection” (MOP) or “Recommended DualElement” (RDE) fuse size data on the unitnameplate.

Provide grounding for the supply power circuit in theelectric heat control box.

Main Unit Power WiringFigure 40, p. 68 to Figure 42, p. 69 lists the fieldconnection wire ranges for both the main powerterminal block 1TB1 and the optional main powerdisconnect switch 1S14. Service Sizing Data lists thecomponent electrical data.

The electrical service must be protected from overcurrent and short circuit conditions in accordance withNEC requirements. Protection devices must be sizedaccording to the electrical data on the nameplate. Referto the equations listed in the product catalog todetermine the following:

• the appropriate electrical service wire size based on“Minimum Circuit Ampacity” (MCA)

• the “Maximum Over Current Protection” (MOP)device

• the “Recommended Dual Element fuse size” (RDE)


68 RT-SVX36T-EN


The location of the electrical service entrance isillustrated in Figure 10, p. 35. It’s important to completethe unit power wiring connections onto either the mainterminal block 1TB1 or the factory mounted, non-fuseddisconnect switch 1S14. The disconnect switch is insidethe unit control panel. Refer to the component locationdiagrams that shipped with the unit for specifictermination points.

Provide proper grounding for the unit in accordancewith local and national codes.

Figure 40. Typical field power wiring (20 to 89 ton)

(SL/SS)HL Units Only:4 Field ElectricalConnection at valveActuator 4U15(Wiring is factory-supplied)

3-Wire Power Supplyplus Ground

PitchPocket

PitchPocket

HeatingSection

Connect Steam orHot Water valve as

Shown when Required

Circuit #2Electric Heat 200V/230V/60 Hz

Units Only

Circuit #1Main Unit Control

Line Voltage Line Voltage

4U15Hydronic Heat

Actuator

CondenserSection

PitchPocket

3-Wire Power Supplyplus Ground

Field SuppliedDisconnect Switch(Req’d unless factory mounteddisconnect switch is ordered.)

SEHL 200/230 Only:Additional field suppliedDisconnect Switch(Req’d unless factory mounteddisconnect switch is ordered.)


RT-SVX36T-EN 69

Figure 41. Typical field power wiring (90 to 130 ton)

Field SuppliedDisconnect Switch(Req’d unless factory mounteddisconnect switch is ordered.)

Pitch Pocket

3 conductor power supplyplus ground wire

Heat Section Connect Steam or Hot Water Valve as

Shown when Required

4U15Hydronic Heat

Actuator

Circuit #1Main Unit Control

Line Voltage

Main Control Panel

CondenserSection

Electric Heat Control PanelGas Heat Control PanelSteam or Hot Water Control Panel

Figure 42. Customer connection wire range

Electrical Service SizingTo correctly size electrical service wiring for a unit, findthe appropriate calculations listed below. Each type ofunit has its own set of calculations for MCA (MinimumCircuit Ampacity), MOP (Maximum OvercurrentProtection), and RDE (Recommended Dual Elementfuse size). Read the load definitions that follow andthen find the appropriate set of calculations based onunit type.

NNoottee:: Set 1 is for cooling only and cooling with gasheat units, and set 2 is for cooling with electricheat units.

Load Definitions: (To determine load values, see theElectrical Service Sizing Data Tables on the followingpage.)

LOAD1 = Current of the largest motor (compressor orfan motor)

LOAD2 = Sum of the currents of all remaining motors

LOAD3 = Current of electric heaters

LOAD4 = Any other load rated at 1 AMP or more

SAH_ (Cooling Only) units

SXH_ (Extended Casing) units


70 RT-SVX36T-EN

SLH_ and SSH_ (Cooling with Hydronic Heat) units

SFH_ (Cooling with Gas Heat) units

Load Definitions

LOAD 1Current of the largest motor (compressor or fanmotor)

LOAD 2 Sum of the currents of all remaining motors

LOAD 3 Current of electric heaters

LOAD 4 Any other load rated at 1 amp or more

Control Power Transformer for All Modes

20–40 ton units Add 3 FL Amps



Crankcase Heaters for Heating Mode 460/575v Only

20–30 ton units Add 1 Amp

40–60 ton units Add 2 Amps

70–75 ton units Add 3 Amps

90–130 ton unit Add 4 Amps

Set 1: Cooling Only Rooftop Units andCooling with Gas Heat Rooftop UnitsMCA = (1.25 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD4

MOP = (2.25 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD4

Select a fuse rating equal to the MOP value. If the MOPvalue does not equal a standard fuse size as listed inNEC 240-6, select the next lower standard fuse rating.

NNoottee:: If selected MOP is less than the MCA, then selectthe lowest standard maximum fuse size which isequal to or larger than the MCA, provided theselected fuse size does not exceed 800 amps.

RDE = (1.5 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD4

Select a fuse rating equal to the RDE value. If the RDEvalue does not equal a standard fuse size as listed inNEC 240-6, select the next higher standard fuse rating.

NNoottee:: If the selected RDE is greater than the selectedMOP value, then select the RDE value to equalthe MOP value.

Set 2: Rooftop units with Electric HeatSSiinnggllee SSoouurrccee PPoowweerr uunniittss ((338800VV,, 441155VV,, 446600VV,, aanndd557755VV))

To arrive at the correct MCA, MOP, and RDE values forthese units, two sets of calculations must beperformed. First calculate the MCA, MOP, and RDEvalues as if the unit was in cooling mode (use theequations given in Set 1). Then calculate the MCA,MOP, and RDE values as if the unit were in heating

mode as follows. (Keep in mind when determiningLOADS that the compressors don't run while the unit isin heating mode).

For units using heaters less than 50 kW:

MCA = 1.25 x (LOAD1 + LOAD2 + LOAD4) + (1.25 xLOAD3)

For units using heaters equal to or greater than 50 kW:

MCA = 1.25 x (LOAD1 + LOAD2 + LOAD4) + LOAD3

The nameplate MCA value will be the larger of thecooling mode MCA value or the heating mode MCAvalue calculated above.

MOP = (2.25 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD3 + LOAD4

The selection MOP value will be the larger of thecooling mode MOP value or the heating mode MOPvalue calculated above.

Select a fuse rating equal to the MOP value. If the MOPvalue does not equal a standard fuse size as listed inNEC 240-6, select the next lower standard fuse rating.

NNoottee:: If selected MOP is less than the MCA, then selectthe lowest standard maximum fuse size which isequal to or larger than the MCA, provided theselected fuse size does not exceed 800 amps.

RDE = (1.5 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD3 + LOAD4

The selection RDE value will be the larger of thecooling mode RDE value or the heating mode RDEvalue calculated above.

Select a fuse rating equal to the RDE value. If the RDEvalue does not equal a standard fuse size as listed inNEC 240-6, select the next higher standard fuse rating.

NNootteess::

• If the selected RDE is greater than theselected MOP value, then select the RDEvalue to equal the MOP value.

• On 90 to 162 ton rooftops, the selected MOPvalue is stamped in the MOP field on theunit nameplate.

DDuuaall SSoouurrccee PPoowweerr uunniittss ((220000VV aanndd 223300VV))

These units will have two circuit values shown on thenameplate. The first circuit value will be therefrigeration (cooling mode) values calculated per Set1. The second set of circuit values shown on thenameplate will be for the electric heating circuit asfollows.

MCA = (1.25 x LOAD3)

MOP = (1.25 x LOAD3)

Select a fuse rating for the electric heating circuit that isequal to the MOP value obtained in the equation above.If the MOP value does not equal a standard fuse size aslisted in NEC 240-6, select the next lower standard fuserating (see note below for exception).


RT-SVX36T-EN 71

NNoottee:: If the available MOP option is less than the MCAobtained in the equation above, then reselect thelowest standard maximum fuse size which isequal to, or larger, than the MCA, provided thereselected fuse size does not exceed 800 amps.

RDE = LOAD3

Select a fuse rating for the electric heating circuit that’sequal to the RDE value. If the RDE value does not equala standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select thenext higher standard fuse rating.

NNootteess::

• If the selected RDE is greater than theselected MOP value, then reselect the RDEvalue to equal the MOP value.

• The selected MOP value is stamped in theMOP field on the nameplate.


72 RT-SVX36T-EN

Service Sizing Data

Table 28. Compressor electrical service sizing data (20 to 130 ton)

TonnageNo. of

Compres-sors

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 VRLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.)

20 Std 2 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.020 Hi Eff 2 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0

25 Std1 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.01 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0

25 Hi Eff1 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.01 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0

30 Std 2 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0

30 Hi Eff1 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.01 56.9 351.0 48.8 351.0 25.5 197.0 23.1 146.0

40 Std2 31.3 203.0 30.4 203.0 13.1 98.0 11.9 84.02 37.3 267.0 31.8 267.0 15.9 142.0 15.2 103.0

40 Hi Cap &Hi Eff 4 37.3 267.0 31.8 267.0 15.9 142.0 15.2 103.0

40 Vari Spd1 59.9 N/A 52.0 N/A 26.0 N/A 21.7 N/A1 31.3 203.0 30.4 203.0 13.1 98.0 11.9 84.01 37.3 267.0 31.8 267.0 15.9 142.0 15.2 103.0

50 Std 4 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0

50 Hi Cap &Hi Eff

2 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.02 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0

50 Vari Spd1(a) 75.2 N/A 65.2 N/A 32.6 N/A 27.5 N/A1 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.01 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0

55 Std & HiEff 4 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0


60 Std2 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.02 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0

60 Hi Cap &Hi Eff 4 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0


70 Std & HiEff 4 56.9 351.0 48.8 351.0 25.5 197.0 23.1 146.0


75 Std2 60.5 320.0 52.0 320.0 25.4 160.0 20.3 135.02 83.9 485.0 74.5 485.0 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0

75 Hi Cap &Hi Eff

2 60.5 320.0 52.0 320.0 25.4 160.0 20.3 135.02 83.9 485.0 74.5 485.0 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0


90 Std & HiCap 4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0

105 Hi Cap2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.02 N/A N/A N/A N/A 45.0 260.0 36.0 210.0

115 Std2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.02 N/A N/A N/A N/A 45.0 260.0 36.0 210.0

130 Std 4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 45.0 260.0 36.0 210.0(a) Variable Speed Compressor


RT-SVX36T-EN 73

Table 29. Compressor electrical service sizing data (24-89 ton)

Tonnage(AC/EC)

No. ofCompres-sors

460V

RLA LRA

24 Hi Cap 2 19.1 142

29 Hi Cap 1 19.1 1421 22.2 158

36 Hi Cap 1 22.2 1581 25.5 197

48 Hi Cap 4 15.9 14259 Hi Cap 4 20.2 14773 Hi Cap 4 22.2 15880 Std 4 25.5 197

89 Hi Cap 2 25.4 1602 37.2 215

Note: Evaporative Condenser Units only available in460V

Table 30. Electrical service sizing data —motors — 20 to 130 tons

Tonnage 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 VFLA FLA FLA FLA

Air-Cooled Condenser Fan Motor20 8.2 8.2 3.6 2.825 12.3 12.3 5.4 4.230 12.3 12.3 5.4 4.240 16.4 16.4 7.2 5.6

50, 55 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.460 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.470 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.475 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.490 N/A N/A 14.4 11.2105 N/A N/A 18.0 14.0115 N/A N/A 18.0 14.0130 N/A N/A 21.6 16.8Motor

Horsepower Supply/Exhaust/Return Fan Motor (4 pole)

3 9.7 8.4 4.2 3.45 15.3 13.2 6.6 5.37.5 22.8 19.5 9.8 7.810 29.5 25.2 12.6 10.115 42.4 36.0 18.0 15.020 56.1 49.4 24.7 19.525 70.1 61.0 30.5 24.830 82.2 73.2 36.6 29.040 N/A N/A 49.0 39.050 N/A N/A 59.0 47.2

MotorHorsepower Supply Fan Motor (6 pole)

3 10.1 9.0 4.5 3.75 17.0 14.8 7.4 5.87.5 25.0 22.0 11.0 8.610 32.0 28.6 14.3 11.515 47.0 41.0 20.5 16.020 63.0 54.0 27.0 22.0

Notes:1. FLA is for individual motors by HP, not total unit supply fan HP.2. Return fan motors are available in 3-20 Hp3. 40 & 50 Hp motor available as standard in 460 & 575 volt only4. DDP fans selected under 1,600 RPM will have 6-pole motors


74 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 31. Electrical service sizing data —electric heat module (electric heat units only) — 20 to 130 tons

ModulekW

Voltage200 FLA 230 FLA 460 FLA 575 FLA

30 83.3 72.2 36.1 28.950 138.8 120.3 60.1 48.170 194.3 168.4 84.2 67.490 249.8 216.5 108.3 86.6110 305.3 264.6 132.3 105.9130 156.4 125.1150 180.4 144.3170 204.5 163.6190 228.5 182.8

Note: Electric heat FLA are determined at 208, 240, 480 and 600volts.

Table 32. Electrical service sizing data evaporative condenser - All tonnages (24-89 tons), 460V/60Hz

Condenser Fan Sump Pump Sump Heater

Qty HP FLA Qty HP FLA kW FLA

1 5.4 5.9 1 0.5 1.55 3 3.8

Table 33. Electrical service sizing data — control power transformer heating and cooling modes — 20 to 130 tons

Nominal TonsAir Cooled

Digit 2 Unit FunctionVoltage

200 230 460 575

20,25,30A,E,L,S,X 1 1 1 1

F 4 3 2 1

40,50,55,60A,E,L,S,X 3 2 1 1

F 5 4 2 2

70,75A,E,L,S,X 5 4 2 2

F 8 7 3 3

90,105,115,130E,L,S,X 5 4 2 2

F 8 7 3 3

Table 34. Electrical service sizing data — control power transformer heating and cooling modes — 24-89 tons

Nominal TonsEvaporative Condensing

Digit 2 Unit Function Voltage 460

24,29,36A,E,L,S,X 1

F 2

48,59,73A,E,L,S,X 1

F 2

80,89A,E,L,S,X 2

F 3

Table 35. Electrical service sizing data — crankcase heaters (heating mode on 460/575 volt only) — 20 to 130 tons

Nom Tons (AC/EC) (Add) FLA

20,25,30 and 24,29,36 1

40,50,55,60 and 48,59,73 2

70,75 and 80,89 3


RT-SVX36T-EN 75

Table 35. Electrical service sizing data — crankcase heaters (heating mode on 460/575 volt only) — 20 to 130 tons(continued)

Nom Tons (AC/EC) (Add) FLA

90-105 3

115-130 4

Table 36. Voltage utilization range

Unit Voltage Voltage Utilization Range

200/60/3 180-220

230/60/3 207-253

380/50/3 342-418

415/50/3 373-457

460/60/3 414-506

575/60/3 517-633

Disconnect Switch Sizing (DSS)1. CCaallccuullaattiioonn ##11:: SSXX,, SSFF,, SSAA,, SSLL,, oorr SSSS ssiinnggllee

ppoowweerr ssoouurrccee uunniittss

DSS = 1.15 X (LOAD 1 + LOAD 2 + LOAD 4)

2. CCaallccuullaattiioonn ##22:: AAllll SSEEHH__ ssiinnggllee ppoowweerr ssoouurrcceeuunniittss

DSS = 1.15 X (LOAD 3 + Supply Fan FLA + ExhaustFan FLA)

PLUS

DSS = 1.15 X (LOAD 1 + LOAD 2 + LOAD 4)

Use the larger value of the two calculations to sizethe electrical service.

3. CCaallccuullaattiioonn ##33:: SSEEHHLL ((220000//223300 VVoolltt)) 2200 ttoo 7755 ttoonndduuaall ppoowweerr ssoouurrccee uunniittss

DSS = 1.15 X LOAD3 for the electric heater ANDCalculation #1 for the refrigeration components

Field Installed Control WiringThe Rooftop Module (RTM) must have a mode input inorder to operate the rooftop unit. The flexibility ofhaving several system modes depends upon the typeof sensor and/or remote panel selected to interfacewith the RTM. An overall layout of the various controloptions available for a Constant Volume application,with the required number of conductors for eachdevice, is illustrated beginning with Figure 40, p. 68.Figure 41, p. 69 illustrates the various control optionswith the required number of conductors for a VariableAir Volume application.

NNoottee:: All field wiring must conform to NEC guidelinesas well as state and local codes.

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHaazzaarrddoouuss VVoollttaaggee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..DDiissccoonnnneecctt aallll eelleeccttrriicc ppoowweerr,, iinncclluuddiinngg rreemmootteeddiissccoonnnneeccttss bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg.. FFoollllooww pprrooppeerrlloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouutt pprroocceedduurreess ttoo eennssuurree tthhee ppoowweerrccaann nnoott bbee iinnaaddvveerrtteennttllyy eenneerrggiizzeedd.. VVeerriiffyy tthhaatt nnooppoowweerr iiss pprreesseenntt wwiitthh aa vvoollttmmeetteerr..


The various field installed control panels, sensors,switches, and contacts discussed in this section requireboth AC and DC consideration. These diagrams arerepresentative of standard applications and areprovided for general reference only. Always refer to thewiring diagram that shipped with the unit for specificelectrical schematic and connection information.

Controls using 24 VACBefore installing any connecting wiring, refer to Figure8, p. 33 and Figure 9, p. 34 for the electrical accesslocations provided on the unit, and Table 37, p. 76 forAC conductor sizing guidelines. Then check thefollowing:


1. Use copper conductors unless otherwise specified.

2. Ensure that the AC control wiring between thecontrols and the unit's termination point does not


76 RT-SVX36T-EN

exceed three (3) ohms/conductor for the length ofthe run.

NNoottee:: Resistance in excess of 3 ohms per conductormay cause component failure due to insufficientAC voltage supply.

3. Make sure to check all loads and conductors forgrounds, shorts, and mis-wiring.

Table 37. AC conductors

Distance from Unit toControl

RecommendedWireSize

000-460 feet 18 gauge



4. Do not run the AC low voltage wiring in the sameconduit with the high voltage power wiring.

Controls using DC Analog Input/OutputsBefore installing any connecting wiring between theunit and components utilizing a DC analog input\outputsignal, refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 8,p. 33 and Figure 9, p. 34 for the electrical accesslocations provided on the unit and Table 38, p. 76 forconductor sizing guidelines. Then check the following:


1. Use standard copper conductor thermostat wireunless otherwise specified.

2. Ensure that the wiring between the controls and theunit termination point does not exceed two and ahalf (2.5) ohms/conductor for the length of the run.

NNoottee:: Resistance in excess of 2.5 ohms per conductorcan cause deviations in the accuracy of thecontrols.

Table 38. DC conductors

Distance from Unit toControl

RecommendedWireSize


151- 240 feet 20 gauge




3. Do not run the electrical wires transporting DCsignals in or around conduit housing high voltagewires. Units equipped with a Trane CommunicationInterface (TCI) BACnet® Communication Interface(BCI) or LonTalk® communication Interface (LCI)option which utilizes a serial communication linkmust:

• be 18 AWG shielded twisted pair cable (Belden 8760or equivalent).

• not exceed 5,000 feet maximum for each link.

• not pass between buildings.

Constant Volume SystemControlsRemote Panel w/o NSB (BAYSENS110*)This electronic sensor features four system switchsettings (Heat, Cool, Auto, and Off) and two fan settings(On and Auto) with four system status LED's. It is amanual or automatic changeover control with dualsetpoint capability. It can be used with a remote zonesensor BAYSENS077*. Refer to Table 39, p. 79 for theTemperature vs. Resistance coefficient.

Constant Volume Zone Panel(BAYSENS108*)This electronic sensor features four system switchsettings (Heat, Cool, Auto, and Off) and two fan settings(On and Auto). It is a manual or automatic changeovercontrol with dual setpoint capability.

Constant Volume or Variable AirVolume System ControlsRemote Human Interface ModuleThe remote Human Interface module enables theoperator to set or modify the operating parameters ofthe unit using a 16 key keypad and to view theoperating status of the unit on the 2 line, 40 characterLCD screen without leaving the building. However, theRemote Human Interface module cannot be used toperform any service functions.

One remote panel is designed to monitor and controlup to four units providing each of the units areequipped with an IPCB module. Use the installationinstructions that shipped with the module to install it,and the appropriate illustrations beginning with Figure40, p. 68 or to connect it to the unit.

Remote Panel w/ NSB (BAYSENS119*)This 7 day programmable sensor features four periodsfor Occupied\Unoccupied programming per day. If thepower is interrupted, the program is retained in


RT-SVX36T-EN 77

permanent memory. If power is off longer than 2 hours,only the clock and day may have to be reset.

The six programming keys located on the front panelallows selection of four system modes (Heat, Cool,Auto, and Off), two fan modes (On and Auto). It hasdual temperature selection with programmable starttime capability.

The occupied cooling setpoint ranges between 40°and80° Fahrenheit. The warm-up setpoint ranges between50° and 90° Fahrenheit with a 2 degrees deadband. Theunoccupied cooling setpoint ranges between 45 and 98degrees Fahrenheit. The heating setpoint rangesbetween 43 and 96 degrees Fahrenheit. Two liquidcrystal displays (LCD) display zone temperature,temperature setpoints, week day, time, and operationalmode symbols.

The sensor can be programmed to enable or disableapplicable functions, e.g., morning warm-up,economizer minimum CFM override during unoccupiedstatus, Fahrenheit or centigrade, supply air tempering,remote zone temperature sensor, 12/24 hour timedisplay, smart fan, and computed recovery.

Refer to Table 39, p. 79 for the Temperature vs.Resistance coefficient. During an occupied period, anauxiliary relay rated for 1.25 amps @ 30 volts AC withone set of single pole double throw contacts isactivated.

Remote Panel without NSB(BAYSENS021*)(5U59)

The remote panel without Night setback has a systemswitch as well as a S/A temperature setpoint indicator,a local sensor, and four LEDs. These features allow theoperator to control system operation and monitor unitoperating status from a remote location. Use theinstallation instructions that shipped with the panel toinstall it and the unit’s field wiring diagram to connectit to the unit.

Discharge Temperature ControlChangeover Contacts(5K87)

These contacts are connected to the RTM whendaytime heating on Discharge Temperature Controlunits with internal or external hydronic heat isrequired. Daytime (occupied) heating switches thesystem to a Zone Temperature Control type mode ofoperation. Refer to the unit wiring diagram for the fieldconnection terminals in the unit control panel. Theswitch must be rated at 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum.

Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS073*)This electronic analog sensor features remote zonesensing and timed override with override cancellation.It is used when the RTM has been programmed as the

source for zone temperature control. Refer to Table 39,p. 79 for the Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient.

Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS074*)This electronic analog sensor features single setpointcapability and timed override with overridecancellation. It is used with a Trane IntegratedComfort™ system. Refer to Table 39, p. 79 for theTemperature vs. Resistance coefficient.

Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS016*)(5RT16, 5U57, 5U69)

This bullet type analog Temperature sensor can beused for outside air (ambient) sensing, return airtemperature sensing, supply air temperature sensing,remote temperature sensing (uncovered), morningwarm-up temperature sensing, and for supply airtemperature reset. Wiring procedures vary accordingto the particular application and equipment involved.When this sensor is wired to a BAYSENS119* RemotePanel, wiring must be 18 AWG Shielded Twisted Pair(Belden 8760 or equivalent). Refer to Table 39, p. 79 forthe Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient.

Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS077*)(5RT16, 5U57, 5U69)

This electronic analog sensor can be used withBAYSENS119* or 021* Remote Panels. When thissensor is wired to a BAYSENS119* Remote Panel,wiring must be 18 AWG Shielded Twisted Pair (Belden8760 or equivalent). Refer to the specific Remote Panelfor wiring details.

Remote Minimum PositionPotentiometer (BAYSTAT023*)The remote minimum position potentiometer is usedon units with an economizer. It allows the operator toremotely set the economizer minimum position (whichcontrols the amount of outside air entering the unit).Use the installation instructions that shipped with thepotentiometer to install it, and the appropriateillustrations beginning with Figure 40, p. 68 to connectit to the unit.

External Auto/Stop Switch (5S67)A field-supplied single pole single throw switch (5S67)can be used to shut down the unit operation. Thisswitch is a binary input wired to the RTM. Whenopened, the unit shuts down immediately and can becanceled by closing the switch. Refer to the appropriateillustrations in Figure 40, p. 68 or Figure 48, p. 87 forthe proper connection terminals in the unit controlpanel. The switch must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDCminimum.


78 RT-SVX36T-EN

Ventilation Override Module (VOM)Contacts(5K90, 5K91, 5K92, 5K93, 5K94)

If the unit is equipped with a Ventilation OverrideModule (VOM), the building owner or contractor canspecify a number of special functions. These functionscan include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Unit Off

• Pressurization

• Exhaust/Return

• Purge

• Purge with Duct Pressure Control

These functions are controlled by binary inputs wiredto the VOM. They can be initiated by a toggle switch, atime clock, or an ICSTM output. The switch must berated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum.

The customer can modify the following presetsequences:

• VOM Mode “A” Priority 1—Unit Off:

– Supply fan—OFF– VFD—0% (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return fan—OFF, Exhaust/Return

dampers Closed– O/A dampers—Closed– Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output

at 0 VDC– Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized

(Occupied)– VO Relay—Energized– Pre-heater State—Off (if equipped)

• VOM Mode “B” Priority 2—Pressurize:

– Supply fan—ON– VFD—100% (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return fan—OFF, Exhaust/Return

dampers—Closed– O/A dampers—Open– Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output

at 0 VDC– Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized

(Unoccupied)– VO Relay—Energized– Pre-heater State—Off (if equipped)

• VOM Mode “C” Priority 3—Exhaust/Return:

– Supply fan—OFF– VFD—0% (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return fan—ON, Exhaust/Return

dampers—Open– O/A dampers—Closed– Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output

at 0 VDC– Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized

(Occupied)

– VO Relay—Energized– Pre-heater State—Off (if equipped)

• VOM Mode “D” Priority 4—Purge:

– Supply fan—ON– VFD—100% (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return fan—ON, Exhaust/Return

dampers—Open– O/A dampers—Open– Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output



• VOM Mode “E” Priority 5—Purge with ductpressure control:

– Supply fan—ON– VFD—(if equipped) Controlled by S/A Pressure

Control with supply air pressure high limitdisabled.

– Exhaust/Return fan—ON, Exhaust/Returndampers—Open

– O/A dampers—Open– Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output



OFF appears in the Ventilation Override screen after allVOM binary inputs have been reset (opened).

Due to codes in some areas, the definitions for some orall of the VOM modes may have to be locked into theprogram by the user. Once the definitions are locked,the Ventilation Override Module must be replaced inorder to reprogram that sequence.

Refer to Figure 40, p. 68 or Figure 48, p. 87 for theproper connection terminals in the unit control panelfor each of the VOM initiating device’s and theappropriate Programming, Troubleshooting Guide(PTG latest edition) for programming instructions.

Emergency Override Definitions(With LCI-I/BCI-I module installed)

When an LCI-I/BCI-I module is installed, the user caninitiate one of five Emergency Override sequences,which have the following predefined unit operation:

PRESSURIZE

• Supply Fan—On– Exhaust/Return Fan—Off (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return Dampers—Closed (if equipped)– OA Dampers—Open– Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.),

Hydronic


RT-SVX36T-EN 79

– Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%.– Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized– VO Relay—Energized (with VOM module

installed)– OA Preheater State—Off (with VCM module

installed)

DEPRESSURIZE

• Supply Fan—Off– Exhaust/Return Fan—On (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return Dampers -Open (if equipped)– OA Dampers—Closed– Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.),

Hydronic– Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%.– Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized– VO Relay—Energized (with VOM module


installed)

PURGE

• Supply Fan—On– Exhaust/Return Fan—On (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return Dampers—Open (if equipped)– OA Dampers—Open– Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.),

Hydronic– Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%.– Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized– VO Relay—Energized (with VOM module


installed)

SHUTDOWN

• Supply Fan—Off– Exhaust/Return Fan—Off (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return Dampers—Closed (if equipped)– OA Dampers—Closed– Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.),

Hydronic– Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%.– Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized– VO Relay—Energized (with VOM module


installed)

FIRE

• Supply Fan—Off– Exhaust/Return Fan—Off (if equipped)– Exhaust/Return Dampers—Closed (if equipped)– OA Dampers—Closed– Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.),

Hydronic– Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%.– Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized

– VO Relay—Energized (with VOM moduleinstalled)

– OA Preheater State—Off (with VCM moduleinstalled)

Temperature vs. Resistance CoefficientThe UCM network relies on various sensors locatedthroughout the system to provide temperatureinformation in the form of an analog input. All of thesensors used have the same temperature vs. resistanceco-efficient and are made from Keystone Carbon D97material with a 1 degree Centigrade tolerance.

Table 39. Temp vs. resistance

Temp (°F)

Resistance(in. 1000Ohms)

Temp (°F)

Resistance(in. 1000Ohms)

-40 346.10 71 11.60

-30 241.70 72 11.31

-20 170.10 73 11.03

-10 121.40 74 10.76

-5 103.00 75 10.50

0 87.56 76 10.25

5 74.65 77 10.00

10 63.80 78 9.76

15 54.66 79 9.53

20 46.94 80 9.30

25 40.40 85 8.25

30 34.85 90 7.33

35 30.18 100 5.82

40 26.22 105 5.21

45 22.85 110 4.66

50 19.96 120 3.76

55 17.47 130 3.05

60 15.33 140 2.50

65 13.49 150 2.05

66 13.15 160 1.69

67 12.82 170 1.40

68 12.5 180 1.17

69 12.19 190 0.98

70 11.89 200 0.83

Emergency Stop Switch(5S71)

A normally closed (N.C.) switch (5S71) wired to theRTM may be used during emergency situations to shutdown all unit operations. When opened, an immediateshutdown occurs. An emergency stop diagnostic is


80 RT-SVX36T-EN

entered into the Human Interface and the unit must bemanually reset. Refer to the appropriate illustrations inFigure 40, p. 68 or Figure 48, p. 87 for the properconnection terminals in the unit control panel. Theswitch must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum.

Occupied/Unoccupied Contacts(5K86)

To provide Night Setback control if a remote panelwwiitthh NNSSBB (5K86) was not ordered, a field suppliedcontact must be installed. This binary input providesthe Occupied/Unoccupied status information of thebuilding to the RTM. It can be initiated by a time clock,or a Building Automation System control output. Therelay’s contacts must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDCminimum. Refer to the appropriate illustrations inFigure 40, p. 68 or Figure 48, p. 87 for the properconnection terminals in the unit control panel.

Demand Limit Relay(5K89)

If the unit is equipped with a Generic BAS Module(1U51), (i.e., unit model number digit 28 is a “B,” “K,”or “R”), a normally open (N.O.) switch may be used tolimit the electrical power usage during peak periods.When demand limit is initiated, the mechanical coolingand heating operation is limited to either 50% or 100%(20–30 ton) or 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% (40–130 ton).Demand limit can be initiated by a dry contact closureor BAS input. These contacts must be rated for 12 ma@ 24 VDC minimum.

Outside Air Sensor (BAYSENS016*)(3RT3)

This device senses the outdoor air temperature andsends this information in the form of an analog input tothe RTM. It's factory installed on units with aneconomizer, but can be field provided/installed andused for informational purposes on units without aneconomizer. Refer to the appropriate illustrations inFigure 40, p. 68 or Figure 48, p. 87 for the properconnection terminals in the unit control panel. Refer toTable 39, p. 79 for Temperature vs. Resistancecoefficient.

Wall or Duct Mount Humidity Sensor(BAYSENS036* or BAYSENS037*)(5U108)

This field-installed humidity sensor is mounted in thespace or in the return air duct, sending an analog inputto the RTM 1TB16-10 and 1TB16-11. It must be ordered/installed with modulating hot gas reheat, but can alsobe used for humidification applications.

NNoottee:: If the unit has Comparative Enthalpy installedand enabled, the ECEM Return Humidity inputcan be used for dehumidification/ humidificationinstead of the RTM humidity input.

Generic Building Automation System(1U51)

The Generic Building Automation System (GBAS)module allows a non-Trane building control system tocommunicate with the rooftop unit and acceptsexternal setpoints in the form of analog inputs forcooling, heating, demand limiting, and supply airpressure parameters.

Generic Building Automation System Module (GBAS 0-5 VDC)—Provided for those cases where non-Tracerbuilding management system is used. The GBASmodule provides a binary input for Demand Limiting,four (4) analog inputs for setpoint adjustment and five(5) relay outputs for diagnostic reporting. Inputs canuse a potentiometer or 0-5 VDC signal.

Generic Building Automation System Module (GBAS 0-10 VDC)—Used to provide broad control capabilities forbuilding automation systems other than Trane’s Tracersystem. The GBAS module provides a binary input forDemand Limiting, four (4) analog inputs for setpointadjustment and four (4) analog outputs as well as one(1) relay output for diagnostic reporting. Inputs can usea potentiometer or 0-10 VDC signal.

Refer to and Table 40, p. 87 for the input wiring to theGBAS module and the various desired setpoints withthe corresponding DC voltage inputs for VAV and CVapplications. For complete application details of themodule, refer to Engineering Bulletin UN-PRB001-EN.


RT-SVX36T-EN 81


82 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 43. Typical ventilation override binary output wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton CV control options.

NNoottee:: Refer to wiring notes in Figure 45, p. 84


RT-SVX36T-EN 83

Figure 44. Typical ventilation override binary output wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton CV control options (continued)

NNoottee:: Refer to wiring notes in Figure 45, p. 84


84 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 45. Field connection diagram notes for 20 to 89 ton CV or VAV applications


RT-SVX36T-EN 85

Figure 46. Typical field wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton VAV control option


86 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 47. Typical field wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton VAV control option


RT-SVX36T-EN 87

Figure 48. Typical GBAS analog input wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton CV and VAV control options

From 2313-1118*

From 2307-3891*

Table 40. GBAS voltage vs. setpoint

Setpoint GBAS 0-5 VDC GBAS 0-10 VDC Valid Range

Occ Zone Cooling Setpoint (CV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F

Unocc Zone Cooling Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F

Occ Zone Heating Setpoint (CV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F

Unocc Zone Heating Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F

SA Cooling Setpoint (VAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 90°F


88 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 40. GBAS voltage vs. setpoint (continued)

Setpoint GBAS 0-5 VDC GBAS 0-10 VDC Valid Range

SA Cooling Setpoint (SZVAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 70°F

Zone Cooling Setpoint (SZVAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 80°F

Zone/Return Critical Temperature Setpoint (RR only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 75 to 95°F

SA Heating Setpoint (VAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 180°F

SA Heating Setpoint (SZVAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 65 to 95°F

Space Static Pressure Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -0.20 to 0.30 IWC

SA Static Pressure Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0.7 to 5.1 IWC

Min OA Flow Setpoint 1 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0 to Unit Max Flow

MWU Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F

Econ Dry Bulb Enable Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 140°F

SA_Reheat_Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 60 to 90°F

Minimum Position Setpoint 3 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0 to 100%

Occ Dehumidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 65%

Unocc Dehumidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 65%

Occ Humidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 20 to 50%

Unocc Humidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 20 to 50%

Notes:1. If DCV is enabled this is used for Design Minimum OA Flow Setpoint2. If DCV is enabled, this is used for Design Minimum OA Damper Position Setpoint

Table 41. GBAS 0-10 VDC output range

Setpoint GBAS 0-10 VDC Valid Range

Outdoor Air Temperature 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -40 to 200°F

Zone Temperature 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -40 to 200°F

Supply Air Temperature (VAV and CV DischargeTemperature Control only) 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -40 to 200°F

Supply Air Pressure (VAV only) 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0.0 to 7.91 wc

Space Pressure 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -0.67-0.67 wc

Space RH 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100%

OA RH 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100%

Space CO2 Level 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50-2000 PPM

Cooling Capacity % 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100%

Heating Capacity % 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100%

Outdoor Air Damper Position 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100%

Outdoor Airflow 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0 to 65,000 CFM


RT-SVX36T-EN 89

Unit ReplacementThis section covers the removal and preparationnecessary for setting the R-410A replacement unit inplace. For more detailed information, please see theRooftop Replacement Engineering Bulletin — RT-PRB027*–EN.

WWAARRNNIINNGGRR--441100AA RReeffrriiggeerraanntt uunnddeerr HHiigghheerrPPrreessssuurree tthhaann RR--2222!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo uussee pprrooppeerr eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr ccoommppoonneennttss aassddeessccrriibbeedd bbeellooww,, ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn eeqquuiippmmeenntt ffaaiilliinnggaanndd ppoossssiibbllyy eexxppllooddiinngg,, wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh,, sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy,, oorr eeqquuiippmmeenntt ddaammaaggee..TThhee uunniittss ddeessccrriibbeedd iinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaall uussee RR--441100AArreeffrriiggeerraanntt wwhhiicchh ooppeerraatteess aatt hhiigghheerr pprreessssuurreesstthhaann RR--2222.. UUssee OONNLLYY RR--441100AA rraatteedd sseerrvviicceeeeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr ccoommppoonneennttss wwiitthh tthheessee uunniittss.. FFoorrssppeecciiffiicc hhaannddlliinngg ccoonncceerrnnss wwiitthh RR--441100AA,, pplleeaasseeccoonnttaacctt yyoouurr llooccaall TTrraannee rreepprreesseennttaattiivvee..

WWAARRNNIINNGGFFiibbeerrggllaassss WWooooll!!EExxppoossiittiioonn ttoo ggllaassss wwooooll ffiibbeerrss wwiitthhoouutt aallllnneecceessssaarryy PPPPEE eeqquuiippmmeenntt ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ccaanncceerr,,rreessppiirraattoorryy,, sskkiinn oorr eeyyee iirrrriittaattiioonn,, wwhhiicchh ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy.. DDiissttuurrbbiinngg tthheeiinnssuullaattiioonn iinn tthhiiss pprroodduucctt dduurriinngg iinnssttaallllaattiioonn,,mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorr rreeppaaiirr wwiillll eexxppoossee yyoouu ttoo aaiirrbboorrnneeppaarrttiicclleess ooff ggllaassss wwooooll ffiibbeerrss aanndd cceerraammiicc ffiibbeerrsskknnoowwnn ttoo tthhee ssttaattee ooff CCaalliiffoorrnniiaa ttoo ccaauussee ccaanncceerrtthhrroouugghh iinnhhaallaattiioonn..YYoouu MMUUSSTT wweeaarr aallll nneecceessssaarryy PPeerrssoonnaall PPrrootteeccttiivveeEEqquuiippmmeenntt ((PPPPEE)) iinncclluuddiinngg gglloovveess,, eeyyee pprrootteeccttiioonn,,aa NNIIOOSSHH aapppprroovveedd dduusstt//mmiisstt rreessppiirraattoorr,, lloonnggsslleeeevveess aanndd ppaannttss wwhheenn wwoorrkkiinngg wwiitthh pprroodduuccttssccoonnttaaiinniinngg ffiibbeerrggllaassss wwooooll..

PPrreeccaauuttiioonnaarryy MMeeaassuurreess::

•• AAvvooiidd bbrreeaatthhiinngg ffiibbeerrggllaassss dduusstt..

•• UUssee aa NNIIOOSSHH aapppprroovveedd dduusstt//mmiisstt rreessppiirraattoorr..

•• AAvvooiidd ccoonnttaacctt wwiitthh tthhee sskkiinn oorr eeyyeess.. WWeeaarrlloonngg--sslleeeevveedd,, lloooossee--ffiittttiinngg ccllootthhiinngg,, gglloovveess,,aanndd eeyyee pprrootteeccttiioonn..

•• WWaasshh ccllootthheess sseeppaarraatteellyy ffrroomm ootthheerr ccllootthhiinngg;;rriinnssee wwaasshheerr tthhoorroouugghhllyy..

•• OOppeerraattiioonnss ssuucchh aass ssaawwiinngg,, bblloowwiinngg,, tteeaarr--oouutt,, aanndd sspprraayyiinngg mmaayy ggeenneerraattee ffiibbeerrccoonncceennttrraattiioonnss rreeqquuiirriinngg aaddddiittiioonnaallrreessppiirraattoorryy pprrootteeccttiioonn.. UUssee tthhee aapppprroopprriiaatteeNNIIOOSSHH aapppprroovveedd rreessppiirraattoorr..

FFiirrsstt AAiidd MMeeaassuurreess::

•• EEyyee CCoonnttaacctt -- FFlluusshh eeyyeess wwiitthh wwaatteerr ttoorreemmoovvee dduusstt.. IIff ssyymmppttoommss ppeerrssiisstt,, sseeeekkmmeeddiiccaall aatttteennttiioonn..

•• SSkkiinn CCoonnttaacctt -- WWaasshh aaffffeecctteedd aarreeaass ggeennttllyywwiitthh ssooaapp aanndd wwaarrmm wwaatteerr aafftteerr hhaannddlliinngg..

Electrical ConnectionWWAARRNNIINNGG

LLiivvee EElleeccttrriiccaall CCoommppoonneennttss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww aallll eelleeccttrriiccaall ssaaffeettyy pprreeccaauuttiioonnsswwhheenn eexxppoosseedd ttoo lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaall ccoommppoonneennttss ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..WWhheenn iitt iiss nneecceessssaarryy ttoo wwoorrkk wwiitthh lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaallccoommppoonneennttss,, hhaavvee aa qquuaalliiffiieedd lliicceennsseedd eelleeccttrriicciiaannoorr ootthheerr iinnddiivviidduuaall wwhhoo hhaass bbeeeenn pprrooppeerrllyy ttrraaiinneeddiinn hhaannddlliinngg lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaall ccoommppoonneennttss ppeerrffoorrmmtthheessee ttaasskkss..

90 RT-SVX36T-EN

Main Electrical PowerLock and tag out unit main electric power and removepower supply wiring from installed disconnect/terminalblock of unit. See Figure 40, p. 68 for locations.

NNoottee:: Inspect wiring to ensure that all field-installedwiring complies with NEC and applicable localcodes.

SEHF Units with 200V or 230V ElectricHeat(Requires separate power supply to heater)

Lock and tag out unit main electric power and removepower supply wiring for the electric heat from adedicated, field- supplied/installed disconnect toterminal block 4TB2, or to an optional unit-mounteddisconnect switch 4S15. See Figure 40, p. 68 forlocations.

Field-installed Control WiringNNoottee:: Inspect wiring to ensure that all field-installed

wiring complies with NEC and applicable localcodes.

Remove the field wiring connections for the variable airvolume controls as applicable.

NNoottee:: Label wiring to save time when reconnectingwiring is necessary.

Remove ground wire from the unit.

NNoottee:: The electrical connection for 40, 60, 70 and 75 tonis 32 inches further down the unit than olderstyle units. On full perimeter curbs, this alsomeans the incoming electrical will be outside thecurb area. The electrician should be informed ofboth points.

See Figure 40, p. 68 for typical field wiring for 20-75 tonunits. See Figure 41, p. 69 for typical field power wiringfor 90-130 ton units.

Requirements for Gas Heat


1. Remove and isolate gas supply from the unit gastrain.

2. Ensure gas supply line piping joints are properlysealed.

3. Remove drip leg Installed in the gas piping near theunit.

4. Remove factory-supplied flue assembly installed onthe unit.

5. Remove the 3/4" CPVC furnace drain stub out thatwas used for condensate drain.

Requirements for Hot Water Heat (SLH*)1. Remove and isolate water piping that comes into

the heating section from the base of the unit.

2. Remove the installed, 3-way modulating valve, ifnecessary, to remove unit.

3. Remove the valve actuator wiring.

Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH*)1. Remove and isolate steam piping that comes into

the heating section from the base of the unit.

2. Remove, 2-way modulating valve if necessary.

3. Remove the valve actuator wiring.

Space Pressure Sensor and TubingInstallation(All units with Statitrac)

Remove field-supplied pneumatic tubing connected tothe space pressure transducer located in the filtersection (see Figure 49, p. 91).

UUnniitt RReeppllaacceemmeenntt

RT-SVX36T-EN 91

Figure 49. Duct static pressure control layout

Space StaticTransducer (3U62)

Static ReferenceTubing ConnectsHere

Discharge DuctStatic Tubing Connects Here

Space PressureSensing TubeConnects Here

Space Pressure CalibrationSolenoid (3L21)

Supply Air Duct Static Transducer (3U60)

Condensate Drain ConnectionsEach S*HF or K unit is provided with two 1" evaporatorcondensate drain connections (one on each side of theunit).

Remove all 1" condensate drain connections from unit,see Figure 50, p. 91.

Figure 50. Condensate drain locations

Standard or Sloped Drain Pan(1) Condensate Drain OpeningBoth Sides

Supply and Return Duct ConnectionsEnsure supply and return duct connections wereinstalled to the roof curb supply and return areas ofroof curb, rather than to the unit itself.

Remove supply and return duct work if it was directlyconnected to the unit.

Installation of S*HL or K unitsSee unit IOM and appropriate programming guide forinstallation operation and programming requirements.For Lifting Procedures, see “Unit Rigging andPlacement,” p. 47.

Table 42. Typical unit and curb weights (R-22)without VFD

UnitSize

Typical Unit OperatingWeight(a)

Roof CurbMax.Weight

(b)

SAHF

SE,SL,SSHF SFHF SXHF SAHF

S*H-F/G

C20 4360 4690 4970 4580 490 510

C25 4520 4860 5130 4750 490 510

C30 5220 5590 5840 5460 490 510

C40 6890 7400 7880 7240 515 550

C50 7890 8450 8900 8290 515 550

C55 8140 8690 9170 8540 515 550

C60 9320 9650 10120 9480 610 640

C70 9860 10160 10640 10040 610 640

C75 9860 10160 10640 10040 610 640

(a) Weights represent the typical unit operating weights for the heating/cooling function indicated with an economizer and exhaust faninstalled.

(b) Roof curb weights include the curb and pedestal.

Table 43. Typical unit and curb weights (R-22) withVFD

UnitSize

Typical Unit OperatingWeight(a)

Roof CurbMax.Weight

(b)

SAHF

SE,SL,SSHF SFHF SXHF SAHF

S*H-F/G

C20 4650 5000 5270 4860 490 510

C25 4830 5180 5440 5060 490 510

C30 5570 5930 6200 5800 490 510

C40 7290 7820 8280 7650 515 550

C50 8350 8900 9380 8740 515 550

C55 8600 9160 9640 9010 515 550

C60 9840 10150 10620 10010 610 640

C70 10370 10690 11160 10560 610 640

C75 10370 10690 11160 10560 610 640

(a) Weights represent the typical unit operating weights for the heating/cooling function indicated with an economizer, exhaust fan withsupply and exhaust VFD installed.

(b) Roof curb weights include the curb and pedestal.


92 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 44. Approximate roof curb and S*HC unitoperating weights (units built prior to 1991)

UnitSize

Typical Unit OperatingWeight

Roof Curb MaxWeight

SAHC

SE,SL,SS,SXHC

SB,SFHC SAHC S*HF

C20 4,600 4,950 5,250 445 470

C25 4,700 5,050 5,300 445 470

C30 5,500 6,050 6,200 445 470

C40 7,500 8,200 8,500 505 540

C50 8,350 9,100 9,200 530 560

C55 8,500 9,200 9,350 530 560

C60 9,600 10,300 10,400 545 575

C70 10,500 11,200 11,300 545 575

C75 10,700 11,400 11,500 545 575

Note: Weight shown in this table represents the maximum unitoperating weight for S*HC units with heating/coolingfunctions indicated and includes economizer and exhaustfan options. Actual unit weight is on the unit nameplate.

Table 45. Approximate operating weights, 90 to 100ton, “E” style cabinet (units built prior to1991)

Unit Size/Tons

Rooftop w/o ExhaustFans

Rooftopwith

ExhaustFans Curb

SEHE C90 13,150 14,500 600

SFHE C90 13,820 15,150 600

SXHE C90 13,000 14,340 600

SEHE D11 13,700 15,050 600 600

SFHE D11 14,360 15,700 600

SXHE D11 13,550 14,880 600

Figure 51. Perimeter gasket material

Perimeter Gasket

Perimeter Gasket

Duct Opening

Roof Curb


RT-SVX36T-EN 93

Figure 52. Typical partial perimeter curb with pedestal illustration for 20- 75 ton standard units

Table 46. Typical curb dimensions for 20 to 75 ton SAHF units with air-cooled condensers (R-22)

Curb Dimensions SAHF-C20,C25, C30 SAHF-C40 SAHF-C50, C55 SAHF-C60, C70, C75

A 16' 3-7/8" 19' 1-15/16" 19' 1-15/16" 19' 1-15/16"

B 2' 10-1/16" 7' 10-1/16" 7' 10-1/16 7' 10-1/16"

C 7' 10-7/16" 7' 10-7/16" 7' 10-7/16" 9' 11-15/16"

D 7' 0-13/16" 7' 0-13/16" 7' 0-13/16" 9' 2-5/16"

E 16' 3-9/16" 19' 1-5/8" 19' 1-5/8" 19' 1-5/8"

F 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 9' 2"

G 13' 6-15/16" 16' 2-9/16" 16' 2-9/16" 16' 2-9/16"

H 7' 11-15/16" 7' 11-15/16" 7' 11-15/16" 10' 1-7/16"

J 5' 8-13/16" 5' 8-13/16" 5' 8-13/16" 7' 10-5/16"

K 2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 0"

L 2' 5-5/16" 3' 6" 3' 6" 3' 6"

M 2' 11-5/16" 4' 0" 4' 0" 4' 0"

N 1' 10-5/8" 1' 10-5/8" 1' 10-5/8" 1' 10-5/8"

P 5' 9-1/2" 5' 9-1/2" 5' 91/2" 6' 11-7/8"

Q 0' 5-11/16" 0' 5-11/16" 0' 5-11/16" 0' 11-3/16"

R 0' 5-11/16" 0' 5-11/16" 0' 5-11/16" 0' 11-3/16"

S 2' 3-5/16" 2' 5-15/16" 2' 5-15/16" 2' 5-15/16"


94 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 47. Typical curb dimensions for SEHF, SFHF, SLHF, SSHF, SXHF, 20 to 75 ton units with air-cooled condensers(R-22)

Curb Dimensions S_HF-C20,C25, C30 S_HF-C40 S_HF-C50, C55 S_HF-C60,C70, C75

A 18' 7-1/2" 22' 4-1/2" 22' 4-1/2" 22' 4-1/2"

B 2' 10-1/16" 7' 10-1/16" 7' 10-1/16" 7' 10-1/16

C 7' 10-7/16" 7' 10-7/16" 7' 10-7/16" 9' 11-15/16"

D 7' 0-13/16" 7' 0-13/16" 7' 0-13/16" 9' 2-5/16"

E 18' 7-3/16" 22' 4-1/8" 22' 4-1/8" 22' 4-1/8"

F 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 9' 2"

G 15' 10-9/16" 19' 5" 19' 5" 19' 5"

H 7' 11-15/16" 7' 11-15/16" 7' 11-15/16" 10' 1-7/16"

J 5' 8-13/16" 5' 8-13/16" 5' 8-13/16" 7' 10-5/16"

K 2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 0"

L 2' 5-5/16" 3' 6" 3' 6" 3' 6"

M 2' 11-5/16" 4' 0" 4' 0" 4' 0"

N 1' 10-5/8" 1' 10-5/8" 1' 10-5/8" 1' 10-5/8"

P 5' 7-3/8" 5' 7-3/8" 5' 7-3/8" 7' 8-3/4"

Q 1' 0-7/16" 0' 11-3/16" 0' 11-3/16" 0' 11-3/16"

R 0' 1 " 0' 2-1/4" 0' 2-1/4" 0' 2-3/8"

S 2' 3-5/16" 2' 5-5/16" 2' 5-5/16" 2' 5-5/16"

Figure 53. Full perimeter curb with pedestal (20 to 75 ton units built prior to 1991)


RT-SVX36T-EN 95

Table 48. 20 to 75 ton roof curb dimensions, downflow (units built prior to 1991)

Model UnitSize W L A B C D E F T U

SAHC

20, 25,30 7'–1/2" 21'–3 3/4" 5'–8 3/4" 2'–5 5/16" 13'–8 13/

16" 7 1/2" 5'–9 1/2" 2'–3 5/16" NA NA

40 7'–1/2" 26'–6" 5'–8 3/4" 3'–6" 16'–4 3/8" 7 1/2" 5'–9 1/2" 2'–5 15/16" NA NA

50, 55 7'–1/2" 29'–1 15/16" 5'–8 3/4" 3'–6" 16'–4 5/

16" 7 1/2" 5'–9 1/2" 2'–5 15/16" NA NA

60 9'–2" 26'–6" 7'–10 1/4" 3'–6" 16'–4 3/8" 1'–1 1/16" 6'–11 7/8" 2'–5 15/16" NA NA

75 9'–2" 26'–6" 7'–10 1/4" 3'–6" 16'–4 3/8" 1'–1 1/16" 6'–11 7/8" 2'–5 15/16" NA NA

SEHC 20, 25,30 7'–1/2" 23'–7 3/8" 5'–8 3/4" 2'–5 5/16" 16'–0 7/

16" 1'–2 5/16" 5'–7 3/8" 2'–3 5/16" 15'–7/16" 16'–4 7/8"

SFHC 40 7'–1/2" 29'–8 1/2" 5'–8 3/4" 3'–6" 19'–6 7/8" 1'–2 5/16" 5'–7 3/8" 2'–5 15/16"

18'–6 13/16"

20'–1 7/8"19'–8 7/8"

SLHCSSHC

50, 55 7'–1/2" 32'–4 1/2" 5'–8 3/4" 3'–6" 19'–6 13/16" 1'–2 5/16" 5'–7 3/8" 2'–5 15/

16"18'–6 13/16"

20'–1 7/8"19'–8 7/8"

SXHC60 9'–2" 29'–8 1/2" 7'–10 1/4" 3'–6" 19'–6 7/8" 1'–2 5/16" 7'–8 7/8" 2'–5 15/

16"18'–6 13/16"

20'–1 7/8"19'–8 7/8"

75 9'–2" 29'–8 1/2" 7'–10 1/4" 3'–6" 19'–6 7/8" 1'–2 5/16" 7'–8 7/8" 2'–5 15/16"

18'–6 13/16"

20'–1 7/8"19'–8 7/8"

Note: The return opening of the roof curb is provided with an adjustable filler panel 6" wide. This panel allows adjustment of the return air opening inorder to clear roof members of all standard roof constructions with both supply and return openings. The return air opening of the curb is at a 90degree angle as compared to the rooftop return air opening to allow this placement flexibility. The curb acts as a plenum between the ductworkand the unit return opening. A retainer clip is used to secure the adjustable filler piece to the roof curb.


96 RT-SVX36T-EN

Unit StartupSequence of Operation

NNOOTTIICCEECCoommpprreessssoorr FFaaiilluurree!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonn bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnccoommpprreessssoorr ffaaiilluurree..UUnniitt mmuusstt bbee ppoowweerreedd aanndd ccrraannkkccaassee hheeaatteerrsseenneerrggiizzeedd aatt lleeaasstt 88 hhoouurrss BBEEFFOORREE ccoommpprreessssoorrssaarree ssttaarrtteedd..

Cooling Sequence of OperationTime delays are built into the controls to increasereliability and performance by protecting thecompressors and maximizing unit efficiency.

Compressor Crankcase Heaters

NNOOTTIICCEECCoommpprreessssoorr DDaammaaggee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnccoommpprreessssoorr ddaammaaggee..KKeeeepp ccrraannkkccaassee hheeaatteerrss oonn wwhheenneevveerr rreeffrriiggeerraanntt iissiinn tthhee ssyysstteemm..IIff ccrraannkkccaassee hheeaatteerrss hhaavvee nnoott bbeeeenn oonn wwiitthhrreeffrriiggeerraanntt iinn tthhee ssyysstteemm,, ttuurrnn tthhee ccrraannkkccaasseehheeaatteerrss oonn ffoorr aa mmiinniimmuumm ooff 2244 hhoouurrss bbeeffoorreessttaarrttiinngg ccoommpprreessssoorrss..

Each compressor is equipped with a crankcase heater.The proper operation of the crankcase heater isimportant to maintain an elevated compressor oiltemperature during the OFF cycle to reduce oil foamingduring compressor starts.

When the compressor starts, the sudden reduction incrankcase pressure causes the liquid refrigerant to boilrapidly causing the oil to foam. This condition coulddamage compressor bearings due to reducedlubrication and could cause compressor mechanicalfailures.

SZVAV Cooling Sequence of OperationSingle Zone VAV units will be equipped with a VFDcontrolled supply fan which will be controlled by the 0-10VDC RTM VFD output and the RTM Supply Fanoutput. The control scales the 0-10VDC VFD outputfrom the RTM linearly to control between the 37%-100% of the total fan speed range.

If the RTM determines that there is a need for activecooling capacity in order to meet the calculatedTemperature Setpoint (Tset), the unit will begin tostage compressors accordingly once supply fanproving has been made. Note that the compressorstaging order will be based on unit configuration andcompressor lead/lag status.

Once the Tset calculation has reached its bottom limit(Tset Lower Limit Setpoint) and compressors are beingutilized to meet the demand, the Tset value continuesto calculate below the Tset Lower Limit Setpoint andthe algorithm will begin to ramp the Supply Fan Speedup toward 100%. Note that the supply fan speed willremain at the compressor stage’s associated minimumvalue (as described below) until the Tset value iscalculated below the Tset Lower Limit Setpoint.

As the cooling load in the zone decreases the zonecooling algorithm will reduce the speed of the fandown to minimum per compressor stage and controlthe compressor outputs accordingly. As thecompressors begin to de-energize, the Supply Fanspeed will fall back to the Cooling Stage’s associatedminimum fan speed, but not below. As the load in thezone continues to drop, cooling capacity will bereduced in order to maintain the discharge air withinthe ± ½ Tset deadband.

CCoooolliinngg SSttaaggeess MMiinniimmuumm FFaann SSppeeeedd

As the unit begins to stage compressors to meet thecooling demand, the following minimum Supply FanSpeeds will be utilized for each corresponding CoolingStage. Note that the Supply Fan Speed will be allowedto ramp up beyond 37% as determined by the activeTset calculation; the speeds below are only theminimum speeds per cooling stage. Note that whentransitioning between active cooling stages,compressors may energize prior to the supply fanreaching the minimum speed for the associated step.

1. 2-Stage DX Cooling - The minimum fan speed forunits with 2 stages of DX Cooling will be 37% of theunit’s full airflow capacity. At Stage 1 of DX Coolingthe minimum Fan Speed will be 37% and at Stage 2of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be at a minimumof 67%.

2. 3-Stage DX cooling variable speed compressorunits (40-70T)—The minimum fan speed forvariable speed compressor units with 3 stages ofcompressor operation will be 37% of the units totalairflow. Minimum fan speed will increase from 37%to 67% as nominal unit capacity increases fromminimum to 75%. Minimum fan speed will be 67%at nominal unit capacities above 75%.

3. 4-Stage DX Cooling - The minimum fan speed forunits with 4 stages of DX Cooling will be 37% of theunit’s total airflow. At Stage 1 the minimum SupplyFan Speed will be 37%, at Stage 2 the minimumSupply Fan Speed will be 58%, and at Stages 3 & 4the minimum Supply Fan Speed will be 67%.

Rapid RestartThis feature will occur after every power cycle. Oncepower is restored (e.g., via a backup generator), theRTM will maximize cooling capacity within 3-5 minutes.

RT-SVX36T-EN 97

Once the space has returned to its Zone TemperatureSetpoint, the RTM controls the load using normalcapacity control algorithms. The supply fan will beturned on immediately after a power cycle, moduleinitialization, or after the Unit Start Delay has timed out.The supply fan proving switch input must be closedprior to continuing with Rapid Restart.

Once the supply fan proving switch input has closed,the unit will consider the outside air temperature todetermine whether economizing or DX mechanicalcooling will be utilized to provide the necessarycooling. If the outside air temperature is less than 50°Fand economizing is enabled, the outside air damperwill be utilized. If the outside air temperature is above50°F, the outside air damper will remain closed and DXmechanical cooling will occur for the duration of RapidRestart.

Supply Fan Operation – Speed Control• VAV: The supply fan speed will ramp to 50%, then

release to normal discharge static pressure control,limited only by the high duct static limitfunctionality.

• CV: The supply fan speed will turn on full airflow.

• SZVAV: The supply fan speed will ramp to fullairflow.

Figure 54. Typical rapid restart timeline

Units with Evaporative CondenserSequence of OperationUpon a power up without water in the sump, thecondenser sump drain will be controlled to allow thesump to hold water. The fill relay will be energized ifthere is a call for mechanical cooling and if the outdoorair temperature is greater than 10°F on units with asump heater installed or greater than 40°F on unitswithout sump heat. Once the fill solenoid is energized,the sump will begin to fill. The minimum water levelswitch will close and the fill relay will be de-energized.The sump water temperature sensor is invalid unlessthe minimum water level switch is closed.

If the sump water temperature is less than the setpoint(default is 38°F), the sump heater will be energized until

the water temperature reaches the setpoint plus 5degrees (43°F for default). The fill solenoid will remainclosed for 20 minutes or until the water temperature isgreater than 35°F. Once a water temperature of 35°F orgreater is achieved, the fill solenoid is energized, thesump will continue to fill, and a five minute timer isstarted.

When the timer expires, the compressor lockout will bereleased and mechanical cooling will be allowed. Headpressure control will be regulated by a variable speedfan until the liquid line pressure from either circuitreaches the upper limit, which is set on the HumanInterface under the setup menu 120°F default. Theliquid line pressure is converted to a temperature fordisplay at the Human Interface. When the temperatureexceeds the upper limit, the condenser sump pump willbe energized. When the sump pump is energized,water is pumped from the sump and sprayed over thecondenser coil. If the liquid line pressure from eithercircuit falls below the lower limit the sump pump willbe de-energized.

When the sump pump is energized or de-energized achange in state is observed from an auxiliary contactorto ensure proper sump pump operation. A change instates must be observed by the auxiliary contactorwithin 6 seconds of the command to change states ormechanical cooling will be locked out on a sump pumpfailure causing a manual reset diagnostic to be set.

The fill solenoid will remain energized and the waterlevel will be controlled by the mechanical float valve. Ifthe maximum level float ever closes, an information-only diagnostic is set and the fill solenoid is de-energized. This is an indication that the mechanicalfloat is not adjusted properly or a failure of themechanical float valve has occurred. If the maximumlevel input is open for two continuous minutes, thediagnostic will be cleared and the fill solenoid will beenergized.

If the sump water temperature ever drops below 35°F,the drain actuator will be controlled in order to drainthe water from the sump. If there is a call formechanical cooling and the outdoor air temp is greaterthan 10°F on units with sump heat installed or greaterthan 40°F on units without sump heat, the unit will beallowed to refill the sump.

The drain control can be configured via the HumanInterface, and by the drain actuator installation, to holdor drain water on power loss; the default is set to drain.Periodic purge is a cyclic opening of the drain toremove debris and buildup from the sump and addadditional fresh water to the sump. Periodic purge hasan adjustable interval from the setup menu on theHuman Interface with a range of 1-12 hours or can beset to disabled - the default position if periodic purge isnot required. The duration of the blowdown, or thetime that the drain valve is opened, is adjustable to arange of 5 - 255 seconds, with 60 seconds being thedefault.

UUnniitt SSttaarrttuupp

98 RT-SVX36T-EN

The optional conductivity controller also uses this timerto open the drain, when required, based on waterquality. During this purge, the fill solenoid will remainenergized to provide fresh water to the sump to replacewater being released during the blowdown. Watertreatment blowdown is provided by shorting thedesignated input on the customer-supplied terminalstrip. This gives the customer more flexibility indetermining water conditions via external controls.Once the input is detected closed, the drain valve willbe opened for a time equal to the Human Interfaceadjustable periodic purge duration.

Once the duration timer expires, or if the minimumlevel switch opens, the drain valve will be closed andthe water treatment blowdown input will be ignored for15 minutes. During this blowdown the fill relay willremain open to provide fresh water to the sump. Theadjustable duration time period should be set so thatduring drain operation 1 inch of water is drained fromthe sump with the fill solenoid valve closed. If theminimum water level switch opens during a blowdowncycle, the unit will de-energize the sump pump in orderto protect the compressors and sump heater frominsufficient water levels. Once the water level reachesthe minimum level input and this input closes for 10seconds, the compressors and sump heater operationswill be allowed to restart.

Evaporative Condenser Drain Valve SetupThe drain valve is shipped to “Drain During Unit PowerLoss Conditions.” This means that when the unitdisconnect is turned off, the 1S2 toggle switch is turnedoff, or the unit loses power, the drain will open. Thevalve is spring loaded and will travel from fully closedto fully open in approximately 25 seconds.

This is desirable in cold climates where a risk offreezing exists. In milder climates it may be desirable tokeep the water in the sump when unit power is off toavoid unnecessarily wasting water whenever the unitdisconnect is turned off.

To convert the unit to “Hold During Unit Power LossConditions,” complete the following steps:

1. Remove power from the unit.

2. Remove the weather shield cover (Figure 55, p. 98).

3. Loosen the shaft set screw (Figure 55, p. 98),remove the locking clip and remove the shaftadapter (Figure 56, p. 98).

4. Lift the drain valve actuator and rotate it to the“hold during power loss” position (Figure 57, p.99).

5. Reinstall the shaft adapter and locking clip andreinstall the actuator onto the base. Make sure thearrow on the shaft adapter is set to 0°.

6. Make sure the valve is in the fully closed position,then tighten the shaft set screw.

7. Reinstall the weather shield cover.

8. Restore power to the unit.

9. At the Human Interface, press SSEETTUUPP, NNEEXXTT until'Head Pressure Control Setup Submenu” is seen.Press EENNTTEERR.

10. Change the “Sump Drain Valve Relay Control” fromDrain to Hold.

Figure 55. Drain valve actuator with weather shieldWeather Shield

Shaft Set ScrewDrain Valve Actuator

Figure 56. Actuator shaft adapter removal/assembly

Locking clip

Shaft adapter

1

2


RT-SVX36T-EN 99

Figure 57. Actuator is shipped in “Drain during powerloss” configuration

To drain during power loss,set shaft adapter to 0 degrees

To hold during power loss,set shaft adapter to 90 degrees

Set Drain Duration TimerEnter service test mode from unit Human Interface.Navigate to the compressor condenser fan submenu.Under head pressure control, use manual control.

Close drain valve and energize water inlet solenoidvalve until water reaches nominal level. Once level isachieved, de-energize fill solenoid. Open drain valveand time how long it takes for the water level to dropone inch, make sure to take into account the closingtime of the valve.

Chemical Water Treatment TreeThe Trane evaporative condenser comes with a PVCtree to allow easier inputs for third party watertreatment. The tee labeled A is a 3/4 inch NPT threadedinput, see Figure 58, p. 99. Tees B and C are 1/2 inchNPT threaded inputs. The ball valve can be used to stopthe water flow through the tree to allow the customerto add hookup of water treatment, or to change andupdate water treatment with the unit running.

Units with Dolphin WaterCare™ or conductivity sensorwill have the conductivity sensor installed into the 3/4inch tee with the other tees plugged. For all other units,A, B and C will be plugged, see Figure 58, p. 99. Ensurethe ball valve is in the open position when watertreatment is being operated in the system to make surewater flows through the tree and transports treatmentto the unit sump.

Figure 58. Chemical water treatment treeA

B

C

Conductivity ControllerUpon start-up, the conductivity controller must becalibrated and setup for operation. Below are thenecessary steps to accomplish those tasks. Thecontroller has two setpoints that control two relays.Both of these setpoints will need to be set by Dolphinor a local water treatment expert.

1. The first setpoint is the standard point blowdownpoint. When the setpoint is exceeded, the relay (K1)will be energized and a blowdown request willclose the Water treatment request binary input onthe MCM.

2. The second setpoint will be the emergency point.The second setpoint will open the normally closedK2 relay, which will interrupt the sump provingcircuit which will generate a manual lockout. Thissecond setpoint will be used to protect the unitfrom extremely high conductivity that wouldindicate a failure in the system.

3. Inside the enclosure for the controller, there will bea thermostat and strip heater that will protect LCDfrom cracking at low ambient conditions. Thethermostat closes at 15°F and opens at 25°F.

Procedure to calibrate conductivity1. Use a calibrated thermometer and a known

conductivity rating. There are two different optionsfor having a liquid with known conductivity:

NNoottee:: Visit the GF Piping Systems site for additionalinformation and resources.

• Purchase a liquid with known conductivityrating

• Purchase a handheld conductivity reader

2. Close the ball valve on the chemical treatment treeand remove the conductivity sensor from the tree.

3. Enter service test mode on the unit and turn thepump on, ensuring the compressors are set to OFF.


100 RT-SVX36T-EN

4. With the conductivity controller connected to thesensor and power, enter the CALIBRATE menu byholding down the ENTER key for 2 seconds.

5. When asked for the calibration key code, hit the UP,UP, UP, DOWN arrow keys in sequence.

6. Using the UP and DOWN arrows go to Chan 1 Cell:Standard. Ensure this channel is set to standard.

7. If not, press the RIGHT arrow key and set tostandard then press the ENTER key to return to theCALIBRATION menu.

8. Using the UP and DOWN arrows go to Chan 1 Cell.Ensure that the cell constant is set to 1.0.

9. If not, press the RIGHT arrow key and set the cellconstant to 1.0. Then press the ENTER key to returnto the CALIBRATION menu.

10. Using the UP and DOWN arrows go to Chan 1 Set:Temperature and press the RIGHT arrow key toenter the edit mode.

11. Adjust the temperature on the controller to matchthe actual temperature.

12. Press the ENTER key to save the input and return tothe CALIBRATE menu.

13. Using the UP and DOWN arrows, go to the Chan 1Set: Conductivity and press the RIGHT arrow key toenter the edit mode.

14. Adjust the conductivity on the controller to matchthe actual conductivity rating of the liquid.

15. Press the ENTER key to save the conductivity ratingand return to the CALIBRATE menu.

16. When finished calibrating the controller, press theUP and DOWN key simultaneously to return tonormal operating mode.

Procedure to set purge setpoints on theconductivity controllerWork with local water treatment expert to identifynominal purge and emergency purge conductivityvalue.

NNoottee:: Visit the GF Piping Systems site for additionalinformation and resources.

1. Close the ball valve on the chemical treatment treeand remove the conductivity sensor from the tree.

2. Enter Service test mode on the unit HI and energizethe sump pump, ensuring the compressors are setto OFF.

3. With the conductivity controller connected to thesensor and power, enter the CALIBRATE menu byholding down the enter key for 2 seconds.

4. When asked for the calibration key code, hit the UP,UP, UP, DOWN arrow keys in sequence.

5. Using the UP and DOWN arrows, go to Relay 1Setpoint: and press the RIGHT arrow key to enteredit mode (K1).

6. Adjust the set point to the nominal blowdownconductivity value.

7. Press the ENTER key to return to the CALIBRATEmenu.

8. Using the UP and DOWN arrows, go to Relay 2Setpoint:and press the RIGHT arrow key to enteredit mode (K2).

9. Adjust the set point to the emergency conductivityvalue.

10. Press the ENTER key to return to the CALIBRATEmenu.

11. When finished setting the values, press the UP andDOWN key simultaneously to return to normaloperating mode.

Units Without an EconomizerUpon entering an “occupied” mode of operation, theRTM receives input from the remote panel to start thesupply fan. For constant volume applications, the RTMsupply fan contacts (K2) close, which energizes thesupply fan contactor (1K16). When the supply fanstarts, the fan proving switch (3S68) closes, signalingthe RTM that airflow has been established and the VFDwill begin to ramp the fan (if equipped).

When a cooling request is sent to the RTM from a zonetemperature sensor, the RTM evaluates the operatingcondition of the system using the supply airtemperature input and the outdoor temperature inputbefore sending the request to the SCM/MCM. Once therequest is sent to the SCM/MCM, the compressormodule checks the compressor protection circuitbefore closing “Stage 1" (K10 on SCM or K11 on MCM).After the first functional stage has started, thecompressor module monitors the saturated refrigeranttemperature and closes the condenser fan outputcontact ( “1A”), when the saturated refrigeranttemperature rises above the “lower limit” setpoint.

Units with an EconomizerUpon entering an “occupied” mode of operation, theRTM receives input from the remote panel to start thesupply fan. For constant volume applications, the RTMsupply fan contacts (K2) close, which energizes thesupply fan contactor (1K16). When the supply fanstarts, the fan proving switch (3S68) closes, signalingthe RTM that airflow has been established. The RTMopens the economizer dampers to the specified“minimum position”.

When a cooling request is sent to the RTM from thezone temperature sensor, the RTM evaluates theoperating condition of the system using the supply airtemperature input and the outdoor temperature inputbefore sending the request to the SCM/MCM formechanical cooling. If the outdoor conditions aresuitable for cooling (temperature and humidity arewithin specified setpoints), the RTM will attempt tomaintain the zone temperature without using any


RT-SVX36T-EN 101

compressors. If the zone temperature cannot bemaintained within the setpoint deadband, the RTMsends a cooling request to the SCM/MCM . Thecompressor module checks the compressor protectioncircuit before closing “Stage 1" (K10 on SCM or K11 onMCM). After the first functional stage has started, thecompressor module monitors the saturated refrigeranttemperature and closes the condenser fan outputcontact ( “1A”), when the saturated refrigeranttemperature rises above the “lower limit” setpoint.

Units with Return FanThe return fan is started once the supply fan is verifiedON by the supply fan proving function. If equipped, thevariable speed return fan is modulated to control returnplenum pressure to the Return Plenum PressureSetpoint and Return Plenum Pressure Deadband.

For the first two minutes of return fan operation, theoutside air damper control and if equipped, buildingspace pressure control are disabled so that the exhaustdamper remains closed. After the two minute delay,the outside air damper is released to normal ventilationrequests, and exhaust damper control will either trackthe outside air damper or if equipped, the exhaustdamper control is released to normal space pressurecontrol.

Units with Traq™™ SensorThe outside air enters the unit through the Traq™Sensor assemblies and is measured by velocitypressure flow rings. The velocity pressure flow ringsare connected to a pressure transducer/solenoidassemblies. The solenoid is used for calibrationpurposes to compensate for temperature swings thatcould affect the transducer. The Ventilation ControlModule (VCM)Symbio™ 800 utilizes the velocitypressure inputs, the RTM outdoor air temperatureinput, and the minimum outside air CFM setpoint tomodify the volume (CFM) of outside air entering theunit as the measured airflow deviates from setpoint.

When the optional temperature sensor is installed andthe Preheat function is enabled, the sensor will monitorthe combined (averaged) outside air and return airtemperatures. As this mixed air temperature fallsbelow the Preheat Actuate Temperature Setpoint, theVCM will activate the preheat binary output used tocontrol a field installed heater. The output will bedeactivated when the temperature rises 5 above thePreheat Actuate Temperature Setpoint.

When the optional CO2 sensor is installed and the CO2Reset is enabled, as the CO2 concentration increasesabove the CO2 Reset Start Value, the VCM will modifythe minimum outside air CFM setpoint to increase theamount of outside air entering the unit. The setpointwill be adjusted upward until the CO2 Maximum ResetValue is reached. The maximum effective (reset)setpoint value for outside air entering the unit is limitedto the systems operating CFM. As the CO2concentration decreases, the effective (reset) setpoint

value is adjusted downward toward the minimumoutside air CFM setpoint.

Figure 59. CO2 reset

Carbon Dioxide Reset

Carbon Dioxide Maximum Reset

Carbon Dioxide Reset Start

MaximumAirflow

O.A. CFMSetpoint

IncreasingReset Amount

IncreasingConcentration

Low Charge ProtectionFor each refrigeration circuit, the entering and leavingevaporator temperatures are used to calculatesuperheat. When the calculated superheat exceeds theEvaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint minus 5°F but not the Evaporator Temperature DifferentialSetpoint, an information only, auto-reset, HighSuperheat diagnostic is initiated.

If the calculated superheat exceeds the EvaporatorTemperature Differential Setpoint, a manual reset, lowrefrigerant charge diagnostic is initiated and allcompressors on the circuit are locked out.

Note that on circuits with the Variable SpeedCompressor option, the Evaporator TemperatureDifferential Setpoint for that circuit will be reset basedon the active compressor capacity and the userselected Evaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint.

Frostat™™ ControlThe compressor module utilizes an evaporatortemperature sensor (3RT14 & 15), mounted on thesuction line of each circuit, to protect the evaporatorfrom freezing. If the evaporator temperatureapproaches the specified setpoint, adjustable between25°F and 35°F, the compressor(s) will be cycled “off”.The compressors will not be allowed to restart until theevaporator temperature has risen 10°F above thespecified cutout temperature and the compressor(s)have been off for a minimum of three minutes.

NNoottee:: On circuits with the Variable Speed Compressoroption, the Active Coil Frost Cutout TemperatureSetpoint for that circuit will be 5°F higher thanthe user selected Coil Frost Cutout TemperatureSetpoint.

Lead/Lag OperationWhen Lead/Lag is enabled, each time the system cyclesafter having stages 1 and 2 “On”, “Stage 2" (K11 onSCM or K3 on MCM) and the corresponding condenserfan output “2A” will start first. The compressor modulecycles the compressors “On” and “Off” to keep thezone temperature within the cooling setpoint


102 RT-SVX36T-EN

deadband. The condenser fans are cycled “On” and“Off” to maintain the saturated refrigerant temperaturewithin the specified controlband.

NNoottee:: Lead-Lag is not available with the variable speedcompressor option.

Units Equipped with 100%ModulatingExhaustThe exhaust dampers are controlled through anExhaust/Comparative Enthalpy Module (ECEM). TheECEM module receives input from a space transducerand modulates the exhaust dampers to maintain thespace pressure to within the specified setpointcontrolband.

Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Sequence ofOperationWhen space humidity exceeds setpoint and the unit isloaded 50% or less, the modulating hot gas reheatfunction activates the reheat mode, providingdehumidification of the space.

The reheat valve and cooling valve are modulated tocontrol the discharge air temperature to the reheatdischarge air temperature setpoint. In reheat mode, thereheat valve is commanded to control the discharge air(15 to 85%) to the reheat setpoint; the cooling valvemirrors the reheat valve position (85 to 15%). Thereheat coil pumpout valve is energized when the unit isin active cooling, and de-energized during all othertimes, including reheat mode.

All compressors will be staged up during active hot gasreheat. Circuit #2 is designated the reheat circuit andwill feature additional refrigerant control devices aswell as a split condenser coil with one section in theindoor air stream and the other in the outdoor coilcompartment.

While hot gas reheat is active, the discharge air will becontrolled to the Supply Air Reheat Setpoint bymodulating the amount of reheat produced by thereheat coil. The Supply Air Reheat Setpoint, Occupiedand Unoccupied Dehumidification Setpoints areadjustable via the human interfaceBAS/Networkcontrol, or GBAS.

Hot gas reheat will be terminated when the humidity inthe space is reduced to the active space humiditysetpoint - 5% or when an overriding condition such asheating or cooling demand or a failure occurs in acomponent required for dehumidification.

On VAV units, at start-up, satisfying the VAV OccupiedCooling setpoint, MWU setpoint, and DWU setpointwill have priority over dehumidification mode. Onceheating modes are satisfied, and the unit is satisfyingthe SA Cooling Setpoint, dehumidification mode willbe entered if no more than half the unit mechanicalcooling capacity is requested.

On SZVAV units, hot gas reheat will be similar to VAVmodulating hot gas reheat with the exception of adynamic Supply Air Reheat Setpoint. Rather thanutilizing a static Supply Air Reheat Setpoint, once theunit enters dehumidification, the Discharge AirSetpoint will be calculated based on the Zonetemperature vs. Zone Cooling Setpoint error and willbe capped at the user selected Supply Air Reheatsetpoint.

Hot gas reheat is not allowed during VAV HeatingModes (Changeover input closed). Once active, hot gasreheat control will remain active for a minimum ofthree minutes unless a priority unit shutdown requestis received or the High Pressure Control input opens oneither circuit.

Hot gas reheat control can be enabled separately foroccupied and unoccupied modes of operation via theHuman Interface and is overridden/disabled whetheractive or inactive by the following methods:

• Priority unit shutdown conditions (Emergency stop,Ventilation Override, Network Stop, etc.)

• Compressor circuit manual reset lockouts on eithercircuit. Low Refrigerant Charge monitoring is activeduring dehumidification mode and will lockoutcompressor circuits based on the same criteria usedfor cooling mode.

• Outdoor Air Temp is less then 40°F or greater the100°F.

• Humidity Sensor Failure• For VAV units, (in occupied) hot gas reheat will be

disabled if space temp is less than the DehumidOverride Low Zone Setpoint or higher than theDehumid Override High Zone Setpoint. If hot gasreheat is inactive it will not be allowed until it spacetemp rises higher than the Dehumid Override LowZone Setpoint + 1.0°F or lower than the DehumidOverride High Zone Setpoint - 2.0°F.

• For SZVAV units, hot gas reheat will be disabled ifspace humidity levels have fallen below the ActiveOcc/Unocc Dehumidification Setpoint -5%Dehumidification Hysteresis Offset, the zonetemperature has dropped too close to the ZoneHeating Setpoint in any unit mode (Zone Temp. isless than ZHSP + 0.5°F), the zone temperature risesabove the Zone Cooling Setpoint +2°F in any unitmode, Entering Evaporator Temperature falls toolow, Froststat input becomes active, or Reheatbecomes disabled.

• For CV and all units in unoccupied, if space temp isless than the Zone Heating Setpoint (ZHSP) + 0.5° Fif hot gas reheat is active, or less than ZHSP + 1.0° Fif not hot gas reheat mode will be disabled. If zoneconditions result in a cooling request for more thanone-half the available cooling capacity of the unithot gas reheat will be disabled and will transition tocooling control. If hot gas reheat is inactive,dehumidification will not be allowed until the activeunit cooling capacity request drops to half the


RT-SVX36T-EN 103

available cooling capacity or less, unless the spacetemp is less than the Zone Cooling Setpoint.

• In CV units in occupied mode, if the unit is not in“AUTO” system mode and is set to “HEAT” systemmode via the HI, BAS, or Zone Sensor device,dehumidification control will be disabled at spacetemps above Occupied ZCSP + 1.0° F. Ifdehumidification is inactive it will not be allowed toactivate if space temp is greater than the OZCSP.

All units configured for modulating hot gas reheat willhave a reheat condenser coil purge function to ensureproper refrigerant distribution in the reheat circuit. Thisfeature is always enabled and will monitor the amountof cumulative compressor run time while the reheatcondenser coil pumpout relay is in a certain state. Ifcompressors accrue an amount of run time equal to theHI-adjustable purge interval time without the pumpoutrelay changing states a purge cycle will be initiatedlasting for three minutes.

During this cycle all compressors but the 2ndcompressor on circuit #2 will be energized if notalready, the reheat valve and cooling valves will be setto 50%, and the reheat coil pumpout relay will betoggled to its opposite state. After the three-minutepurge cycle completes the purge interval timer will bereset and all system components will return to the statethey were in prior to entering purge.

During hot gas reheat control an evaporator frostcontrol function designed specifically for reheat modeswill be active. This function will reduce refrigerationcircuit capacity to 50% (1st compressor on each circuitremaining on two circuit units) when the EnteringEvaporator Temp drops below a non-adjustable limit of35° F for 10 continuous minutes. Once capacity isreduced, it will remain reduced until the current cycleof hot gas reheat is terminated or a purge cycle occurs.

If the Entering Evaporator Temp remains below 35° Ffor an additional 10 minutes the remainingcompressors on will be de-activated and remain offuntil the Entering Evaporator Temp rises above 45°F.Even though all compressors have been de-activatedthe unit will remain in dehumidification mode and re-enable compressors up to 50% capacity when theEntering Evaporator Temp rises to 45°F or greater.

Gas Heating Sequence of OperationStandard

Two Stage Gas FurnaceThe control system for the rooftop units are wired toensure that the heating and cooling do not occursimultaneously. Refer to the wiring diagram thatshipped with the unit while reviewing the followingsequence of operation.

Honeywell Ignition SystemWhen a heating requirement exists, the RooftopModule (RTM) starts the supply fan and sends a

request for heat to the Heat Module. The Heat Modulecloses (K1) contacts and starts the combustion blowermotor (4B11). The combustion blower motor starts onlow speed through the normally closed combustionblower relay (4K33) contacts.

The supply airflow switch (4S38) and the combustionair switch (4S25) closes. Power is applied through thehigh limit cutout (4S26) to the Honeywell ignitioncontrol board (4U18). The ignition control board (4U18)starts a pre-purge timing cycle. At the end of the pre-purge cycle, the ignition transformer (4T7) and the pilotsolenoid valve (4L9) are energized. This starts a 10second trial for pilot ignition. When the pilot flame isestablished and sensed by the flame sensing rod(4U19), stage 1 of the main gas valve (4L7) and the 60seconds sequencing time delay relay (4DL6) isenergized.

The system will operate in the low heat mode until anadditional call for heat, established by closing the (K3)contacts on the Heat Module. On DischargeTemperature Control systems, the sequencing timedelay relay (4DL6) will energize the combustion blowermotor relay (4K33) which switches the combustionblower motor to high speed and energizes the 2ndstage solenoid on the gas valve (4L7) afterapproximately 60 seconds.

If the flame rod (4U19) does not detect a pilot flamewithin the 10 second trial for ignition period, thecontrol will lockout. If a flame failure occurs duringoperation, the gas valve (4L7), the sequencing timedelay relay (4DL6), and the combustion blower relay(4K33) is de-energized. The system will purge andattempt to relight the pilot. If a flame is not detectedafter this attempt, the Honeywell ignition control(4U18) will lock out. The combustion blower motor willcontinue to operate as long as a heating demand existsand the system switch (4S24) is “On”.

Once the heating demand has been satisfied, thecombustion blower and the Honeywell ignition controlboard (4U18) is de-energized.

NNoottee:: The above sequence is the same for Propane.The orifices are smaller and the manifolds areadjusted to different values

Propane GasUnits that operate on propane gas after 1990 have two(2) additional controls that affect the combustionblower motor operation and the sequence of the gasvalve operation.

With the post purge time delay relay (4DL4), theadditional service switch (4S24), and the additional 115volt control relay (4K31) installed, the sequence ofoperation is as follows:

• Power is applied to the Honeywell ignition controlboard (4U18) through the high limit switch (4S26).


104 RT-SVX36T-EN

• The Honeywell ignition control board (4U18) willsequence through its pre-purge timing and pilotignition sequence.

• The post purge time delay relay (4DL4) delays thestarting of the combustion blower motor byapproximately 60 seconds.

• Once the timing has elapsed, the combustionblower motor will start, closing the combustion airswitch (4S25).

Energize the control relay (4K31) and the sequencetime delay relay (4DL6). 24 volts is applied from thenew service switch (4S24) through the normally opencontrol relay (4K31) contacts to energize the 1st stagesolenoid on the gas valve (4L7).

On an additional call for heat, the K3 contacts on theHeat Module will close to energize the combustionblower relay (4K33) which switches the combustionblower motor to high speed and closes its normallyopen contacts allowing 24 volts to energize the 2ndstage on the gas valve (4L7).

Once the heating demand has been satisfied, theHoneywell ignition control board (4U18) and the postpurge time delay relay (4DL4) is de-energized. Thecombustion blower motor will continue to operate forapproximately 15 seconds to purge the heat exchangeron the OFF cycle.

Modulating Gas Sequence of OperationRefer to the modulating heat wiring diagram thatshipped with the unit while reviewing the followingsequence of operation. As you review the sequence ofoperation, keep the following in mind:

• The furnace will not light unless the manual gasvalves are open and the control circuit switch(4S24) is closed.

• The control systems are wired to ensure thatheating and cooling cannot occur simultaneously.

• The unit supply fans must run continuously soairflow switch (4S38) will stay closed.

• Modulating Gas heat is available during bothoccupied and unoccupied operation.

4 to1 Modulating Gas FurnaceWhenever there is a call for heat, 1U50-K1 energizesand the combustion blower motor (4B11) begins tooperate at high speed on the 850 and 1000 MBhheaters. The blower will operate on low speed for the500 MBh. A relay (4K119) in parallel with the main gasvalve actuator control output ensures the (4U82)combustion actuator will be open prior to proof offlame.

This will force the combustion air actuator (4U82) to theopen position, causing the auxiliary switch on (4U82) toclose. This ensures complete purging of thecombustion chamber during the 60 second purge cycle.

Ignition control (IC) board (4U18) will not energize,however, unless the supply air flow switch (4S38),combustion air flow switch (4S25), high limit cutout(4S26), the auxiliary switch on combustion air actuator(4U82) and the proof of closure switch on gas valve(4L22) are closed. These are all part of the safetyinterlock system.

With all these conditions satisfied, the IC boardenergizes and initiates an internal 60 second pre-purgetime delay. When the pre-purge period expires, the ICboard (4U18) energizes both the ignition transformer(4T7) and solenoid (4L9) on the intermittent pilot valve.At that point, the IC board (4U18) gives the electrode(4E1) approximately 10 seconds to establish a pilotflame. (The presence of this flame is proven by flamerod (4U19).) If the IC board (4U18) does not detect apilot flame at the end of this period, it will shut downand lock out the ignition / combustion circuit.

If the pilot is ignited within 10 seconds, the IC board de-energizes the ignition transformer (4T7) and electrode(4E1).

At this point, the relay (4K119) will energize, startingthe combustion air actuator and the furnace. Thefeedback signal from the discharge temperature sensorwill cause the modulating output from the heat moduleto change the damper position as required to maintainthe outlet temperature within the desired band.

Ultra Modulating Gas FurnaceThe burner controller (4U18) will not activate until thesupply air flow switch (4S38) and the high limit cutout(4S26) are closed. The low pressure switch (4S90) mustbe closed before the ignition interlock is released.These three devices make up the safety interlocksystem.

With all the safeties satisfied, the relay (4K117) latched,and a call for heat (Heat module (1U50-K1) energized)present, the burner controller initiates an internal 30second pre-purge time delay. Relay (4K123) isenergized to allow the 2-10 VDC speed control signal topass to the motor control module (4U132). This willturn on the blower motor (4B11) to its maximum speedsetting. The burner controller display will show PRGE.

When the pre-purge period expires, the burnercontroller energizes both the ignition transformer (4T7)and solenoid (4L9) on the intermittent pilot valve. Theblower motor goes to its minimum setting. At thatpoint, the burner controller gives the electrode (4E1)approximately 10 seconds to establish a pilot flame.The presence of this flame is proven by flame rod(4U19). The burner controller display will show PIL.

If the burner controller does not detect a pilot flameafter 10 seconds, it will shut down and lock out theignition/combustion circuit. All gas valves will shut andthe blower motor will turn off. The burner controllerdisplay will show FAN OFF. If the pilot is ignited within10 seconds, the burner controller de-energizes theignition transformer and electrode.


RT-SVX36T-EN 105

With a pilot flame established, the burner controllergoes into operational mode. The feedback signal fromthe discharge temperature sensor will cause themodulating output from the Heat module to change asrequired to maintain the outlet temperature within thedesired band. The burner controller display will showRUN.

Flame Failure(All Gas Burners)

In the event that the Ignition Control (IC) board (4U18)loses the “proof-of-flame” input signal from the flamerod (4U18) during furnace operation, it will lock out andmust be manually reset (Combustion blower motorcontinues to run as long as a heating requirementexists and control circuit switch is ON.)

NNoottee:: On Ultra Modulating burners only, the blowermotor (4B11) will stop during flame failure.

Once locked out on flame failure, the IC board will notreactivate the ignition/combustion control circuit until itis reset manually. To do this, press the reset button onthe front of the (IC) board case.

A set of relay contacts is available for external use forheat fail (Information Only).

NNoottee:: The modulating gas heaters are factory adjustedfor safe operation and to reach the nameplaterated firing MBH for most areas of the country.The proper air/gas ratio must be reached by theservice tech during start-up.

Electric Heat Sequence of OperationThe control system for the rooftop units are wired toensure that heating and cooling do not occursimultaneously. Refer to electric heat wiring diagramsthat shipped with the unit while reviewing thefollowing sequence of operation. As you review thesequence of operations, remember these points:

• Whenever there is a call for heat, 1U50-K1energizes. This energizes HEAT 1 contactors 4K34and 4K35 which, in turn, energize two of the six4HR3 heating elements.

NNoottee:: Electric heater 4HR3 will only energize if bothof the heat section’s high limit safety controls—4S27 and 4S33—are closed.

• The high limit switch (4S27) will trip if exposed to atemperature of 133 +/- 5°F, and will resetautomatically once the temperature falls to 110 +/-5°F. It is mounted on the control-box-side of theelectric heat element assembly.

• The linear high limit switch (4S33) is encased in acapillary that extends across the unit supply airopening, and is anchored near the bottom of theheat section control box. The limit will trip if any 6”span of the capillary exceeds 185 +/- 10°F.

• The manual reset high limit switch (4S97) willfunction as backup protection and will trip if

exposed to 205 +/- 7°F. It will remove power from allcircuits of the heater through the backupcontactors. Action will be required to restore powerto the heater. This limit is located in the electric heatcontrol box, just downstream of the heater.

• The HEAT 2 (4K36, 4K37) and HEAT 3 (4K38, 4K39)contactors are not energized unless the 1st stagebank of heating elements already operating are notsatisfying the heating load.

Hydronic Heat Sequence of OperationElectrical circuitry for units with steam or hot waterheat is limited to the connections associated with themodulating valve actuator (4U15) and the freezestat(4S12).

Like the furnaces described earlier, steam and hotwater heat control systems are wired to ensure thatsimultaneous heating and cooling do not occur. Thesupply fan will cycle “On” and “Off” with each call forheat during both an occupied and unoccupied period.

Whenever there is a call for heat, 1U50-K3 energizes.This allows a modulated voltage signal to be sent tothe “Wet” heat actuator (4U15). The value of this signalregulates the flow of steam or hot water through thecoil by positioning the valve stem at some pointbetween fully closed (2 VDC) and fully open (10 VDC).

Freeze ProtectionA freezestat is mounted inside the heat section of hotwater and steam heat units to prevent the “wet” heatcoil from freezing during the “Off” cycle.

If the temperature of the air leaving the heating coilsfalls to 40°F, the freezesta’st normally open contactsclose, completing the heat fail circuit on the UCM.When this occurs:

• The supply fan is turned “Off”.

• “Wet” heat actuator (4U15) fully opens to allow hotwater or steam to pass through the heating coil andprevent freeze-up.

• A “Heat Fail” diagnostic is displayed on the HumanInterface LCD screen.

For heating control settings and time delayspecifications, refer to , p. 107 and “Trane StartupChecklist,” p. 180.

Startup the UnitUse the following in conjunction with the “TraneStartup Checklist,” p. 180, to ensure that the unit isproperly installed and ready for operation. Be sure tocomplete all of the procedures described in this sectionbefore starting the unit for the first time.


106 RT-SVX36T-EN


☐ Turn the field supplied disconnect switch, locatedupstream of the rooftop unit, to the “Off” position.

☐ Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 1S1 to the“Off” position. It is located in the secondary of the1T1 transformer.

☐ Turn the 24 volt control circuit switch 1S70 to the“Off” position. It is located in the secondary of the1T2 & 1T3 transformers.

☐ Turn the “System” selection switch (at the RemotePanel) to the “Off” position and the “Fan” selectionswitch (if Applicable) to the “Auto” or “Off”position.

☐ Check all electrical connections for tightness and“point of termination” accuracy.

☐ Verify that the condenser airflow will beunobstructed.

☐ Check the compressor crankcase oil level. Oilshould be visible in the compressor oil sight glass.The oil level should be 1/2 to 3/4 high in the sightglass with the compressor “Off”.

☐ Verify that the compressor discharge service valveand the liquid line service valve isback seated oneach circuit.

NNOOTTIICCEECCoommpprreessssoorr DDaammaaggee!!EExxcceessssiivvee lliiqquuiidd aaccccuummuullaattiioonn iinn tthhee ssuuccttiioonn lliinneessccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ccoommpprreessssoorr ddaammaaggee..DDoo nnoott aallllooww lliiqquuiidd rreeffrriiggeerraanntt ttoo eenntteerr tthhee ssuuccttiioonnlliinnee..

Do not start the unit in the cooling mode if the ambienttemperature is below the following minimumrecommended operating temperature:

Standard unit with or without HGBP

• +55°F for 20 and 40 ton

• +50°F for 25 and 30 ton

• +45°F for 70 through 130 ton

• +40°F for 50 through 60 ton

• Units with Low Ambient option without HGBP - 0°F

• Units with Low Ambient option with HGBP - +10°F

NNoottee:: To prevent compressor damage due to norefrigerant flow, do not pump the system downwith the compressor(s) below 25 PSIG under anycircumstance.

NNoottee:: See , p. 170 for minimum outside airtemperature.

☐ Check the supply fan belts for proper tension andthe fan bearings for sufficient lubrication. If thebelts require adjustment, or if the bearings needlubricating, refer to the Service/Maintenancesection of this manual for instructions.

☐ Inspect the interior of the unit for tools and debris.Install all panels in preparation for starting the unit.

Electrical PhasingUnlike traditional reciprocating compressors, scrollcompressors are phase sensitive. Proper phasing of theelectrical supply to the unit is critical for properoperation and reliability. Color paint dots on theterminal block should match that of the associated wireattached to the lug. The compressor motor is internallyconnected for clockwise rotation with the incomingpower supply phased as A, B, C.

Proper electrical supply phasing can be quicklydetermined and corrected before starting the unit byusing an instrument such as an Associated ResearchModel 45 Phase Sequence Indicator and following thesteps below:


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINALBLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH.

☐ Turn the field supplied disconnect switch thatprovides power to terminal block or to the unit-mounted disconnect switch (1S14) to the “Off”position.

☐ Connect the phase sequence indicator leads to theterminal block or unit-mounted disconnect switchas follows:

Phase Sequence Leads Unit Power Terminal

Black (phase A) L1

Red (phase B) L2

Yellow (phase C) L3


RT-SVX36T-EN 107

☐ Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounteddisconnect switch (1S14).

☐ Observe the ABC and CBA phase indicator lights onthe face of the sequencer. The ABC indicator lightwill glow if the phase is ABC. If the CBA indicatorlight glows, open the disconnect switch or circuitprotection switch and reverse any two power wires.

☐ Restore the main electrical power and recheck thephasing. If the phasing is correct, open thedisconnect switch or circuit protection switch andremove the phase sequence indicator.

Voltage SupplyElectrical power to the unit must meet stringentrequirements for the unit to operate properly. Measureeach leg (phase-to-phase) of the power supply. Eachreading must fall within the utilization range stampedon the unit nameplate. If any of the readings do not fallwithin the proper tolerances, notify the powercompany to correct this situation before operating theunit.


Voltage ImbalanceExcessive three phase voltage imbalance betweenphases will cause motors to overheat and eventuallyfail. The maximum allowable voltage imbalance is 2%.Measure and record the voltage between phases 1, 2,and 3 and calculate the amount of imbalance asfollows:

% Voltage Imbalance =

where;

AV (Average Voltage) =

V1, V2, V3 = Line Voltage Readings

VD = Line Voltage reading that deviates the farthestfrom the average voltage.

EExxaammppllee:: If the voltage readings of the supply powermeasured 221, 230, and 227, the average volts wouldbe:

VD (reading farthest from average) = 221

The percentage of Imbalance equals:

The 2.2% imbalance in this example exceeds themaximum allowable imbalance of 2.0%. This muchimbalance between phases can equal as much as a20% current imbalance with a resulting increase inmotor winding temperatures that will decrease motorlife. If the voltage imbalance is over 2%, notify theproper agencies to correct the voltage problem beforeoperating this equipment.


108 RT-SVX36T-EN

Tab

le49

.Service

test

guideforcomponen

toperation—PartIo

fII

Com

ponent

BeingTested

COMPONENTCONFIGURATION

Supply

Fan

Return

Fan

Exhaust

Fan

Condenser

Fans

HeatStages

Com

pressorStage

12

31

23

4SUPPLYFAN

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

CONDENSERFANS

20Ton—AirCooled

A-2B1

OFF

OFF

OFF

A-On/B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

B-2B2

OFF

OFF

OFF

A-Off/B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

25–30Ton—AirCooled

A-2B1

OFF

OFF

OFF

A-On/B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

B-2B2/2B3

OFF

OFF

OFF

A-Off/B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

40Ton—AirCooled

1A-2B1

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

1B-2B2

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

2A-2B4

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Of/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-On/2B-Off

2B-2B5

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-On

50Ton—AirCooled

1A-2B1

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

1B-2B2/2B3

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

2A-2B4

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-On/2B-Off

2B-2B5/2B6

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-On

60–75Ton—AirCooled

1A-2B1

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

1B-2B2/2B3

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

2A-2B4

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-On/2B-Off

2B-2B5/2B6

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-On

90Ton—AirCooled

1A-2B3/2B14

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

1B-2B1/2B2

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off


RT-SVX36T-EN 109

Tab

le49

.Service

test

guideforcomponen

toperation—PartIo

fII(continued

)

Com

ponent

BeingTested


Supply

Fan

Return

Fan

Exhaust

Fan

Condenser

Fans

HeatStages

Com

pressorStage

12

31

23

42A-2B6/2B13

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-On/2B-Off

2B-2B4/2B5

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-On

105&115Ton—AirCooled

1A-2B3/2B14

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

1B-2B1/2B2/2B19

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

2A-2B6/2B13

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-On/2B-Off

2B-2B4/2B5/2B15

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-On

130Ton—AirCooled

1A-2B3/2B14

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

1B-2B1/2B2/2B19/2B20

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-Off

2A-2B6/2B13

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-On/2B-Off

2B-2B4/2B5/2B15/2B21

OFF

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

2A-Off/2B-On

24,29,36,48,59,73,80,89Ton—EvaporativeCondensing

1AOFF

OFF

OFF

1AOn100%

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

RETURNFAN

ON

ON

N/A

ALLOFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

EXHAUSTFAN

OFF

N/A

ON

ALLOFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

GASHEAT

(FullCapacity)

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

ON

ON

N/A

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

STAGE1

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

ON

OFF

N/A

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

STAGE2

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

OFF

ON

N/A

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

(HighFireAdjustment)

4to1MODULATING

(Low

FireAdjustment)

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

25%Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF


ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

90%Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ULTRAMODULATING

(Low

FireAdjustment)

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

1%Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF


ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

100%

Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

(MidFireAdjustment)

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

appx

38%

Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ELECTRICHEAT

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF


110 RT-SVX36T-EN

Tab

le49

.Service

test

guideforcomponen

toperation—PartIo

fII(continued

)

Com

ponent

BeingTested


Supply

Fan

Return

Fan

Exhaust

Fan

Condenser

Fans

HeatStages

Com

pressorStage

12

31

23

4Stage1

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Stage2

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Stage3

ON

ON

OFF

ALLOFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

HYDRONICHEAT

OFF

OFF

OFF

ALLOFF

100%

Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

PRE-HEATER

OFF

OFF

OFF

ALLOFF

ON

N/A

N/A

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OUTSIDEAIRDAMPERS

OFF

OFF

OFF

ALLOFF

100%

Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

EXHAUSTDAMPERS

OFF

OFF

OFF

ALLOFF

100%

Select

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

REHEAT

CoolingValve

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ReheatValve

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

PumpoutSolenoid

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

EVAPCOND

SumpPump

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

SumpHeater

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

COMPRESSOR

20–30Ton

AON

OFF

OFF

A-Off/B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

K10-On

K11-Off

N/A

N/A

BON

OFF

OFF

A-On/B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K10-Off

K11-On

N/A

N/A

1AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off

1BON

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-On

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off

2AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-On

2BON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-On

2A-On/2B-Off

70–90Ton

1AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off

1BON

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-On

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off

2AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-On

2BON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-On

2A-On/2B-Off

75TonVariableSpeedDrive

1AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-On

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off

1BON

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-Off

K12-On

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off


RT-SVX36T-EN 111

Tab

le49

.Service

test

guideforcomponen

toperation—PartIo

fII(continued

)

Com

ponent

BeingTested


Supply

Fan

Return

Fan

Exhaust

Fan

Condenser

Fans

HeatStages

Com

pressorStage

12

31

23

42A

ON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-On

2BON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-On

2A-On/2B-Off

105–130Ton

1AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-On

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-Off

1BON

OFF

OFF

1A-On/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-Off

K3-On

K12-Off

K4-On

2A-Off/2B-Off

2AON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-Off

K4-Off

2A-Off/2B-On

2BON

OFF

OFF

1A-Off/1B-Off

OFF

OFF

OFF

K11-On

K3-Off

K12-On

K4-Off

2A-On/2B-Off

Notes: 1.Compressorsforthe20thru30tonunitscanoperateindividuallyortogetherandinanyorderwhileintheSERVICETESTmode.

2.Compressors1A&1Bandcompressors2A&2Boperatesimultaneouslywithintheirrespectivecircuitsonthe40thru75tonunits.For40-70tonvariablespeedunits,thereis

no1Bcompressor.For75tonvariablespeedunits,compressor1Bisvariablespeed.

3.CondenserfanoutputscanoperateindividuallyortogetherandinanyorderwhileintheSERVICETESTmode.

4.Oncetheunithasstarted,refertotheStatusMenuintheHumanInterfacefortheOACFM.

5.RTMOCC/UNOCCoutputintheServiceTestModemustbeintheunoccupiedmodetoopenthesystem

VAVboxesortodrivetheVFDto100%

.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do not operate the compressors withoutthe supply and condenser fans; low suctionor high head pressure will develop andcompressor damage may occur.


112 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 50. Service test guide for component operation — Part II of II

ComponentBeing Tested

Component Configuration Occ UnoccRelay Reheat

SumpPump

SumpHeater

DolphinEconoDamper

ExhaustDamper

VFDOutputCOMPRESSOR20–30 Ton

A Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFFB Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

40–60 Ton1A Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF1B Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2B Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

70–105 Ton1A Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF1B Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2B Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

115–130 Ton1A & 1B Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A & 2B Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

CONDENSER FANS20 Ton

A-2B1 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFFB-2B2 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

25–30 TonA-2B1 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

B-2B2/2B3 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF40 Ton

1A-2B1 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF1B-2B2 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A-2B4 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2B-2B5 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

50 Ton1A-2B1 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

1B-2B2/2B3 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A-2B4 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

2B-2B5/2B6 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF60–75 Ton

1A-2B1 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF1B-2B2/2B3 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A-2B4 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

2B-2B5/2B6 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF90 Ton

1A-2B3/2B14 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF1B-2B1/2B2 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A-2B6/2B13 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2B-2B4/2B5 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

105 & 115 Ton1A-2B3/2B14 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

1B-2B1/2B2/2B19 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2A-2B6/2B13 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

2B-2B4/2B5/2B15 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF130 Ton

1A-2B3/2B14 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF1B-2B1/2B2/2B19/2B20 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

2A-2B6/2B13 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF2B-2B4/2B5/2B15/2B21 Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

24, 29, 36, 48, 59, 73, 80, 89 Ton


RT-SVX36T-EN 113

Table 50. Service test guide for component operation — Part II of II (continued)

ComponentBeing Tested

Component Configuration Occ UnoccRelay Reheat

SumpPump

SumpHeater

DolphinEconoDamper

ExhaustDamper

VFDOutput

1A Closed Closed 100% Default OFF OFF OFF OFFSUPPLY FAN Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFRETURN FAN Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFEXHAUST FAN Closed Closed 100% Default OFF OFF OFF OFFGAS HEAT

(Full Capacity)Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF

STAGE 1 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFSTAGE 2 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF

4 to1 MODULATING(High Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF(Low Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFULTRAMODULATING(High Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF(Low Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFELECTRIC HEAT Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF

Stage 1 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFStage 2 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFFStage 3 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF

HYDRONIC HEAT Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFFPRE-HEATER Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS 100% Open Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFFEXHAUST DAMPERS 100% 100% Open 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF

REHEATCooling Valve Closed Closed 0% Default 100-0 OFF OFF OFFReheat Valve Closed Closed 0% Default 0-100 OFF OFF OFF

Pumpout Solenoid Closed Closed 0% Default ON OFF OFF OFFEVAP CONDSump Pump Closed Closed 0% Default OFF ON OFF ONSump Heater Closed Closed 100% Default OFF OFF ON OFF

Notes:1. Compressors for the 20 thru 30 ton units can operate individually or together and in any order while in the SERVICE TEST mode.2. Compressors 1A &1B and compressors 2A & 2B operate simultaneously within their respective circuits on the 40 thru 75 ton units. For 40-

70 ton variable speed units, there is no 1B compressor. For 75 ton variable speed units, compressor 1B is variable speed.3. Condenser fan outputs can operate individually or together and in any order while in the SERVICE TEST mode.4. Once the unit has started, refer to the Status Menu in the Human Interface for the OA CFM.5. RTM OCC/UNOCC output in the Service Test Mode must be in the unoccupied mode to open the system VAV boxes or to drive the VFD to

100%.

Note: Carefully review Service test guide notes above.

Important: Do not operate the compressors without the supply and condenser fans; low suction or high head pressure will develop andcompressor damage may occur.

Service Testing for Evaporative Condenser Components

Table 51. Service test guide component operation—evaporative condenser

Component Being Tested Requirements (ON) Requirements (OFF)

Compressors Sumpminimum level switch must be closed for a minimum of five minutes No Requirements

Sump Pump Sumpminimum level switch must be closed for a minimum of five minutes No Requirements

Condenser Fans No Requirements No Requirements

Fill Valve Relay No Requirements No Requirements

Drain Valve Actuator No Requirements No Requirements


114 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 51. Service test guide component operation—evaporative condenser (continued)

Component Being Tested Requirements (ON) Requirements (OFF)

Sump Heater No Requirements No Requirements

Notes:1. Sump freeze protection is active during AUTO but is inactive in service test modes (head pressure control set to MANUAL).2. Water treatment drain request will be ignored in service test.

Verifying Proper Fan Rotation

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHaazzaarrddoouuss SSeerrvviiccee PPrroocceedduurreess!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww aallll pprreeccaauuttiioonnss iinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaall aannddoonn tthhee ttaaggss,, ssttiicckkeerrss,, aanndd llaabbeellss ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..TTeecchhnniicciiaannss,, iinn oorrddeerr ttoo pprrootteecctt tthheemmsseellvveess ffrroommppootteennttiiaall eelleeccttrriiccaall,, mmeecchhaanniiccaall,, aanndd cchheemmiiccaallhhaazzaarrddss,, MMUUSSTT ffoollllooww pprreeccaauuttiioonnss iinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaallaanndd oonn tthhee ttaaggss,, ssttiicckkeerrss,, aanndd llaabbeellss,, aass wweellll aass tthheeffoolllloowwiinngg iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss:: UUnnlleessss ssppeecciiffiieedd ootthheerrwwiissee,,ddiissccoonnnneecctt aallll eelleeccttrriiccaall ppoowweerr iinncclluuddiinngg rreemmootteeddiissccoonnnneecctt aanndd ddiisscchhaarrggee aallll eenneerrggyy ssttoorriinnggddeevviicceess ssuucchh aass ccaappaacciittoorrss bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg..FFoollllooww pprrooppeerr lloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouutt pprroocceedduurreess ttooeennssuurree tthhee ppoowweerr ccaann nnoott bbee iinnaaddvveerrtteennttllyyeenneerrggiizzeedd.. WWhheenn nneecceessssaarryy ttoo wwoorrkk wwiitthh lliivveeeelleeccttrriiccaall ccoommppoonneennttss,, hhaavvee aa qquuaalliiffiieedd lliicceennsseeddeelleeccttrriicciiaann oorr ootthheerr iinnddiivviidduuaall wwhhoo hhaass bbeeeennttrraaiinneedd iinn hhaannddlliinngg lliivvee eelleeccttrriiccaall ccoommppoonneennttssppeerrffoorrmm tthheessee ttaasskkss..

1. Ensure that the “System” selection switch at theremote panel is in the Off position and the “Fan”selection switch for constant volume units is in theAuto position. (VAV units do not utilize a “Fan”selection input.)

2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block 1TB1 or the unit mounted disconnectswitch 1S14.

3. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 1S1 and the24 volt control circuit switch 1S70 to the Onposition.

4. Open the Human Interface access door, located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the appropriateprogramming manual for CV or VAV applicationsfor the SERVICE TEST screens and programming

instructions.

5. Use , p. 107 to program the unit Fans for operationby scrolling through the displays. All of the Fans(Supply, Exhaust, and Condenser) can beprogrammed to be “On”, if desired. Verify properfan rotation for VFDs with bypass. Refer to Figure60, p. 115 for the condenser fan locations and theHuman Interface designator.

6. Once the configuration for the Fans is complete,press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the “Starttest in __Sec.” screen. Press the + key to designatethe delay before the test is to start. TThhiiss sseerrvviicceetteesstt wwiillll bbeeggiinn aafftteerr tthhee TTEESSTT SSTTAARRTT kkeeyy iisspprreesssseedd and the delay designated in this step haselapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm thischoice.

WWAARRNNIINNGGRRoottaattiinngg CCoommppoonneennttss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn rroottaattiinngg ccoommppoonneennttss ccuuttttiinngg aanndd ssllaasshhiinnggtteecchhnniicciiaann wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouussiinnjjuurryy..DDuurriinngg iinnssttaallllaattiioonn,, tteessttiinngg,, sseerrvviicciinngg aannddttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg ooff tthhiiss pprroodduucctt iitt mmaayy bbeenneecceessssaarryy ttoo wwoorrkk wwiitthh lliivvee aanndd eexxppoosseedd rroottaattiinnggccoommppoonneennttss.. HHaavvee aa qquuaalliiffiieedd oorr lliicceennsseedd sseerrvviicceeiinnddiivviidduuaall wwhhoo hhaass bbeeeenn pprrooppeerrllyy ttrraaiinneedd iinnhhaannddlliinngg eexxppoosseedd rroottaattiinngg ccoommppoonneennttss,, ppeerrffoorrmmtthheessee ttaasskkss..

7. Press the TEST START key to start the test.Remember that the delay designated in step 6 mustelapse before the fans will begin to operate.

8. Check the supply fan and the Exhaust fans (ifequipped) for proper rotation. The direction ofrotation is indicated on FC fans by an arrow on thefan housings and on DDP fans by an arrow abovethe inlet cone. Check the condenser fans forclockwise rotation when viewed from the top.


RT-SVX36T-EN 115

Figure 60. Condenser fan location with human interface designator

20 Tons

25-30 Tons

40 Tons

50 Tons

60-75 Tons

If all of the fans are rotating backwards:1. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module

in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation.

2. Open the field-supplied disconnect switch upstreamof the rooftop unit. Lock the disconnect switch inthe open position while working at the unit.


3. Interchange any two of the field connected mainpower wires at the unit terminal block (1TB1) or thefactory mounted disconnect switch (1S14).


116 RT-SVX36T-EN

NNoottee:: Interchanging “Load” side power wires at thefan contactors will only affect the individualfan rotation. Ensure that the voltage phasesequence at the main terminal block (1TB1) orthe factory mounted disconnect switch (1S14)is ABC as outlined in the “Unit Startup_Electrical Phasing,” p. 106 section.

If some of the fans are rotating backwards:1. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module

in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation.

2. Open the field supplied disconnect switch upstreamof the rooftop unit. Lock the disconnect switch inthe open position while working at the unit.


3. Interchange any two of the fan motor leads at thecontactor for each fan that is rotating backwards.

Direct-Drive Supply Fan Speed AdjustmentUnits equipped with a DDP Supply Fan do not use belt/sheave arrangements to adjust fan speed.

This adjustment is made through the IntelliPak™Human Interface (HI). Refer to the Programming&Troubleshooting Guide (RT-SVP07*-EN) to get to theappropriate HI menu and make proper selections.

To make fan speed adjustments as required by theapplication:

1. Through the human interface, select Setup Menu.

2. Once in the Setup Menu, navigate to DeviceCharacteristics Setup Definitions screen. PressEnter.

3. Navigate to Actuator Setup Supply Fan IGV/VFDCmd Min and Max Voltage screens.

4. Change the Min and Max Voltage settings asshown in the table below to adjust fan speedmodulating range.

Table 52. Voltage ranges for DDP supply fan speedadjustments

Fan Speed(RPM)

VFD FrequencyRange (Hz)

Actuator SetupSupply Fan IGV/

VFD Cmd

Max Min Max Min Max Min

2400 888 83 31 10.0 2.4

2300 851 79 29 9.4 2.1

Table 52. Voltage ranges for DDP supply fan speedadjustments (continued)

Fan Speed(RPM)

VFD FrequencyRange (Hz)

Actuator SetupSupply Fan IGV/

VFD Cmd

Max Min Max Min Max Min

2200 814 76 28 9.0 1.9

2100 777 72 27 8.4 1.8

2000 740 69 26 7.9 1.6

1900 703 66 24 7.5 1.3

1800 666 62 23 6.9 1.2

1700 629 59 22 6.5 1.0

1600 592 83 31 10.0 2.4

1500 555 79 29 9.4 2.1

1400 518 74 27 8.7 1.8

1300 481 68 25 7.8 1.5

1200 444 63 23 7.1 1.2

1100 407 58 21 6.3 0.9

1000 370 53 20 5.6 0.7

NNoottee:: Maximum operating speed cannot exceed fanwheel mechanical limit.

System Airflow Measurements

Constant Volume Systems1. Ensure that the “System” selection switch at the

remote panel is in the Off position and the Fanselection switch for constant volume units is in theAuto position. (VAV units do not use a “Fan”selection input.)

2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounteddisconnect switch (1S14).


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT ATTERMINAL BLOCK (1TB1) OR UNITDISCONNECT SWITCH (1S14).

3. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to the Onposition.

4. Open the Human Interface access door, located in


RT-SVX36T-EN 117

the unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the appropriateprogramming manual for CV or VAV applicationsfor the SERVICE TEST screens and programminginstructions.

5. Use the tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program theSupply Fan for operation by scrolling through thedisplays.

6. Once the configuration for the Fan is complete,press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the “Starttest in __Sec.” screen. Press the + key to designatethe delay before the test is to start. This service testwill begin after the TEST START key is pressed andthe delay designated in this step has elapsed. Pressthe ENTER key to confirm this choice.



8. With the system in the SERVICE MODE and thesupply fan rotating in the proper direction, measurethe amperage at the supply fan contactors (1K16 &1K15) — additional contactor for 90 thru 75 tonunits. If the amperage exceeds the motornameplate value, the static pressure is less thandesign and the airflow is too high. If the amperageis below the motor nameplate value, static pressuremay be too high and CFM may be too low.

To determine the aaccttuuaall CCFFMM (± 5%):

a. Measure the actual fan RPM

b. Calculate the Theoretical BHP:

c. Plot this data onto the appropriate FanPerformance Curve (see Fan Performance Data).Where the two points intersect, read straightdown to the CFM line. Use this data to assist incalculating a new fan drive if the CFM is not atdesign specifications.

d. An alternate method with less accuracy is tomeasure the ssttaattiicc pprreessssuurree ddrroopp aaccrroossss tthheeeevvaappoorraattoorr ccooiill. This can be accomplishedusing the following steps:

• Drill a small hole through the unit casing oneach side of the coil.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Coil damage can occur if care isnot taken when drilling holes inthis area.

• Measure the difference between thepressures at both locations.

• Plot this value onto the appropriate pressuredrop curve (see Performance Data). Use thedata in Component Static Pressure Drops toassist in calculating a new fan drive if theCFM is not at design specifications.

• Plug the holes after the proper CFM hasbeen established.

9. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Modulein the unit control panel to stop the fan operation.

VAV Systems with DDP Supply Fan

Supply Airflow Measurement for DDP FansPiezometer rings are available on units with DDP fansto measure supply airflow. Piezometer rings caninterface with customer-supplied airflow monitoringsystems using the K-factors and equation shown in thePiezometer ring K-factors table below. Connections arelocated on the fan side of each assembly.

Table 53. Piezometer ring K-factors

Nominal Capacity K-factor

20, 25 ton 2454

30 ton 3010

40 ton 3701

50, 55 ton 4620

60 ton 6020

70, 75 ton 7402

NNoottee:: If assuming standard air density, obtain theairflow using: CFM = K*SQRT(DP) where DP isthe differential pressure (inches w.c.)

Exhaust Airflow Measurement (Optional)


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINALBLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH.


118 RT-SVX36T-EN

1. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unit'sterminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounteddisconnect switch (1S14).

2. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to the “On”position.

3. Open the Human Interface access door, located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the appropriateprogramming manual for applications for theSERVICE TEST screens and programminginstructions.

4. Use the tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation byscrolling through the displays:

• Exhaust Fan• Exhaust Dampers (100% Open, if applicable)• Outside Air dampers (100% Open)• Variable Frequency Drive (100%, if applicable)• RTM Occ/Unocc Output (Default)

5. Once the configuration for the components iscomplete, press the NEXT key until the LCDdisplays the “Start test in __Sec.” screen. Press the+ key to designate the delay before the test is tostart. TThhiiss sseerrvviiccee tteesstt wwiillll bbeeggiinn aafftteerr tthhee TTEESSTTSSTTAARRTT kkeeyy iiss pprreesssseedd and the delay designated inthis step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key toconfirm this choice.



7. With the exhaust dampers open and the exhaust/return fan operating at full airflow capability,measure the amperage at the exhaust fan contactor(1K17). If the amperage exceeds the motornameplate value, the static pressure is less thandesign and airflow is too high. If the amperage isbelow the motor nameplate value, static pressuremay be too high and CFM may be too low.

To determine the aaccttuuaall CCFFMM (± 5%):

a. Measure the actual fan RPM

b. Calculate the Theoretical BHP:

c. Use Table 57, p. 145 to calculate a new fan driveif the CFM is not at design specifications.


Traq™™ Sensor Airflow Measurement((OOppttiioonnaall wwiitthh aallll uunniittss eeqquuiippppeedd wwiitthh aanneeccoonnoommiizzeerr))

1. Open the Human Interface access door, located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the appropriateprogramming manual for CV or VAV applicationsapplications for the SERVICE TEST screens andprogramming instructions.

2. Use the tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for Economizeroperation by scrolling through the displays;

• Supply Fan (On)

• Outside air dampers (Selected % Open)

• Variable Frequency Drive (100% Output, ifapplicable)

• RTM Occ/Unocc Output (Unoccupied)

• Outside Air CFM Setpoint

• Outside Air Pre-Heater Operation (if applicable)

3. Once the configuration for the components iscomplete, press the NEXT key until the LCDdisplays the “Start test in __Sec.” screen. Press the+ key to designate the delay before the test is tostart. TThhiiss sseerrvviiccee tteesstt wwiillll bbeeggiinn aafftteerr tthhee TTEESSTTSSTTAARRTT kkeeyy iiss pprreesssseedd and the delay designated inthis step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key toconfirm this choice.


5. With the unit operating in the “TEST MODE”, theamount of outside air flowing through the Traq™sensor can be viewed by switching to the “STATUSMENU” screen “OA CFM.

6. Scroll to the “ECONOMIZER ENABLE/ECONOMIZERPOSITION” screen by pressing the NEXT key andread the corresponding damper openingpercentage (%).

7. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Modulein the unit control panel to stop the unit operation.

Return Plenum Pressure Control(Units equipped with Return Fan)

Determine Return Plenum Pressure Max Setpoint1. Open the Human Interface access door, located in


RT-SVX36T-EN 119

the unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the appropriateprogramming manual for CV or VAV applicationsfor the SERVICE TEST screens and programminginstructions.

2. If not already STOPPED, press the STOP key on theHuman Interface (HI).

3. Under HI Service Menu, ensure all outputs are OFFor CLOSED.

4. Press the Start Service Test key.

5. Adjust the Exhaust Damper Position toapproximately 85%.

6. Start the Supply Fan and Return Fan.

7. Adjust the Supply Fan and Return Fan speeds to100%.

8. Slowly adjust the Outside Air Damper toapproximately 100%.

9. While measuring the building static pressure,

slowly adjust the Return Fan Speed down until thebuilding pressure reaches design conditions.

10. Make note of the return plenum pressure readingon the HI.

11. Set the “Return Plenum Pressure Max Setpoint”parameter on the HI to the value noted in theprevious step.

“OA Normalization” Determination(Units equipped with Traq™)

1. Perform a normal airflow balance of the unit.

2. Ensure that Exhaust Damper is approximately 85%,the Supply Fan and Return Fan speed is 100%, andthe Outdoor Air Damper is approximately 100%.

3. Make note of the total Traq™ airflow reading on theHuman Interface (HI).

4. Set the “OA Normalization” parameter on the HI tothe value noted in the previous step.


120 RT-SVX36T-EN

Performance DataSupply Fan Performance

Figure 61. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 20 and 25 ton air-cooled, 24 and 29 tonevaporative condensing - forward curved

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

90%

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

900 RPM

800 RPM

600 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Maximum static pressure leaving therooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The staticpressure drops from the supply fan to thespace cannot exceed 4.0" H2O.

NNootteess::

• Fan performance for 20 and 2524 and 29 tonrooftops is identical. Contact your localTrane® representative for information onoversized motors.

• Shaded areas represent selectable area.Contact your local Trane® representative formore information.

• Supply fan performance curve includesinternal resistance of rooftop. For total staticpressure determination, system externalstatic must be added to appropriatecomponent static pressure drops(evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer,optional exhaust fan, optional heatingsystem, optional cooling only extendedcasing, optional roof curb).

• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 2024 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 2529 ton -11,000 Cfm.

• Minimummotor horsepower is 3 hp.Maximummotor horsepower is 20 hp.Maximum fan RPM is 1750.


RT-SVX36T-EN 121

Figure 62. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 20 and 25 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80%width

2400 RPM 2300 RPM

2200 RPM

2100 RPM

2000 RPM

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 20 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 25 ton - 11,000Cfm.



122 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 63. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 20 and 25 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum,120% width

2400 RPM 2300 RPM

2200 RPM

2100 RPM

2000 RPM

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1000 RPM

1100 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 20 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 25 ton - 11,000Cfm.



RT-SVX36T-EN 123

Figure 64. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive — 30 ton air-cooled, 36 ton evaporativecondensing - forward curved

90%

900 RPM

800 RPM

700 RPM

600 RPM

500 RPM 70% 80%

1000 RPM

1100 RPM

1200 RPM

1300 RPM

1400 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 3036 ton - 13,500 Cfm.



124 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 65. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive — 30 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width

2000 RPM

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::






RT-SVX36T-EN 125

Figure 66. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive — 30 ton air-cooled- direct drive plenum, 120%width

2100 RPM

2000 RPM

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::




• Minimummotor horsepower is 3 hp.Maximummotor horsepower is 20 hp.Maximum fan RPM is 2,100.


126 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 67. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 40, 50 and 55 ton air-cooled, 48 and 59ton evaporative condensing - forward curved

90%

900 RPM

800 RPM

700 RPM

600 RPM

500 RPM

70%

80%

1000 RPM

1100 RPM

1200 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000 24000 26000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::

• Fan performance for 40 and 50 to 5548 and59 ton rooftops is identical. Contact yourlocal Trane® representative for informationon oversized motors.



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 4048 ton - 18,000 Cfm and 5059 ton -22,500 Cfm.

• Minimummotor horsepower is 7.5 hp.Maximummotor horsepower is 30 hp.Maximum ½ hp to 15 hp fan Rpm is 1,141Rpm, maximum 20 hp to 30 hp fan Rpm is1,170 Rpm.


RT-SVX36T-EN 127

Figure 68. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 40 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width

2000 RPM 1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::






128 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 69. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 40 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 120% width

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::






RT-SVX36T-EN 129

Figure 70. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 50, 55 ton air-cooled- direct drive plenum, 80%width

1800 RPM 1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 50, 55 ton - 22,500 Cfm.



130 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 71. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 50, 55 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 100%width

1800 RPM 1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::






RT-SVX36T-EN 131

Figure 72. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 50, 55 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 120%width

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::






132 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 73. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 60, 70 and 75 ton air-cooled, 73, 80 and89 ton evaporative condensing - forward curved

90%

900 RPM

800 RPM

700 RPM

600 RPM

500 RPM

70%

80%

1000 RPM

1100 RPM

1200 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 18000 21000 24000 27000 30000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::

• Fan performance for 60 and 70 to 7573, 80and 89 ton rooftops is identical. Contactyour local Trane® representative forinformation on oversized motors.



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 60 to 7579 to 89 ton - 27,000 Cfmand 5059 ton - 22,500 Cfm.

• Minimummotor horsepower is 10 hp.Maximummotor horsepower is 50 hp.Maximum fan Rpm is 1,130 Rpm. 40 & 50 HPmotor available as standard in 460 & 575volt only


RT-SVX36T-EN 133

Figure 74. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton cooling only air-cooled - direct driveplenum, 80% width

2200 RPM 2100 RPM

2000 RPM

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::


• 60 ton units with gas heat use the 27" DDPfans shown for the 70 and 75 ton units. SeeFigure 76, p. 135 .



• Minimummotor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5hp motors). Maximummotor horsepower is40 hp (2 x 20 hp motors). Maximum fan RPMis 2,200.


134 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 75. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton cooling only air-cooled - direct driveplenum, 120% width

2100 RPM

2000 RPM

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w

.c.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::


• 60 ton units with gas heat use the 27" DDPfans shown for the 70 and 75 ton units. SeeFigure 76, p. 135. .





RT-SVX36T-EN 135

Figure 76. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton gas heat, and all 70 and 75 ton air-cooled -direct drive plenum, 80% width

2000 RPM 1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 60 ton gas heat and 70, 75 ton -27,000 Cfm.



136 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 77. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton gas heat, and all 70 and 75 ton air-cooled-direct drive plenum, 120% width

1900 RPM

1800 RPM

1700 RPM

1600 RPM

1500 RPM

1400 RPM

1300 RPM

1200 RPM

1100 RPM

1000 RPM

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000

Sta!

c Pr

essu

re, I

nche

s w.c

.

Airflow, CFM


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 60 ton gas heat and 70, 75 ton -27,000 Cfm.



RT-SVX36T-EN 137

Figure 78. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 90 ton air-cooled


NNootteess::




• Minimummotor horsepower is 30 hp.


138 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 79. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 105, 115, 130 ton air-cooled


NNootteess::



• Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) asfollows: 105, 115, 130 ton - 46,000 Cfm.

• Minimummotor horsepower is 30 hp.


RT-SVX36T-EN 139

Pressure Drop Tables

Figure 80. Wet airside pressure drop at 0.075 lb/cu.ft. 20 to 89 ton evaporator coil

Figure 81. Dry airside pressure drop at 0.075 lb/cu.ft. 20 to 89 ton evaporator coil


140 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 82. Wet airside pressure drop at 0.075 lb/cu.ft. 90 to 130 ton evaporator coil

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.80.91.0

2.0

90 H

igh 11

5,130

T

105 T

90 T

STD

60, 7

0, 75

T

50 T

40 T

30 T

20-25

T

Evaporator Wet Airside Pressure Drop at 0.075 lb/cu.ft. 20-130 Ton

Airs

ide

Pres

sure

Dro

p, In

ches

H20

Unit Airflow, CFM

4000 6000 800010000 20000 40000 60000


RT-SVX36T-EN 141

Figure 83. Dry airside pressure drop at 0.075 lb/cu.ft. 90 to 130 ton evaporator coil

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.80.91.0

2.0

90 H

igh 11

5,130

T

105 T

90 T

STD

60, 7

0, 75

T

50 T40

T

30 T20

-25 T

Evaporator Dry Airside Pressure Drop at 0.075 lb/cu.ft. 20-130 Ton

Airs

ide

Pres

sure

Dro

p, In

ches

H20

Unit Airflow, CFM

4000 6000 800010000 20000 40000 60000


142 RT-SVX36T-EN

Component Static Pressure Drops

Tab

le54

.Componen

tstaticpressure

drops(in.W

.G.),20–75

24–80tonair-cooled

Nom

CFM Std

EvapCoil

HeatingSystem

Filters

Std

Roof

Econ

w/or

w/

out

Exh

HGR-

HDry

Wet

SFHL-FC

SFHL-DDPSEHL

SLHL

SSHL

Throwaway

Perm

Wire

Bag

&Pre

Cart

&Pre

Final

Cart

Low

HighLow

High

All

kWLow

HighLow

HighStd

High

20,24

4000

0.12

0.16

0.02

N/A

0.03

N/A

0.02

0.05

0.06

0.02

0.06

0.03

0.03

0.01

0.30

0.24

0.22

0.01

0.03

0.01

6000

0.24

0.29

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.04

0.04

0.09

0.12

0.05

0.12

0.06

0.06

0.02

0.50

0.44

0.30

0.02

0.06

0.02

8000

0.37

0.44

0.09

0.09

0.08

0.70

0.70

0.15

0.19

0.10

0.20

0.09

0.09

0.03

0.71

0.68

0.45

0.05

0.12

0.04

9000

0.45

0.52

0.12

0.12

0.10

0.08

0.09

0.19

0.24

0.12

0.22

0.11

0.11

0.04

0.83

0.81

0.55

0.70

0.15

0.05

25,29

5000

0.18

0.22

0.03

N/A

0.04

N/A

0.03

0.70

0.09

0.04

0.09

0.05

0.05

0.02

0.40

0.34

0.25

0.01

0.03

0.01

6000

0.24

0.29

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.04

0.04

0.10

0.12

0.06

0.13

0.70

0.70

0.02

0.50

0.44

0.30

0.02

0.05

0.02

7500

0.34

0.41

0.08

0.08

0.70

0.06

0.06

0.14

0.17

0.09

0.18

0.09

0.09

0.03

0.66

0.62

0.41

0.04

0.10

0.03

10000

0.53

0.62

0.14

0.15

0.12

0.09

0.11

0.23

0.28

0.15

0.29

0.13

0.13

0.05

0.95

0.95

0.66

0.10

0.19

0.06

11000

0.62

0.71

0.17

0.18

0.14

0.10

0.13

0.29

0.33

0.19

0.35

0.15

0.15

0.06

1.06

1.11

0.79

0.12

0.23

0.70

30,36

6000

0.17

0.24

0.05

0.05

0.03

N/A

0.04

0.09

0.12

0.05

0.12

0.04

0.04

0.01

0.34

0.26

0.24

0.02

0.06

0.02

9000

0.33

0.45

0.11

0.12

0.05

0.05

0.09

0.19

0.24

0.12

0.22

0.70

0.70

0.02

0.54

0.48

0.36

0.70

0.15

0.04

12000

0.53

0.67

0.20

0.21

0.70

0.70

0.16

0.31

0.39

0.22

0.41

0.11

0.11

0.04

0.75

0.75

0.58

0.16

0.27

0.70

14000

0.68

0.83

0.26

0.29

0.09

0.09

0.22

0.40

0.51

0.30

0.50

0.14

0.14

0.06

0.95

0.95

0.76

0.25

0.39

0.09

40,48

8000

0.19

0.26

0.09

N/A

0.13

n/a

0.70

0.09

0.11

0.05

0.11

0.04

0.04

0.02

0.37

0.31

0.25

0.01

0.03

0.02

10000

0.27

0.36

0.14

0.11

0.20

0.37

0.11

0.13

0.16

0.08

0.16

0.06

0.06

0.02

0.49

0.43

0.32

0.02

0.03

0.03

12000

0.36

0.48

0.20

0.15

0.28

0.47

0.16

0.17

0.22

0.11

0.21

0.08

0.08

0.03

0.61

0.56

0.41

0.04

0.70

0.05

16000

0.57

0.73

0.34

0.26

0.49

0.70

0.29

0.28

0.36

0.20

0.36

0.12

0.12

0.05

0.88

0.87

0.66

0.10

0.09

0.08

17000

0.62

0.79

N/A

0.29

0.55

0.77

0.32

0.31

0.39

0.22

0.41

0.13

0.13

0.06

0.95

0.95

0.74

0.12

0.11

0.10

18000

0.68

0.86

N/A

0.33

N/A

0.83

0.36

0.35

0.43

0.25

0.44

0.14

0.14

0.70

1.02

1.04

0.83

0.14

0.13

0.11

50-55,

59

10000

0.20

0.25

0.12

0.10

0.20

N/A

0.11

0.13

0.16

0.70

0.15

0.04

0.04

0.01

0.37

0.30

0.25

0.03

0.05

0.03

14000

0.34

0.42

0.26

0.20

0.38

0.17

0.22

0.22

0.28

0.15

0.28

0.70

0.70

0.03

0.56

0.50

0.37

0.70

0.08

0.05

17000

0.46

0.57

0.39

0.29

0.55

0.26

0.32

0.31

0.40

0.22

0.41

0.10

0.10

0.04

0.72

0.68

0.50

0.12

0.11

0.08

20000

0.59

0.73

0.58

0.41

0.75

0.38

0.44

0.42

0.52

0.30

0.51

0.12

0.12

0.05

0.88

0.88

0.66

0.19

0.17

0.11

23000

0.74

0.89

0.69

0.54

0.99

0.53

0.58

0.47

0.67

0.41

0.69

0.15

0.15

0.70

1.05

N/A

0.87

0.27

0.22

0.14

60,73

12000

0.27

0.37

0.10

0.08

0.28

0.14

0.06

0.10

0.13

0.06

0.11

0.05

0.05

0.01

0.44

0.37

0.27

0.02

0.70

0.03

16000

0.43

0.58

0.18

0.14

0.44

0.28

0.11

0.17

0.21

0.11

0.19

0.70

0.70

0.02

0.63

0.58

0.39

0.05

0.10

0.06

20000

0.62

0.80

0.27

0.21

0.63

0.46

0.17

0.24

0.31

0.16

0.27

0.10

0.10

0.03

0.84

0.82

0.56

0.10

0.16

0.09

24000

0.83

1.03

0.40

0.30

0.86

0.68

0.24

0.33

0.42

0.22

0.39

0.11

0.11

0.04

1.06

1.08

0.78

0.16

0.23

0.13

27000

1.00

1.22

0.46

0.32

1.05

0.88

0.30

0.41

0.52

0.30

0.47

0.16

0.16

0.06

1.18

1.24

0.98

0.27

0.28

0.16

70-75,

80-89

16000

0.44

0.58

0.18

0.14

0.44

0.28

0.11

0.17

0.21

0.11

0.19

0.70

0.70

0.02

0.63

0.58

0.39

0.05

0.10

0.06

20000

0.62

0.82

0.27

0.21

0.63

0.46

0.17

0.24

0.31

0.16

0.27

0.10

0.10

0.03

0.84

0.82

0.56

0.10

0.16

0.09

22000

0.73

0.94

0.33

0.25

0.74

0.56

0.20

0.29

0.37

0.19

0.33

0.12

0.12

0.04

0.95

0.95

0.66

0.13

0.20

0.11

24000

0.84

1.07

0.40

0.30

0.86

0.68

0.24

0.33

0.42

0.22

0.39

0.14

0.14

0.04

1.06

1.08

0.78

0.16

0.23

0.13

26000

0.95

1.20

0.47

0.32

0.98

0.81

0.28

0.39

0.49

0.27

0.45

0.16

0.16

0.05

1.17

1.23

0.91

0.23

0.26

0.15

27000

1.01

1.26

0.51

0.33

1.05

0.88

0.30

0.42

0.52

0.30

0.48

0.17

0.17

0.06

1.12

1.26

0.98

0.27

0.28

0.16

Notes: 1.Staticpressuredropsofaccessorycomponentsmustbeaddedtoexternalstaticpressuretoenterfanselectiontables.

2.Gasheatsectionmaximum

temperatureriseof60°F.

3.Throwawayfilteroptionlimitedto300ft/minfacevelocity.

4.Bagfilteroptionlimitedto740ft/minfacevelocity.

5.Horizontalroofcurbsassume0.50"staticpressuredropordoublethestandardroofcurbpressuredrop,whicheverisgreater.

6.Noadditionalpressurelossform

odelSXHL.

7.Forfinalfiltersw/prefilters(digit13=M,N,P,Q)alsoaddpressuredropforthrowawayfilter.


RT-SVX36T-EN 143

Tab

le55

.Componen

tstaticpressure

drops(in.W

.G.),90–13

0tonair-cooled

Nom

CFM

Std

EvapCoil

HighCap

Evap

HeatingSystem

Filters

Std

Roof

Econ

w/or

w/out

Exh

Dry

Wet

Dry

Wet

SFHL

SEHL

SLHL

SSHL

Throwaway

Perm

WireBag&

Pre

Cart&

Pre

Final

Cart

Low

HighAllkW

Low

High

Low

HighStd

High

90

27000

0.40

0.53

0.60

0.80

N/A

0.25

0.13

0.26

0.31

0.22

0.32

0.11

0.13

N/A

0.68

0.65

0.77

N/A

0.20

32000

0.53

0.70

0.80

1.03

N/A

0.31

0.16

0.35

0.41

0.30

0.43

0.14

0.16

N/A

0.84

0.84

1.07

N/A

0.31

37000

0.67

0.88

1.01

1.32

N/A

0.39

0.23

0.45

0.52

0.40

0.55

0.17

0.19

N/A

1.02

1.04

1.43

N/A

0.41

42000

0.83

1.08

1.25

1.62

N/A

0.46

0.29

0.56

0.65

0.50

0.68

0.21

0.22

N/A

1.19

1.06

1.86

N/A

0.52

45000

0.93

1.20

1.40

1.80

N/A

0.52

0.32

0.63

0.73

0.58

0.76

0.24

0.24

N/A

N/A

N/A

2.14

N/A

0.63

105

31000

N/A

N/A

0.63

0.83

N/A

0.28

0.17

0.33

0.39

0.29

0.40

N/A

0.13

N/A

0.82

0.80

1.00

N/A

0.22

35000

N/A

N/A

0.77

1.01

N/A

0.36

0.21

0.41

0.48

0.36

0.50

N/A

0.16

N/A

0.96

0.96

1.28

N/A

0.32

39000

N/A

N/A

0.92

1.20

N/A

0.42

0.26

0.49

0.57

0.44

0.60

N/A

0.19

N/A

1.09

1.12

1.59

N/A

0.44

43000

N/A

N/A

1.08

1.40

N/A

0.45

0.30

0.57

0.66

0.53

0.71

N/A

0.22

N/A

1.22

1.30

1.95

N/A

0.54

46000

N/A

N/A

1.21

1.56

N/A

0.55

0.34

0.65

0.75

0.61

0.79

N/A

0.24

N/A

N/A

N/A

2.24

N/A

0.64

115/

130

31000

0.76

1.00

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.28

0.17

0.33

0.39

0.29

0.40

N/A

0.13

N/A

0.82

0.80

1.00

N/A

0.22

35000

0.92

1.21

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.36

0.21

0.41

0.48

0.36

0.50

N/A

0.16

N/A

0.96

0.96

1.28

N/A

0.32

39000

1.10

1.44

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.42

0.26

0.49

0.57

0.44

0.60

N/A

0.19

N/A

1.09

1.12

1.59

N/A

0.44

43000

1.30

1.68

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.45

0.30

0.57

0.66

0.53

0.71

N/A

0.22

N/A

1.22

1.30

1.95

N/A

0.54

46000

1.45

1.86

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.55

0.34

0.65

0.75

0.61

0.79

N/A

0.24

N/A

N/A

N/A

2.24

N/A

0.64

Notes: 1.Staticpressuredropsofaccessorycomponentsmustbeaddedtoexternalstaticpressuretoenterfanselectiontables.

2.Gasheatsectionmaximum

temperatureriseof60°F.

3.Throwawayfilteroptionlimitedto300ft/minfacevelocity.

4.Bagfilteroptionlimitedto740ft/minfacevelocity.

5.Horizontalroofcurbsassume0.50"staticpressuredropordoublethestandardroofcurbpressuredrop,whicheverisgreater.

6.NoadditionalpressurelossformodelSXHK.

7.Forfinalfiltersw/prefilters(digit13=M,N,P,Q)alsoaddpressuredropforthrowawayfilter.


144 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 56. Component static pressure drops (in. W.G.)—exhaust damper for return fan

NomTons Cfm

ExhaustDamper forReturn Fan

NomTons Cfm

ExhaustDamper forReturn Fan

20, 24

4000 0.08

50-55, 59

10000 0.286000 0.19 14000 0.568000 0.35 17000 0.759000 0.44 20000 1.1510000 0.55 24000 1.6612000 0.79 28000 2.26

25, 29

5000 0.13

60, 73

12000 0.316000 0.19 16000 0.567500 0.30 20000 0.8810000 0.55 24000 1.2711000 0.67 28000 1.7312500 0.85 30000 1.9914000 1.08

70-75, 80-89

12000 0.31

30, 36

6000 0.19 16000 0.569000 0.44 20000 0.8812000 0.79 22000 1.0514000 1.08 24000 1.2715000 1.20 26000 1.4717000 1.60 28000 1.73

40, 48

8000 0.18 31000 N/A10000 0.28 33000 N/A12000 0.4116000 0.7317000 0.8220000 1.1522000 1.39


RT-SVX36T-EN 145

Fan Drive Selections

Exhaust Fan Performance

Table 57. Modulating 100% exhaust fan performance — 20 – 89 tons

NomTons

CFMStdAir

Negative Static Pressure0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00

RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP

20/24

4000 379 0.34 515 0.70 622 1.12 712 1.59 791 2.10 861 2.646000 421 0.61 541 1.03 643 1.52 732 2.07 811 2.668000 487 1.10 583 1.56 674 2.11 757 2.7210000 567 1.88 643 2.37 719 2.96

25/29

4000 379 0.34 515 0.70 622 1.12 712 1.59 791 2.10 861 2.64 927 3.22 988 3.846000 421 0.61 541 1.03 643 1.52 732 2.07 811 2.66 882 3.28 948 3.94 1010 4.648000 487 1.10 583 1.56 674 2.11 757 2.72 834 3.38 904 4.09 970 4.8210000 567 1.88 643 2.37 719 2.96 794 3.63 864 4.3512000 651 2.98 716 3.56 779 4.18 843 4.88

30/36

4000 379 0.34 515 0.70 622 1.12 712 1.59 791 2.10 861 2.64 927 3.22 988 3.846000 421 0.61 541 1.03 643 1.52 732 2.07 811 2.66 882 3.28 948 3.94 1010 4.648000 487 1.10 583 1.56 674 2.11 757 2.72 834 3.38 904 4.09 970 4.82 1030 5.5910000 567 1.88 643 2.37 719 2.96 794 3.63 864 4.35 931 5.11 993 5.91 1053 6.7712000 651 2.98 716 3.56 779 4.18 843 4.88 905 5.64 967 6.47 1026 7.3414000 736 4.47 796 5.17 850 5.83 904 6.57 960 7.38

40/48

7500 318 0.67 444 1.21 545 1.85 629 2.54 702 3.27 767 4.02 828 4.83 884 5.669000 331 0.97 444 1.47 543 2.17 628 2.94 702 3.75 770 4.60 831 5.48 887 6.3712000 381 2.13 460 2.40 546 3.04 627 3.89 701 4.83 769 5.82 831 6.87 889 7.9314000 422 3.40 486 3.49 557 3.98 631 4.76 701 5.72 768 6.78 830 7.90 888 9.0716000 468 5.12 520 5.07 579 5.37 643 6.01 707 6.88 769 7.92 829 9.08 887 10.32

50-55/59

9000 331 0.97 444 1.47 543 2.17 628 2.94 702 3.75 770 4.60 831 5.48 887 6.3712000 381 2.13 460 2.40 546 3.04 627 3.89 701 4.83 769 5.82 831 6.87 889 7.9315000 445 4.20 502 4.21 567 4.61 636 5.32 704 6.26 769 7.32 830 8.47 888 9.6718000 516 7.41 559 7.19 609 7.32 662 7.76 719 8.49 776 9.44 833 10.56 887 11.7920000 566 10.31 602 9.91 644 9.88 690 10.15 739 10.69 789 11.48 841 12.48 893 13.68

60,70,

75/73,80, 89

12000 351 1.49 423 2.09 502 3.00 572 4.02 634 5.07 690 6.09 740 7.04 784 7.9115000 412 2.68 460 3.15 521 3.96 585 5.02 646 6.24 702 7.53 749 8.83 801 10.1418000 478 4.41 516 4.88 557 5.54 607 6.49 662 7.66 715 9.01 766 10.48 814 12.0121000 549 6.75 578 7.36 612 7.92 647 8.71 688 9.77 735 11.03 781 12.46 827 14.0324000 617 9.83 644 10.59 672 11.22 702 11.88 732 12.77 766 13.89 805 15.22 846 16.7227000 688 15.11 711 15.09 736 15.45 761 16.18 788 17.02 815 17.92 844 18.99 876 20.31

Notes:1. Shaded areas indicate non-standard drive selections. These drive selections must be manually factory selected.2. Refer to General Data Table for minimum and maximum HP.

Table 58. Air-cooled modulating 100% exhaust fan performance — 90 – 130 ton

NomTons

CFMStdAir

Negative Static Pressure0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50

RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP

90-130

28000 495 12.81 519 13.30 547 13.93 582 15.27 619 17.14 655 18.85 689 20.51 721 22.51 750 24.43 777 26.2830000 527 15.67 550 16.22 573 16.71 604 17.84 637 19.53 672 21.63 705 23.38 737 25.16 768 27.31 795 29.3732000 559 18.92 581 19.53 602 20.03 628 20.90 658 22.39 690 24.39 723 26.63 753 28.44 784 30.37 811 32.5434000 591 22.60 612 23.28 632 23.84 653 24.48 681 25.74 710 27.55 739 29.75 771 32.16 799 34.04 828 36.0436000 623 26.73 643 27.47 662 28.09 680 28.62 705 29.66 732 31.25 759 33.29 788 35.76 817 38.26 844 40.2338000 656 31.34 675 32.14 693 32.83 710 33.42 730 34.17 755 35.51 780 37.38 806 39.60 834 42.26 861 44.9040000 688 36.46 707 37.31 724 38.07 741 38.73 757 39.29 779 40.45 804 42.09 827 44.14 853 46.63 879 49.41



146 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 59. 100% Exhaust fan drive selections — 20 – 7524 - 89 ton3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 15 Hp 20 Hp

RPM DriveNo. RPM Drive

No. RPM DriveNo. RPM Drive


No.

2024

500 5600 6700 7800 8900 9

2529

500 5 700 7600 6 800 8700 7 900 9800 8 1000 A900 9

3036

500 5 700 7 800 8600 6 800 8 900 9700 7 900 9 1000 A800 8 1000 A 1100 B900 9

4048

400 4 600 6 700 7500 5 700 7 800 8600 6 800 8700 7800 8

50–5559

400 4 600 6 700 7 700 7500 5 700 7 800 8 800 8600 6 800 8 900 9700 7800 8

6073 400 4 600 6 600 6 700 7 800 87080 500 5 700 7 700 7 800 87589 600 6

Table 60. 100% Exhaust fan drive selections — 90 – 130 ton

NomTons

15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP



No. RPM DriveNo.

90-130500 5 500.00 5 600.00 6 600.00 6 700.00 7600 6 600.00 6 700.00 7 700.00 7 800.00 8

700 7 800 8 800 8

Table 61. 50% Exhaust fan performance — 20 – 89 tons

NomTons

CFMStdAir

Negative Static Pressure0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40

RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP

20, 25/24, 29

2000 346 0.14 465 0.27 560 0.43 641 0.60 712 0.79 776 1.00 836 1.213000 397 0.27 495 0.42 583 0.61 662 0.81 731 1.03 795 1.27 854 1.514000 469 0.51 546 0.68 621 0.88 691 1.11 757 1.36 818 1.62 876 1.905000 548 0.88 613 1.08 675 1.30 736 1.55 794 1.81 850 2.10 903 2.396000 630 1.40 690 1.66 742 1.90 793 2.16 844 2.45 894 2.75 943 3.06

30/36

2000 346 0.14 465 0.27 560 0.43 641 0.60 712 0.79 776 1.00 836 1.213000 397 0.27 495 0.42 583 0.61 662 0.81 731 1.03 795 1.27 854 1.514000 469 0.51 546 0.68 621 0.88 691 1.11 757 1.36 818 1.62 876 1.905000 548 0.88 613 1.08 675 1.30 736 1.55 794 1.81 850 2.10 903 2.396000 630 1.40 690 1.66 742 1.90 793 2.16 844 2.45 894 2.75 943 3.067000 714 2.10 769 2.42 818 2.72 862 3.00 906 3.29 950 3.61 993 3.95

40–55/48, 59

3000 281 0.20 396 0.39 486 0.60 560 0.83 625 1.07 683 1.33 737 1.615000 326 0.55 404 0.73 485 0.99 559 1.29 627 1.61 687 1.94 741 2.287000 411 1.35 459 1.51 513 1.74 571 2.04 629 2.39 686 2.77 740 3.189000 508 2.80 540 2.92 578 3.13 618 3.40 662 3.72 706 4.09 751 4.5011000 609 5.05 633 5.16 661 5.34 691 5.58 723 5.87 756 6.21 792 6.59

60, 70,75/73,80, 89

4000 271 0.29 364 0.54 438 0.82 499 1.07 550 1.30 601 1.56 651 1.876000 339 0.71 391 0.90 456 1.22 517 1.60 572 2.01 622 2.43 668 2.858000 425 1.55 460 1.73 497 1.96 542 2.30 591 2.72 639 3.20 684 3.7310000 517 2.88 543 3.13 571 3.34 600 3.59 632 3.94 649 4.37 707 4.8712000 612 4.84 651 5.15 655 5.43 678 5.68 702 5.95 726 6.29 752 6.7113000 659 6.09 679 6.44 699 6.76 720 7.04 741 7.31



RT-SVX36T-EN 147

Table 62. 50% Exhaust fan performance — 90 -130 tons

NomTons

CFMStdAir

Negative Static Pressure0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50

RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP

90-130

12000 432 4.09 461 4.31 502 4.86 545 5.67 585 6.35 622 7.19 655 7.99 686 8.78 717 9.57 748 10.4814000 495 6.40 519 6.65 547 6.96 582 7.64 619 8.57 655 9.42 689 10.26 721 11.26 750 12.21 777 13.1416000 559 9.46 581 9.77 602 10.02 628 10.45 658 11.20 690 12.19 723 13.32 753 14.22 784 15.18 811 16.2718000 623 13.36 643 13.73 662 14.05 680 14.31 705 14.83 732 15.63 759 16.65 788 17.88 817 19.13 844 20.1220000 688 18.23 707 18.66 724 19.03 741 19.36 757 19.65 779 20.22 804 21.04 827 22.07 853 23.31 879 24.70


Table 63. 50% Exhaust fan drive selections 20 – 7524 – 89 tons

Nom Tons3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp

RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No.

20, 2524, 29

500 5600 6700 7800 8900 9

3036

500 5 800 8600 6 900 9700 7 1000 A800 8900 9

40–5548, 59500 5 600 6600 6 700 7700 7

60, 70,7573, 80, 89

400 4 700 7500 5600 6

Table 64. 50% Exhaust fan drive selections, 90 - 130 tons

Nom Tons15 Hp

RPM Drive No.

90-130

500 5600 6700 7800 8900 9

Return Fan Performance

Table 65. Return fan performance—20, 25, 30 ton air-cooled and 24, 29, 36 ton evaporative condensing (24.5" Fan)

CFMStdAir

Return Fan Static Pressure Including Exhaust Damper P.D.0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00

RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP4000 557 0.29 638 0.48 710 0.68 776 0.89 838 1.10 899 1.32 969 1.60 1038 1.894500 605 0.36 682 0.57 749 0.79 811 1.02 869 1.25 926 1.49 980 1.73 1033 1.995000 654 0.44 727 0.67 790 0.91 850 1.16 905 1.41 957 1.67 1007 1.93 1057 2.205500 704 0.53 773 0.79 834 1.04 889 1.30 943 1.58 992 1.86 1040 2.15 1087 2.446000 756 0.64 821 0.92 879 1.20 932 1.47 982 1.77 1030 2.06 1076 2.38 1121 2.706500 808 0.76 868 1.06 925 1.36 976 1.66 1024 1.97 1070 2.29 1114 2.61 1157 2.957000 861 0.90 917 1.21 972 1.55 1021 1.87 1067 2.19 1112 2.53 1154 2.87 1195 3.227500 913 1.06 968 1.39 1019 1.74 1068 2.10 1112 2.44 1155 2.79 1196 3.15 1235 3.518000 967 1.24 1019 1.58 1068 1.96 1115 2.34 1158 2.71 1199 3.08 1238 3.45 1277 3.848500 1021 1.44 1071 1.80 1116 2.19 1162 2.60 1204 3.00 1244 3.39 1283 3.79 1320 4.199000 1075 1.67 1123 2.04 1166 2.45 1210 2.88 1252 3.30 1290 3.72 1327 4.14 1363 4.569500 1130 1.92 1175 2.31 1217 2.73 1258 3.17 1299 3.62 1337 4.07 1373 4.52 1408 4.9610000 1186 2.20 1228 2.60 1269 3.04 1307 3.50 1347 3.97 1384 4.45 1419 4.91 1454 5.3810500 1241 2.50 1280 2.92 1321 3.37 1357 3.85 1395 4.34 1432 4.85 1466 5.33 1500 5.8411000 1297 2.84 1334 3.27 1373 3.74 1409 4.23 1443 4.74 1480 5.26 1515 5.79 1546 6.2911500 1353 3.20 1387 3.64 1425 4.13 1460 4.64 1493 5.16 1528 5.71 1561 6.25 1594 6.7912000 1408 3.60 1441 4.06 1477 4.56 1512 5.08 1544 5.62 1576 6.18 1610 6.75 1642 7.3212500 1464 4.03 1496 4.50 1530 5.01 1565 5.56 1596 6.11 1626 6.68 1658 7.28 1689 7.8713000 1520 4.49 1551 4.98 1583 5.51 1617 6.06 1648 6.64 1677 7.22 1707 7.84 1737 8.4413500 1576 4.99 1606 5.50 1636 6.03 1669 6.60 1700 7.20 1728 7.80 1756 8.42 1785 9.06


148 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 65. Return fan performance—20, 25, 30 ton air-cooled and 24, 29, 36 ton evaporative condensing (24.5" Fan)(continued)

CFMStdAir


RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP14000 1633 5.52 1661 6.05 1690 6.60 1721 7.19 1752 7.79 1780 8.42 1807 9.05 1834 9.70Notes:

1. Max fan RPM 1715 for 24.5" Class I Fan2. Max motors available are as follows: 20/24T: 3HP, 25/29T; 5HP, 30/36T: 7.5 HP3. Max CFM available is as follows; 20/24T: 9000, 25/29T: 11000, & 30/36T: 135004. Min CFM is 4000 for 20/24T, 25/29T, & 30/36T5. Return fan belt drive RPM selections will be available to cover 500-1600 RPM range +/- 50 RPM6. Performance data includes cabinet and rain hood effect. Damper pressure drop must be added to the return duct static. See Table 54, p. 142 - exhaust

damper for return fan in Performance Data.7. Shaded area indicates nonstandard BHP or RPM selections. Contact a local Trane® representative for more information.

Table 66. Return fan performance—40, 50 and 55 ton air-cooled and 48 and 59 ton evaporative condensing (27" Fan)

CFMStdAir


RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP7500 709 0.82 766 1.16 815 1.50 861 1.85 906 2.22 949 2.60 991 2.99 1033 3.398000 748 0.95 803 1.31 851 1.67 895 2.04 938 2.43 979 2.82 1018 3.22 1058 3.648500 788 1.09 840 1.47 887 1.86 930 2.24 971 2.64 1010 3.05 1049 3.48 1087 3.929000 827 1.24 878 1.64 924 2.05 965 2.46 1005 2.88 1043 3.31 1080 3.75 1115 4.199500 867 1.41 916 1.83 961 2.27 1001 2.70 1040 3.14 1076 3.58 1112 4.03 1146 4.5010000 908 1.60 955 2.04 999 2.50 1038 2.95 1075 3.41 1111 3.88 1145 4.34 1179 4.8310500 948 1.81 994 2.27 1036 2.75 1075 3.23 1111 3.70 1145 4.18 1179 4.68 1212 5.1811000 989 2.04 1033 2.51 1074 3.01 1112 3.51 1147 4.01 1181 4.51 1213 5.02 1245 5.5311500 1030 2.28 1072 2.78 1112 3.29 1149 3.82 1184 4.33 1216 4.86 1248 5.38 1279 5.9212000 1071 2.55 1112 3.06 1151 3.59 1187 4.14 1221 4.69 1253 5.24 1284 5.78 1314 6.3312500 1112 2.83 1152 3.37 1189 3.92 1225 4.48 1258 5.06 1290 5.62 1320 6.19 1349 6.7613000 1153 3.14 1192 3.70 1228 4.27 1263 4.86 1296 5.45 1327 6.04 1356 6.63 1385 7.2313500 1194 3.47 1232 4.05 1267 4.63 1301 5.24 1333 5.85 1364 6.47 1393 7.08 1421 7.7014000 1236 3.83 1272 4.42 1307 5.03 1340 5.66 1371 6.29 1401 6.94 1430 7.57 1457 8.2014500 1277 4.21 1313 4.82 1346 5.45 1379 6.10 1410 6.75 1439 7.42 1467 8.08 1494 8.7315000 1319 4.62 1353 5.25 1386 5.90 1417 6.55 1448 7.23 1477 7.92 1504 8.61 1531 9.2915500 1361 5.05 1394 5.71 1426 6.37 1457 7.05 1486 7.74 1514 8.44 1542 9.16 1569 9.8716000 1402 5.51 1435 6.18 1466 6.87 1496 7.57 1525 8.28 1553 9.01 1580 9.74 1606 10.4716500 1444 6.00 1476 6.69 1506 7.40 1535 8.12 1564 8.85 1591 9.58 1617 10.34 1643 11.1017000 1486 6.52 1517 7.23 1547 7.96 1575 8.70 1603 9.44 1629 10.20 1655 10.97 1681 11.7517500 1528 7.07 1558 7.80 1587 8.55 1615 9.30 1642 10.07 1668 10.85 1694 11.64 1718 12.4318000 1570 7.65 1599 8.40 1627 9.17 1655 9.94 1681 10.73 1707 11.53 1732 12.33 1757 13.1518500 1612 8.26 1640 9.03 1668 9.81 1695 10.62 1721 11.43 1746 12.23 1771 13.07 1794 13.8919000 1654 8.91 1682 9.70 1709 10.50 1735 11.31 1760 12.14 1785 12.97 1809 13.82 1833 14.6719500 1696 9.59 1723 10.40 1749 11.22 1775 12.06 1800 12.90 1825 13.76 1848 14.62 1872 15.5020000 1738 10.30 1765 11.13 1790 11.97 1816 12.83 1840 13.69 1864 14.56 1888 15.46 1910 16.3420500 1780 11.05 1806 11.90 1831 12.76 1856 13.63 1880 14.52 1903 15.41 1926 16.31 1949 17.2221000 1822 11.84 1848 12.71 1872 13.59 1897 14.48 1920 15.39 1943 16.29 1966 17.23 1988 18.1421500 1864 12.66 1889 13.55 1914 14.45 1937 15.36 1960 16.29 1983 17.22 2005 18.16 2027 19.1122000 1899 13.05 1926 14.11 1952 15.16 1977 16.20 2001 17.23 2024 18.24 2047 19.27 2069 20.2822500 1941 13.91 1967 14.98 1992 16.05 2017 17.12 2041 18.19 2064 19.23 2086 20.27 2108 21.31Notes:

1. Max fan RPM 1981 For 27" Class II Fan2. Max Motor Available 15 HP For 27" Fan Size3. Max motors Available are as follows: 40/48T: 10 HP & 50–55/59T: 15 HP4. Max CFM is as follows: 40/48T: 18000, 50–55/59T: 225005. Min CFM is as follows: 40/48T: 7500, 50–55/59T: 90006. Return fan belt drive RPM selections will be available to cover 700-1900 RPM range +/- 50 RPM7. Performance data includes cabinet and rain hood effect. Damper pressure drop must be added to the return duct static. See Table 54, p. 142- exhaust

damper for return fan in Performance Data.8. Shaded area indicates nonstandard BHP or RPM selections. Contact a local Trane® representative for more information.


RT-SVX36T-EN 149

Table 67. Return fan performance—60 – 75 tons air-cooled and 73 - 89 ton evaporative condensing (36.5" fan)

CFMStdAir


RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP12000 459 1.07 502 1.59 541 2.13 578 2.71 613 3.31 647 3.91 681 4.54 713 5.2013000 490 1.27 530 1.83 567 2.40 603 3.01 636 3.65 668 4.29 700 4.94 731 5.6414000 520 1.49 560 2.09 595 2.70 628 3.34 660 3.99 691 4.69 721 5.38 751 6.1015000 552 1.73 590 2.38 623 3.03 655 3.70 686 4.39 715 5.11 744 5.85 771 6.5916000 583 2.00 619 2.70 652 3.39 682 4.09 712 4.82 740 5.57 767 6.34 794 7.1417000 615 2.30 650 3.05 681 3.78 710 4.52 739 5.28 766 6.06 792 6.85 818 7.6718000 646 2.64 680 3.43 711 4.20 739 4.98 766 5.78 792 6.60 817 7.41 842 8.2719000 678 3.01 711 3.85 741 4.67 768 5.48 794 6.31 819 7.16 844 8.03 867 8.8920000 711 3.42 742 4.30 771 5.17 797 6.02 823 6.90 847 7.77 871 8.66 894 9.5921000 743 3.87 773 4.78 801 5.70 827 6.60 852 7.51 875 8.41 898 9.36 920 10.3022000 775 4.36 805 5.31 832 6.28 857 7.22 881 8.17 904 9.11 926 10.09 947 11.0623000 808 4.89 836 5.88 863 6.90 887 7.89 911 8.88 933 9.87 954 10.86 975 11.8824000 840 5.46 868 6.49 894 7.56 918 8.60 941 9.63 962 10.67 983 11.71 1004 12.7525000 873 6.08 900 7.15 925 8.26 948 9.35 970 10.42 992 11.49 1012 12.59 1032 13.6726000 906 6.75 931 7.86 956 9.00 979 10.16 1001 11.28 1021 12.37 1041 13.49 1061 14.6327000 939 7.47 963 8.62 987 9.79 1010 11.01 1031 12.18 1052 13.33 1071 14.47 1090 15.65Notes:

1. Max fan RPM 1151 for 36.5" Class I Fan2. Max motor available 20 HP for 36.5" fan size3. Max motor available 20 HP for 60, 70 & 75/73, 80 & 894. Max CFM is 27000 for 60, 70 & 75/73, 80 & 895. Min CFM is 12000 for60, 70 & 75/73, 80 & 896. Return fan belt drive RPM selections will be available to cover 500-1100 RPM range +/- 50 RPM7. Performance data includes cabinet and rain hood effect. Damper pressure drop must be added to the return duct static per Table 54, p. 142.

Table 68. 100% Return fan drive selections — 20 – 75 tons air-cooled and 24 - 89 ton evaporative condensing

3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 15 Hp 20 Hp




No.

2024

500 5600 6700 7800 8900 91000 A1100 B1200 C1300 D

2529

500 5 1100 B600 6 1200 C700 7 1300 D800 8 1400 E900 9 1500 F1000 A 1600 G1100 B1200 C1300 D

3036

500 5 1100 B 1400 E600 6 1200 C 1500 F700 7 1300 D 1600 G800 8 1400 E900 9 1500 F1000 A 1600 G1100 B1200 C1300 D

4048

700 7 1200 C 1400 E800 8 1300 D 1500 F900 9 1400 E 1600 G1000 A 1500 F 1700 H1100 B1200 C1300 D


150 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 68. 100% Return fan drive selections — 20 – 75 tons air-cooled and 24 - 89 ton evaporative condensing(continued)

3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 15 Hp 20 Hp




No.

50–5559

700 7 1200 C 1400 E 1600 G800 8 1300 D 1500 F 1700 H900 9 1400 E 1600 G 1800 J1000 A 1500 F 1700 H 1900 K1100 B1200 C1300 D

6073

500 5 700 7 800 8 900 9 1100 B600 6 800 8 900 9 1000 A700 7 900 9 1000 A 1100 B800 8

70, 7580.89

500 5 700 7 800 8 900 9 1100 B600 6 800 8 900 9 1000 A700 7 900 9 1000 A 1100 B800 8


RT-SVX36T-EN 151

Pressure CurvesNNoottee:: To check operating pressure, see instructions

“Check Operating Pressures,” p. 158.

Figure 84. 20 ton standard capacity operatingpressure curve (all compressors and condenser fansON)

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G

Suc�on Pressure, PSIG

20T Standard Capacity

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

Figure 85. 20 ton high efficiency operating pressurecurve (all compressors and condenser fans ON)

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G

Suc!on Pressure, PSIG

20T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


25T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


152 RT-SVX36T-EN


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


30H High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

Figure 91. 40 ton high capacity operating pressurecurve (all compressors and condenser fans ON)

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


40T High Capacity

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


RT-SVX36T-EN 153


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


40T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

Figure 93. 40 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 onlyoperating pressure curve (compressor at 100% and allcondenser fans ON).

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


40T eFlex Variable Speed - circuit 1 only(Use 40T Standard Capacity for circuit 2)

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G

Suc!on Pressure, PSIG



200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


50T High Capacity

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


154 RT-SVX36T-EN


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


50T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

Figure 98. 55 ton standard efficiency operatingpressure curve (all compressors and condenser fansON)

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


55T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


RT-SVX36T-EN 155

Figure 100. 55 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1operating pressure curve (all compressors andcondenser fans ON)

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


60T High Capacity

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


60T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


156 RT-SVX36T-EN


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


70T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

Figure 107. 70 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 onlyoperating, high efficiency pressure curve (compressorat 100% and all condenser fans ON).

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


RT-SVX36T-EN 157


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G



105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


75T High Capacity

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


75T High Efficiency

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

Figure 111. 75 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 andcircuit 2 operating pressure curve (compressor at 100%and all condenser fans ON)

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


75 Ton eFlex Circuit 1, 60Hz

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190

Dis

char

ge P

ress

ure,

PSI

G


75 Ton eFlex Circuit2, 60Hz

105oF Ambient

95oF Ambient

85oF Ambient

75oF Ambient

65oF Ambient


158 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 112. 90 ton standard operating pressure curve(all compressors and condenser fans ON)

COOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE 90 Ton Standard Capacity

95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

Suction Pressure, PSIG

Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re,

PS

IG

Figure 113. 90 ton high operating, high efficiencypressure curve (all compressors and condenser fansON)

COOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE 90 Ton High Capacity

95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re, P

SIG

Figure 114. 105 ton high operating pressure curve (allcompressors and condenser fans ON)


95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssur

e, P

SIG



250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re, P

SIG


95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re, P

SIG



95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re,

PS

IGCOOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE

115 Ton Standard Capacity

95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re, P

SIG


95 °F Ambient

85 °F Ambient

75 °F Ambient

65 °F Ambient

105 °F Ambient

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180


Dis

char

ge

Pre

ssu

re, P

SIG

Check Operating Pressures1. Start the unit and allow the pressures to stabilize.

NNoottee:: If unit includes Modulating DehumidificationControl option, pressure curves apply to thecooling mode only.

2. Measure the outdoor air dry bulb temperature (°F)entering the condenser coil.

3. Measure the discharge and suction pressure (psig)next to the compressor.

4. Plot the outdoor dry bulb temperature and theoperating suction pressure (psig) onto the chart.

5. At the point of intersection, read to the left for thedischarge pressure. The measured dischargepressure should be within ± 7 psig of the graph.


RT-SVX36T-EN 159

Economizer and Exhaust AirDamper AdjustmentExhaust Air DampersVerify that the exhaust dampers (if equipped) closetightly when the unit is off. Adjust the damper linkageas necessary to ensure proper closure. An access panelis provided under each damper assembly.

Outside Air & Return Air DamperOperationThe outside air and return air damper linkage isaccessible from the filter section of the unit. Thedamper linkage connecting the outside air dampers tothe return air dampers is preset from the factory in thenumber 1 position. Refer to Table 69, p. 161 for theappropriate linkage position for the unit and operatingairflow (CFM).


NNoottee:: Bridging between the unit main supports mayconsist of multiple 2 x 12 boards or sheet metalgrating.

Arbitrarily adjusting the outside air dampers to openfully when the return air dampers are closed or; failingto maintain the return air pressure drop with theoutside air dampers when the return air dampers areclosed, can overload the supply fan motor and causebuilding pressurization control problems due toimproper CFM being delivered to the space.

The outside air/return air damper linkage is connectedto a crank arm with a series of holes that allows theinstaller or operator to modify the amount of outsideair damper travel in order to match the return staticpressure.

Refer to Table 69, p. 161 for the equivalent return airduct losses that correspond to each of the holesillustrated in Figure 117, p. 160.

To Adjust the Outside Air Damper Travel1. Drill a 1/4" hole through the unit casing up stream

of the return air dampers. Use a location that willproduce an accurate reading with the least amountof turbulence – several locations may be necessary,then average the reading.


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT ATTERMINAL BLOCK OR UNITDISCONNECT SWITCH.

2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounteddisconnect switch (1S14).


4. Open the Human Interface access door located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the applicable programmingmanual for applications for the SERVICE TESTscreens and programming instructions.

5. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation byscrolling through the displays;

• Supply Fan (On)

• Variable Frequency Drive (100% Output, ifapplicable)

• RTM Occ/Unocc Output (Unoccupied)

• Outside Air Dampers (Closed)

6. Once the configuration for the components iscomplete, press the NEXT key until the LCDdisplays the “Start test in __Sec.” screen. Press the+ key to designate the delay before the test is tostart. This service test will begin after the TESTSTART key is pressed and the delay designated inthis step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key toconfirm this choice.

7. Press the TEST START key to start the test.Remember that the delay designated in step 6 mustelapse before the fan will begin to operate.

8. With the outside air dampers fully closed and thesupply fan operating at 100% airflow requirements,measure the return static pressure at the locationdetermined in step 1.



160 RT-SVX36T-EN


WWAARRNNIINNGGRRoottaattiinngg CCoommppoonneennttss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn rroottaattiinngg ccoommppoonneennttss ccuuttttiinngg aanndd ssllaasshhiinnggtteecchhnniicciiaann wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouussiinnjjuurryy..DDiissccoonnnneecctt aallll eelleeccttrriicc ppoowweerr,, iinncclluuddiinngg rreemmootteeddiissccoonnnneeccttss bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg.. FFoollllooww pprrooppeerrlloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouutt pprroocceedduurreess ttoo eennssuurree tthhee ppoowweerrccaann nnoott bbee iinnaaddvveerrtteennttllyy eenneerrggiizzeedd..

10. Open the field supplied main power disconnectswitch upstream of the rooftop unit. Lock thedisconnect switch in the “Open” position whileworking on the dampers.

NNoottee:: Gravity will cause the damper to close.Support or secure the damper blades whileremoving the actuator to prevent unexpecteddamper rotation.

11. Compare the static pressure reading to the staticpressure ranges and linkage positions in Table 69,p. 161 for the unit size and operating CFM.

Relocate the outside air/return air connecting rod tobalance the outside air damper pressure dropagainst the return static pressure, using thefollowing steps. If no adjustment is necessary,proceed to step 17.

12. Remove the drive rod and swivel from the crankarm(s). If only one hole requires changing, loosenonly that end.

13. Manually open the return air dampers to the fullopen position.

14. Manually close the outside air dampers.

15. Reattach the drive rod and swivel to the appropriatehole(s). The length of the drive rod may need to beadjusted to align with the new hole(s) location. If so,loosen the lock nut on the drive rod against theswivel. Turn the swivel “in” or “out” to shorten orlengthen the rod as necessary. For some holes,both ends of the rod may need to be adjusted.

16. Tighten the lock nut against the swivel(s).

17. Plug the holes after the proper CFM has beenestablished.

Figure 117. Outside air and return air linkageadjustment (standard and low leak dampers only)

RETURN AIRDAMPERS

OUTSIDE AIRDAMPERS

FILTERSECTION

21

3

456

7

8

Top View

Figure 118. Outside air linkage adjustment (ultra lowleak dampers only)

Air Flow

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9


RT-SVX36T-EN 161

Table 69. O/A Damper travel adjustment

Position ofConnecting Rod

Damper Crank ArmHoleConfiguration

Standard andLow Leak F/ADampers(Figure 89,p. 128)

Ultra Low LeakF/A Dampers(Figure 90,p. 129)

Position #1 2–3 1–6






Use Table 70, p. 161 to select the appropriate crankarm hole configuration based on the following:

• specific unit• operating CFM• and return static pressure

Table 70. Outside air damper pressure drop (inchesw.c.) — air-cooled and evaporativecondensing

CFM

Damper Position

#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6

20, 25 Ton and 24, 29 Ton

4000 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.13 0.16 0.33

6000 0.03 0.04 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.90

8000 0.19 0.21 0.32 0.52 0.75 1.75

9000 0.30 0.35 0.48 0.76 1.08 2.40

10000 0.45 0.51 0.70 1.05 1.57 -

11000 0.62 0.71 0.95 1.42 2.15 -

30, 36 Ton

6000 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.15 0.20 0.43

8000 0.03 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.30 0.90

10000 0.15 0.19 0.26 0.43 0.62 1.50

11000 0.20 0.25 0.37 0.60 0.85 1.85

12000 0.31 0.36 0.50 0.79 1.10 2.40

13000 0.42 0.48 0.62 0.97 1.42 -

40, 48 Ton

8000 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.16 0.21 0.52

10000 0.03 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.30 0.90

12000 0.10 0.13 0.21 0.38 0.55 1.40

14000 0.20 0.25 0.37 0.60 0.85 1.85

16000 0.41 0.46 0.60 0.94 1.38 -

Table 70. Outside air damper pressure drop (inchesw.c.) — air-cooled and evaporative condensing(continued)

CFM

Damper Position

#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6

18000 0.56 0.65 0.74 1.28 1.92 -

50, 55 and 59 Ton

10000 0.03 0.04 0.09 0.18 0.23 0.55

14000 0.09 0.12 0.20 0.35 0.50 1.36

18000 0.31 0.36 0.50 0.79 1.10 -

20000 0.45 0.51 0.70 1.05 1.57 -

22000 0.58 0.66 0.75 1.30 1.95 -

24000 0.75 0.88 1.10 1.75 2.50 -

(60, 70, 75 Ton and 73, 80, 89 Ton) Units

14000 0.03 0.04 0.12 0.25 0.35 1.05

18000 0.19 0.21 0.32 0.52 0.75 1.75

22000 0.45 0.51 0.70 1.05 1.57 -

26000 0.70 0.80 1.02 1.58 2.30 -

28000 0.88 1.03 1.30 2.20 - -

30000 1.05 1.22 1.55 2.65 - -

(90 to 130 Ton) Units

27000 0.31 0.36 0.50 0.79 1.10 2.40

32000 0.55 0.64 0.72 1.25 1.88 -

36000 0.75 0.88 1.10 1.75 2.50 -

40000 1.00 1.18 1.50 2.50 - -

43000 1.20 1.42 1.92 - - -

46000 1.40 1.58 2.29 - - -

Compressor Startup (AllSystems)

NNOOTTIICCEECCoommpprreessssoorr FFaaiilluurree!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonn bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnccoommpprreessssoorr ffaaiilluurree..UUnniitt mmuusstt bbee ppoowweerreedd aanndd ccrraannkkccaassee hheeaatteerrsseenneerrggiizzeedd aatt lleeaasstt 88 hhoouurrss BBEEFFOORREE ccoommpprreessssoorrssaarree ssttaarrtteedd..

1. Ensure that the “System” selection switch at theremote panel is in the “Off” position.

2. Before closing the disconnect switch, ensure thatthe compressor discharge service valve for eachcircuit is back seated.


162 RT-SVX36T-EN

NNOOTTIICCEECCoommpprreessssoorr DDaammaaggee!!EExxcceessssiivvee lliiqquuiidd aaccccuummuullaattiioonn iinn tthhee ssuuccttiioonn lliinneessccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ccoommpprreessssoorr ddaammaaggee..DDoo nnoott aallllooww lliiqquuiidd rreeffrriiggeerraanntt ttoo eenntteerr tthhee ssuuccttiioonnlliinnee..

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: COMPRESSOR SERVICE VALVES MUST BEFULLY OPENED BEFORE STARTUP(SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND OIL LINE).

3. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounteddisconnect switch (1S14) to allow the crankcaseheater to operate a minimum of 8 hours beforecontinuing.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Compressor Damage could occur if thecrankcase heater is not allowed tooperate the minimum of 8 hours beforestarting the compressor(s).

4. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to the “On”position.

5. Open the Human Interface access door located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the applicationsprogramming guide (RT-SVP07*-EN) forapplications for the SERVICE TEST screens andprogramming instructions.

6. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation byscrolling through the displays:

20–36 Ton

• Compressor 1A (On)

• Compressor 1B (Off)

• Condenser Fans

40-75 ton (VSC units only)


• Compressor 2A (Off)


• Condenser Fans

40-130 ton



• Compressor 2A (Off)


• Condenser Fans

7. Attach a set of service gauges onto the suction anddischarge gauge ports for each circuit. See Figure119, p. 164 for the various compressor locations.



9. Press the TEST START key to start the test.Remember that the delay designated in step 8 mustelapse before the system will begin to operate.

10. Review and follow the Electrical Phasing proceduredescribed in the startup procedure of the IOM. If thecompressors are allowed to run backward for evena very short period of time, internal compressordamage may occur and compressor life may bereduced. If a scroll compressor is rotatingbackwards, it will not pump, make a loud rattlingsound and low side shell gets hot. Immediately shutoff the unit. If the phasing is incorrect, interchangeany two compressor leads to correct the motorphasing.

11. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Modulein the unit control panel to stop the compressoroperation.

12. Repeat steps 5–11 for each compressor stage andthe appropriate condenser fans.

Refrigerant Charging1. Attach a set of service gauges onto the suction and

discharge gauge ports for each circuit. See Figure119, p. 164 for the various compressor locations.

2. Open the Human Interface access door, located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the applicationsprogramming guide for CV or VAV applications forthe SERVICE TEST screens and programminginstructions.

3. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for the number 1


RT-SVX36T-EN 163

refrigeration circuit by scrolling through thedisplays;

Supply Fan (On)

OCC/UNOCC Relay (Unoccupied for VAV units)

All Compressors for each circuit (On)

Condenser Fans for each circuit (On)


WWAARRNNIINNGGRRoottaattiinngg CCoommppoonneennttss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn rroottaattiinngg ccoommppoonneennttss ccuuttttiinngg aanndd ssllaasshhiinnggtteecchhnniicciiaann wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouussiinnjjuurryy..DDiissccoonnnneecctt aallll eelleeccttrriicc ppoowweerr,, iinncclluuddiinngg rreemmootteeddiissccoonnnneeccttss bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg.. FFoollllooww pprrooppeerrlloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouutt pprroocceedduurreess ttoo eennssuurree tthhee ppoowweerrccaann nnoott bbee iinnaaddvveerrtteennttllyy eenneerrggiizzeedd..


6. After all of the compressors and condenser fans forthe number 1 circuit have been operating forapproximately 30 minutes, observe the operatingpressures. Use the appropriate pressure curvefound in “Pressure Curves,” p. 151 to determine theproper operating pressures. For superheat andsubcooling guidelines, refer to “ThermostaticExpansion Valves,” p. 168.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do Not release refrigerant to theatmosphere! If adding or removingrefrigerant is required, the servicetechnician must comply with allFederal, State and local laws.

7. Verify that the oil level in each compressor iscorrect. The oil level may be down to the bottom ofthe sightglass but should never be above thesightglass.

8. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Modulein the unit control panel to stop the systemoperation.

9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 for the number 2refrigeration circuit.

Compressor Crankcase HeatersThe variable speed compressor in 40 ton units uses a90 watt heater. The variable speed compressor in 50-70

ton units uses a 160 watt heater. Otherwise, 20 to 73and 80 ton units are equipped with 90 watt heatersinstalled on each compressor. 75 and 89 to 130 tonunits are equipped with 160 watt heaters percompressor.

Compressor Operational Sounds

At Low Ambient Start-UpWhen the compressor starts up under low ambientconditions, the initial flow rate of the compressor is lowdue to the low condensing pressure. This causes a lowdifferential across the thermal expansion valve thatlimits its capacity. Under these conditions, it is notunusual to hear the compressor rattle until the suctionpressure climbs and the flow rate increases.

NNoottee:: Evaporative Condensers ordered with sumpheaters will have low ambient down to 10 deg asstandard

Variable Speed CompressorsAt all operating speeds, eFlex™ permanent magnetvariable speed compressors sound different than fixedspeed scrolls. At low speed, variable speedcompressors can sputter. At high speed, variable speedcompressor buzz. These are normal operating sounds.To ensure a quiet installation, eFlex variable speedcompressors are installed in a sound enclosure. Makesure and keep the sound enclosure installed at all timesother than servicing.

Listen to recordings of eFlex variable speed scrollsounds at www.trane.com/eFlexSounds.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Variable speed scroll compressors sounddifferent than single speed scrollcompressors. Sound changes with speedand condition. To assist troubleshooting,listen to normal operating sounds ofvariable speed scroll compressors at www.trane.com/eFlexSounds

Electronic Compressor ProtectionModule (CPM)The CSHN*** compressors come equipped with acompressor protection device (CPM) capable ofdetecting phase reversal, phase loss, and motoroverheating. When a fault is identified, the output relaywill open. Depending on the fault, the CPM may eitherauto-reset or it may lock-out. The CPM can be manuallyreset by cycling control power.

NNoottee:: If the compressor has tripped due to anoverheated windings condition, the motorwinding temperature sensor resistance (PTC) willbe 4500 ohms or greater; the resistance must beless than 2750 ohms before the 5 minute resettimer becomes enabled.


164 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 119. Compressor locations

20-36 ton

40-89 tonand 75 tonvariable speedcompressor

Compressor AHI Designator “K10”

Compressor BHI Designator “K11”

Compressor 2BHI Designator “K4”

Compressor 2AHI Designator “K3”



40-70 tonvariable speedcompressor





Compressor 2BHI Designator “K4”Compressor 2AHI Designator “K3”


90-130 ton


RT-SVX36T-EN 165

Table 71. Fixed speed staging sequence and compressor data

20 & 30 Ton Fixed Speed Compressors

Stage

Lead Lag

1A 1B 1A 1B

1 X X

2 X X X X

25T Fixed Ton Speed Compressors

Stage

Lead Lag

1A 1B 1A 1B

1 X X

2 X X X X

40-90 Ton Fixed Speed Compressors

Stage

Lead Lag

1A 1B 2A 2B 1A 1B 2A 2B

1 X X

2 X X X X

3 X X X X X X

4 X X X X X X X X

105-130 Ton Fixed Speed Compressors

Stage

Lead Lag

1A 1B 2A 2B 1A 1B 2A 2B

1 X X

2 X X X X

3 X X X X X X

4 X X X X X X X X

Table 72. eFlex™™ staging sequence and compressor data

40 Ton eFlex™™ Variable Speed Compressor

Stage 1A VZH117 2A 2B

VZH

Min Spd Max Spd

1 X 1500 4800

2 X X 1620 5400

3 X X X 1860 5760



VZH

Min Spd Max Spd

1 X 1500 3960

2 X X 1500 4800

3 X X X 2040 5040


166 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 72. eFlex™™ staging sequence and compressor data (continued)



VZH

Min Spd Max Spd

1 X 1500 4320

2 X X 1500 4800

3 X X X 1860 5040



VZH

Min Spd Max Spd

1 X 1500 4740

2 X X 1560 5400

3 X X X 1980 5820

70T eFlex™™ Variable Speed Compressor


VZH

Min Spd Max Spd

1 X 1500 5280

2 X X 1620 5700

3 X X X 1620 5880

75T eFlex™™ Variable Speed Compressor

Stage1ACSH-N184 1BVZH170

2ACSHN184

2BCSHN250

VZH

Min Spd Max Spd

1 X 2100 5400

2 X X 1500 4380

3 X X 2820 5100

4 X X X 1500 5000

5 X X X X 1500 4170


RT-SVX36T-EN 167

Evaporative Condenser StartupIImmppoorrttaanntt:: Water treatment by a qualified water

treatment expert is required to ensureproper equipment life and productperformance. Dolphin Water Care™ is anoption offered by Trane that is NOT asubsitute for regular water treatment by aqualified water treatment professional. If awater treatment system is not operating onthe unit, do not proceed.

Startup for evaporative and air-cooled condensers isinitially the same. In addition, the following is requiredfor evaporative condensers prior to startup:

• All water and drain connections must be checkedand verified

• Evaporative condensers will ship with a fan supportchannel to reduce damage caused by vibrationduring shipment. The shipping support bracketsmust be removed prior to unit startup. See belowand see Figure 120, p. 168 for removal instructions.

• Verify that inlet water pressure is 35-60 PSIG,dynamic pressure (measured with the valve open)

• Verify that drain valve is set to "drain during powerloss" or "hold during power loss" per jobspecification

• Upon a call for cooling, the sump will fill with water.Verify that the sump fills to a level within the slot onthe max float bracket as shown in Figure 121, p.168.

TToo rreemmoovvee sshhiippppiinngg bbrraacckkeettss::

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Remove fan shipping brackets beforestartup. Failure to remove brackets couldresult in fan damage.

Evaporative condensers are shipped with fan shipping

brackets to reduce damage caused by vibration duringshipment. The fan shipping brackets must be removedprior to unit startup. To remove the shipping bracketsstart from the side opposite to the drain actuator:

1. Loosen the screw for the bracket that holds the inletlouvers below the door side.

2. Remove inlet louvers and set to the side.

NNoottee:: Service technician may need to step on thehorizontal surface of FRP coated base. Stepwith care.

3. Unscrew the bolt in the middle of the door. Keepthe bolt in a safe place.

4. Lift one door with handle until it touches the top.Swivel bottom of door to remove it from the dooropening and set it to the side.

5. Slide and remove the middle mist eliminatorsection so that the shipping bracket is visible.

6. Use screw gun to unscrew the two screws that holdthe fan shipping bracket. The bracket should dropdown but still remain engaged with a hook on thebracket.

7. Go to the other side of the unit and follow theprocedure for inlet louver and door removal(see steps 1 - 6).

8. Hold the bracket with one hand and removeremaining two screws.

9. Remove the bracket and all the removed screwsfrom the unit.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Make sure there are no screwsremaining in the coil area.

10. Reinstall inlet louvers, mist eliminators and louvers.

11. Check that the direction of arrow on the inlet louveris correct


168 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 120. Fan shipping bracket removal

Mist Eliminator

Fan Shipping Bracket Screws

Fan Shipping Bracket

Access Doors

Inlet Louvers

Actuator Side

Figure 121. Float bracket setting

Fill sump so float shuts off when water is within these slots

Thermostatic Expansion ValvesThe reliability and performance of the refrigerationsystem is heavily dependent upon proper expansionvalve adjustment. Therefore, the importance ofmaintaining the proper superheat cannot be over

emphasized. Expansion valves are preset at the factory.In typical applications, field adjustment should not berequired unless the valves are replaced or damaged.

On air-cooled units, the expansion valves shippedinstalled arre factory set to control between 14-18°F atthe ARI full load rating conditions (approximately 45°/125°F saturated suction/discharge). On evaporativecondenser units, the expansion valves shippedinstalled are factory set to control between 18-22°F atthe ARI full load rating conditions (approximately 45°/105°F saturated suction/discharge). At part load, expectlower superheat. Systems operating with lowersuperheat could cause serious compressor damagedue to refrigerant floodback.

Pressure curves included in this document are basedon outdoor ambient between 65° & 105°F, relativehumidity above 40 percent. Measuring the operatingpressures can be meaningless outside of these ranges.

Measuring Superheat1. Measure the suction pressure at the suction line

gauge access port located near the compressor.


RT-SVX36T-EN 169

2. Using a Refrigerant/Temperature chart, convert thepressure reading to a corresponding saturatedvapor temperature.

3. Measure the suction line temperature as close tothe expansion valve bulb, as possible. Use athermocouple type probe for an accurate reading.

4. Subtract the saturated vapor temperature obtainedin step 2 from the actual suction line temperatureobtained in step 3. The difference between the twotemperatures is known as “superheat”.

When adjusting superheat, recheck the systemsubcooling before shutting the system “Off”.

NNoottee:: If unit includes the modulating reheatdehumidification option, adjust superheat onlyin the cooling mode of operation.

Charging by SubcoolingThe outdoor ambient temperature must be between 65and 105°F and the relative humidity of the air enteringthe evaporator must be above 40 percent. When thetemperatures are outside of these ranges, measuringthe operating pressures can be meaningless. Do notattempt to charge the system with the low ambientdampers and/or hot gas bypass operating (ifapplicable). Disable the low ambient dampers in the“Open” position (refer to the “Low Ambient Damper”section) and de-energize the hot gas bypass valvesbefore taking performance measurements. With theunit operating at “Full Circuit Capacity”, acceptablesubcooling ranges for air-cooled units is between 10°Fto 18°F. For evaporative condenser units, acceptablesubcooling range is between 8°F to 14°F.

NNoottee:: If unit includes the modulating reheatdehumidification control option, adjustsubcooling only in the cooling mode ofoperation.

Measuring Subcooling1. At the liquid line service port, measure the liquid

line pressure. Using an R–410A pressure/temperature chart, convert the pressure readinginto the corresponding saturated temperature.

2. Measure the actual liquid line temperature as closeto the liquid line service port as possible. To ensurean accurate reading, clean the line thoroughlywhere the temperature sensor will be attached.After securing the sensor to the line, insulate thesensor and line to isolate it from the ambient air.Use a thermocouple type probe for an accuratereading.

NNoottee:: Glass thermometers do not have sufficientcontact area to give an accurate reading.

3. Determine the system subcooling by subtractingthe actual liquid line temperature (measured in step2) from the saturated liquid temperature (convertedin step 1).

Low Ambient Dampers

OperationLow ambient dampers are available as a factory-installed option on 20 to 75 ton units or can be fieldinstalled. Dampers are used to extend the operation ofthese units from the standard operational temperaturesto a minimum of 0° F without hot gas bypass or 10° Fwith hot gas bypass. (These values apply when windspeed across the condenser coil is less than 5 mph. Iftypical wind speeds are higher than 5 mph, a windscreen around the unit may be required.) By restrictingthe airflow across the condenser coils, saturatedcondensing temperatures can be maintained as theambient temperatures change.

The low ambient modulating output(s) on thecompressor module controls the low ambient damperactuator for each refrigerant circuit in response tosaturated condensing temperature.

When the head pressure control has staged up to fanstage 2 or 3, the modulating output (0 to 10 VDC) willbe at 100% (10 VDC). When the head pressure control isat fan stage 1, the modulating output will control thesaturated condensing temperature to within theprogrammable “condensing temperature low ambientcontrol point”.

The following Table gives the minimum startingtemperatures for both “Standard” & “Low” Ambientunits. Do not start the unit in the cooling mode if theambient temperature is below the recommendedoperating temperatures.

Low ambient condenser fan motors are available as afactory installed option for all tonnages. When thisoption is equipped, one fan motor for each condenserv-coil assembly will have its speed controlled by a VFD.These speed adjustments are primarily based on thehead pressure transducer's reading for each refrigerantcircuit.

Table 73. Minimum starting temperatures for air-cooled units

UnitSize

Minimum Starting Ambient

Low Ambient

Standard(a) with HGBP without HGBP

20 & 40 55° 10° 0°

25 & 30 50° 10° 0°

50, 55 35° 10° 0°

60 30° 10° 0°

70-130 45° 10° 0°

Notes:1. Minimum starting temperatures for Evaporative Condenser

units is 40°F without a sump heater and 10°F with a sumpheater.

2. Min. starting ambients in °F and is based on unit operating atmin. step of unloading and 5 mph wind across condenser.


170 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 73. Minimum starting temperatures for air-cooled units (continued)(a) With or without HGBP

Standard Ambient Condenser FansStandard ambient units stage condenser fans down toa minimum of one fan per circuit. All standard ambientunits ship with the Symbio™ controller set to allowmechanical cooling down to 50°F outdoor temperature.This setting is adjustable. , p. 170 lists the minimumrecommended mechanical cooling setting for standardambient units by application and unit type.

Table 74. Minimum outside air temperature

Standard Unit MinimumOutside Air Temperature for

Mechanical CoolingStd &

High Capunits

eFlex™™ units

20, 60,70, 75ton

25, 30,40, 50,55 ton

Economizer - A/C Applications 45°F 45°F 50°F

No Economizer - 80/67F designreturn air 45°F 45°F 55°F

No Economizer - 90/78F designreturn air 50°F 50°F 70°F

Damper InstallationWhen a unit is ordered with the low ambient option (i.e., Digit 19 is a “1” in the model number), a damper isfactory installed over the condenser fans 2B1 and 2B4(depending on unit size). Refer to the illustration inFigure 60, p. 115 for the damper locations.

For field installation, mount the dampers over thecondenser fans at the locations shown in Figure 60, p.115 and connect the actuator for each circuit. (Refer tothe installation instructions provided with each kit.)

Damper Adjustment (Factory or FieldInstalled)The UCM has a factory default setpoint of 90°F. Thissetpoint can be adjusted using the Human Interfaceprogramming procedures.

Inspect the damper blades for proper alignment andoperation. Dampers should be in the closed positionduring the OFF cycle.

If adjustment is required, do the following:

1. Never depress the actuator clutch while theactuator is energized.

2. At the human interface, program the actuator for0% on circuit #1 and/or circuit #2. (The output signalwill go to 0.0 VDC.)

3. Loosen the actuator clamp.

4. Firmly hold the damper blades in the closedposition.

5. Retighten the actuator clamp.

To check damper operation, program the actuatorfor 100% on circuit #1 and/or circuit #2. (The outputsignal will go to 10 VDC, and the damper will driveto the full open position.

Filter Differential Pressure GaugeAdjustmentTo re-zero the filter differential pressure gauge,unscrew the front cover of the gage in acounterclockwise direction. If it is difficult to loosen,use a small sheet of rubber placed over the cover. Thezero-adjustment screw is located behind the scale onthe lower left at the point marked zero. Use a small hexAllen wrench and adjust the pointer until it indicateszero. This must be done with the pressure connectionsvented and the unit supply airflow off.

Electric, Steam and Hot Water Start-Up

(Constant Volume & Variable Air VolumeSystems)1. Ensure that the “System” selection switch at the

remote panel is in the Off position.

2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block (1TB1) or the unit-mounteddisconnect switch (1S14).


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do not open the service access doorswhile the unit is operating. HIGHVOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINALBLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH(1S14).


4. Open the Human Interface access door, located inthe unit control panel, and press the SERVICEMODE key to display the first service screen. Referto the latest edition of the appropriateprogramming manual for CV or VAV applicationsfor the SERVICE TEST screens and programminginstructions.

5. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation byscrolling through the Human Interface displays:


RT-SVX36T-EN 171

EElleeccttrriicc HHeeaatt

Supply Fan (On)

IGV/ VFD Command - 100% (VAV/ SZVAV Units)

VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV Units)

Heat Stages - 1, 2, or 3 (as required)

SStteeaamm oorr HHoott WWaatteerr HHeeaatt

Supply Fan (On)

IGV/ VFD Command - 0–100% (as required)

Hydronic Heat Actuator (100% Open)

Open the main steam or hot water valve supplyingthe rooftop heater coils.

6. Once the configuration for the appropriate heatingsystem is complete, press the NEXT key until theLCD displays the “Start test in __Sec.” screen. Pressthe + key to designate the delay before the test is tostart. This service test will begin after the TESTSTART key is pressed and the delay designated inthis step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key toconfirm this choice.


7. Press the TEST START key to start the test.Remember that the delay designated in step 6 mustelapse before the fan will begin to operate.

8. Once the system has started, verify that the electricheat or the hydronic heat system is operatingproperly by using appropriate service technics; i.e.amperage readings, delta tees, etc.


Gas Furnace Start-Up

(Constant Volume and Variable Air VolumeSystems)It is important to establish and maintain theappropriate air/fuel mixture to assure that the gasfurnace operates safely and efficiently.

Since the proper manifold gas pressure for a particularinstallation will vary due to the specific BTU content ofthe local gas supply, adjust the burner based on carbon

dioxide and oxygen levels rather than manifoldpressure alone.

The volume of air supplied by the combustion blowerdetermines the amount of oxygen available forcombustion, while the manifold gas pressureestablishes fuel input. By measuring the percentage ofcarbon dioxide produced as a by-product ofcombustion, the operator can estimate the amount ofoxygen used and modify the air volume or the gaspressure to obtain the proper air/fuel ratio.

Confirming the correct air/fuel mixture for a furnaceresults in rated burner output, limited production ofcarbon monoxide, and a steady flame that minimizesnuisance shutdowns.

NNoottee:: Prior to startup, ensure the gas supply lineinstallation is adequate to maintain 7" w.c. fornatural gas while the furnace is operating at fullcapacity. See Table 53, p. 117.

Two Stage Gas Furnace

High-Fire Adjustment


WWAARRNNIINNGGEExxpplloossiioonn HHaazzaarrdd!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo pprrooppeerrllyy rreegguullaattee pprreessssuurree ccoouulldd rreessuullttiinn aa vviioolleenntt eexxpplloossiioonn,, wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh,,sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy,, oorr eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr pprrooppeerrttyy--oonnllyy--ddaammaaggee..WWhheenn uussiinngg ddrryy nniittrrooggeenn ccyylliinnddeerrss ffoorrpprreessssuurriizziinngg uunniittss ffoorr lleeaakk tteessttiinngg,, aallwwaayyss pprroovviiddeeaa pprreessssuurree rreegguullaattoorr oonn tthhee ccyylliinnddeerr ttoo pprreevveenntteexxcceessssiivveellyy hhiigghh uunniitt pprreessssuurreess.. NNeevveerr pprreessssuurriizzeeuunniitt aabboovvee tthhee mmaaxxiimmuumm rreeccoommmmeennddeedd uunniitt tteessttpprreessssuurree aass ssppeecciiffiieedd iinn aapppplliiccaabbllee uunniitt lliitteerraattuurree..

1. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation by


172 RT-SVX36T-EN

scrolling through the Human Interface displays:

GGaass HHeeaatt

Supply Fan (On)

IGV/ VFD Command - 100% (VAV/ SZVAV units)

RTM VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV units)

Heat Stage - 2

Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 4S24 locatedin the heater control panel to the On position.

Open the manual gas valve, located in the gas heatsection.



4. Once the system has started, check the appearanceof the flame through the sight glass provided on thefront of the heat exchanger. In appearance, anormal flame has a clearly defined shape, and isprimarily (75%) blue in color with an orange tip.

5. Check the manifold gas pressure by using themanifold pressure port on the gas valve. Refer toTable 75, p. 173 for the required manifold pressurefor high-fire operation. If it needs adjusting, removethe cap covering the high-fire adjustment screw onthe gas valve. Refer to Figure 124, p. 174and Figure125, p. 174 for the adjustment screw location. Turnthe screw clockwise to increase the gas pressure orcounterclockwise to decrease the gas pressure.

6. Use a carbon dioxide analyzer and measure thepercentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gas. Referto the illustration in Figure 123, p. 173. Take severalsamples to assure that an accurate reading isobtained. Refer to Figure 122, p. 173 for the propercarbon dioxide levels. A carbon dioxide levelexceeding the listed range indicates incompletecombustion due to inadequate air or excessive gas.

Combustion Air Adjustment (O2)

1. Use an oxygen analyzer and measure the

percentage of oxygen in the flue gas. Take severalsamples to assure an accurate reading. Comparethe measured oxygen level to the combustion curvein Figure 122, p. 173. The oxygen content of the fluegas should be 4% to 5%. If the oxygen level isoutside this range, adjust the combustion airdamper to increase or decrease the amount of airentering the combustion chamber. Refer to Figure127, p. 176 for the location of the combustion airdamper.

2. Recheck the oxygen and carbon dioxide levels aftereach adjustment. After completing the high-firecheckout and adjustment procedure, the low-firesetting may require adjusting.

Low-Fire Adjustment (500, 850 & 1000 MBH only)1. Use the TEST initiation procedures outlined in the

previous section to operate the furnace in the low-fire state (1st Stage).

2. Use a carbon dioxide analyzer and measure thepercentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gas. Referto the combustion curve in Figure 122, p. 173. Takeseveral samples to assure that an accurate readingis obtained. Refer to Table 75, p. 173 for the propercarbon dioxide levels. If the measured carbondioxide level is within the listed values, noadjustment is necessary. A carbon dioxide levelexceeding the listed range indicates incompletecombustion due to inadequate air or excessive gas.

3. Check the manifold gas pressure by using themanifold pressure port on the gas valve. Refer toTable 75, p. 173 for the required manifold pressureduring low-fire operation. If it needs adjusting,remove the cap covering the low-fire adjustmentscrew on the gas valve. Refer to Figure 124, p. 174and Figure 125, p. 174 for the adjustment screwlocation. Turn the screw clockwise to increase thegas pressure or counterclockwise to decrease thegas pressure.

NNoottee:: Do not adjust the combustion air damperwhile the furnace is operating at low-fire.

4. Check the carbon dioxide levels after eachadjustment.



RT-SVX36T-EN 173

Figure 122. Natural gas combustion curve (ratio of oxygen to carbon dioxide in percent)

0123456789

101112131415161718

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Perc

en

t C

arb

on

Dio

xid

e

Percent Oxygen

A =

A

Curve Fuel1,000 BTU per cu ft.of Natural Gas

Table 75. Recommended manifold pressures and CO2levels during furnace operation (see notes)

FurnaceStage

MB-h

FiringRate

Manifold

%CO2 Pressure

High-Fire 235 100% 8.5–9.5 3.0–3.5

Low-Fire 117 50% 6.0–7.0 0.9

High-Fire 350 100% 8.5- 9.5 3.0–3.5

Low-Fire 175 50% 6.0–7.0 0.9

High-Fire 500 100% 8.5–9.5 3.0–3.5

Low-Fire 250 50% 6.0–7.0 1.25

High-Fire 850 100% 8.5–9.5 3.0–3.5

Low-Fire 425 50% 6.0–7.0 1.25

High-Fire 100-0 100% 8.5–9.5 3.0–3.5

Low-Fire 500 50% 6.0–7.0 1.25

Notes:1. Manifold pressures are given in inches w.c.2. High fire manifold pressure is adjustable on all heaters.3. Low fire manifold pressure is non-adjustable on 235 MBh and

350 MBh heaters.

Figure 123. Flue gas carbon dioxide and oxygenmeasurements

Test Probe

Minimum

Flue Vent


174 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 124. High/low pressure regulator (500/850/1000 MBh)

Figure 125. Gas valve adjustment screw locations(two-stage burners)

Top View235/350 MBh

“High-Fire” Manifold PressureAdjustment Screw isLocated Under this Cover(Turn Clockwise to Increase)(Turn Counterclockwise to Decrease)

4 to1 Modulating Gas Furnace4 to1 Modulating gas heaters are available for the 500,850 and 1000 MBh heater sizes.

The firing rate of the unit can vary from 25% rated MBhup to the nameplate rating of the unit. The turn downratios, therefore, are 4:1.

Heat ExchangerThe heat exchanger drum, tubes and front and rearheaders are constructed from stainless steel alloys.

Unit ControlThe unit is controlled by a supply air temperaturesensor located in the supply air stream for DischargeTemperature Control units. Zone Temperature Controlunits have two sensors, one located in the supply airstream and the zone sensor. The temperature sensor

signal is sent to the Heat module of the IntelliPak UnitControl. The control signal from the Heat Modulesignal is inversely proportional to (see Table 23, p. 60and Table 24, p. 60. The higher the voltage signal, thelower the call for heat.

The proportional signal controls the angular position ofthe combustion air damper through a direct coupleddamper actuator motor. The position of the air damperin turn controls the combustion air pressure that issensed by the modulating gas valve. The greater thecombustion air pressure, the greater the call for gasand the higher the firing rate of the heater. As thetemperature setpoint is reached, the Modulating Heatcontrol will cause the combustion air actuator tochange the damper position to a lower firing rate thatmatches the heat load of the space.

1. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation byscrolling through the Human Interface displays inService Mode:

GGaass HHeeaatt

• Supply Fan (On)

• IGV/ VFD Command - 100% (VAV/ SZVAV units)

• RTM VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV units)

• Modulating Gas Heat Actuator – 90%

Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 4S24 locatedin the heater control panel to the “On” position.

Open the manual gas valve, located in the gas heatsection.





RT-SVX36T-EN 175

4. Once the system has started, check the appearanceof the flame through the sight glass provided on thefront of the heat exchanger. In appearance, anormal flame has a clearly defined shape, and isprimarily (75%) blue in color with an orange tip.

5. Check the inlet gas pressure at the modulating gasvalve. The inlet pressure should be 7” to 14” w.c.

6. Use a flue analyzer and measure the percentage ofcarbon dioxide in the flue gas. Refer to Figure 122,p. 173 for the proper carbon dioxide levels. Takeseveral samples to assure that an accurate readingis obtained. The C02 level should fall in the rangesshown in the guide values in Table 75, p. 173.

If the measured carbon dioxide level is between8.0% and 9.5%, no adjustment is necessary. If theCO2 is outside this range, it indicates incompletecombustion due to inadequate air or excessive gas.The gas to air ratio and bias adjustment screws arelocated on top of the regulator under a sealed plate.The actual settings can be seen through windowson each side of the regulator.

NNoottee:: The burner capacity is controlled by themovement of the air damper. This has beenpreset at the factory and normally does notneed field adjustment. The combustionquality (air/gas) is controlled by the settingson the regulator (the plus (+) and minus (-)indications relate to the change in gas flow.

7. Set the gas to air ratio to the desired value using thePgas/pair adjustment screw until the optimumvalues between (8.0 and 9.5%) are obtained.

8. Use , p. 107 to program the minimum (25%) firingrate. Allow the system to operate for approximately10 minutes.

9. Use a flue analyzer and measure the percentage ofcarbon dioxide in the flue gas. If the measuredcarbon dioxide level is between 6.0% and 8.0%, noadjustment is necessary. If an adjustment isneeded, turn the bias adjustment screw on theregulator in the Plus (+) direction to increase theCO2 and in the Minus (-) direction to decrease theCO2. Refer to the illustrations in Figure 125, p. 174for the adjustment screw location.

NNoottee:: It is normal for the low fire CO2 to be lower thanthe high fire.

10. If a bias adjustment was made during low fire,return the burner to 90% fire rate and repeat steps 6and 7, for final adjustment.

11. Program the burner for 100% operation and recheckthe CO2 or O2 value.

12. Check the flue gas values at several intermediateoutput levels. If corrections are necessary, adjustthe pressure ratio screw 1 at high fire operationonly, and the bias screw 2 at low fire operationonly.

13. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module

in the unit control panel to stop the systemoperation.

Figure 126. Modulating gas regulator

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1 Adjustment and indication of the gas to air (Pgas to Pair) ratio.

2 Adjustment and indication of the low fire Bias.

3 Connection for the ambient compensation line.

4 Connection for the gas pressure sensing line.

5 Connection for the air pressure sensing line.

6 Tap location for manifold pressure.

7 Tap location for inlet pressure.

NNoottee:: There are no serviceable parts on the SKP70actuator. Should it become inoperative, replacethe actuator.


176 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 127. 850-1100 MBH

Combustion AirDamper Adjustment

Combustion Fan Proving Switch

Top

Ultra Modulating Gas FurnaceUltra modulating gas heaters are available for the 500,850 and 1000 MBh heater sizes. The firing rate of theunit can vary from 36-48 MBh up to the nameplaterating of the unit. The turn down ratios, therefore, varyfrom 14:1 for the 500 MBh to 21:1 for the 1000 MBhheater.

Heat ExchangerThe heat exchanger drum, tubes and front and rearheaders utilities the same materials as the 4 to1Modulating furnace.

Unit ControlThe unit is controlled by a supply air temperaturesensor located in the supply air stream for DischargeTemperature Control units. Zone Temperature Controlunits have two sensors, one located in the supply airstream and the zone sensor. The temperature sensorsignal is sent to the Heat module of the IntelliPak UnitControl. The control signal from the Heat Module is 2-10V DC. The higher the voltage signal, the higher thecall for heat.

The 2 -10V DC signal controls the speed of thecombustion blower. The greater the combustion airspeed, the greater the call for gas and the higher thefiring rate of the heater. As the temperature setpoint isreached, the modulating heat controller will cause thecombustion air speed to change to a lower firing ratethat matches the heat load of the space.

NNoottee:: See figures in “Ultra Modulating BurnerSetup,” p. 176 for 500/850MBh representation.

Ultra Modulating Burner SetupIImmppoorrttaanntt:: It is necessary to measure gas pressure at

the following points listed below. Install thenecessary fittings prior to starting theburner in the service mode.

• Inlet Pressure

• Main Gas Regulator outlet pressure

• Load Line Pressure

• Manifold Pressure

1. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program thefollowing system components for operation byscrolling through the human interface displays inService Mode:

GGaass HHeeaatt

• Supply Fan - On

• IGV/VFD Command - 100% (VAV and SZVAVunits)

• RTM VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV units)

• Modulating Gas Heat Actuator - 1%

• Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 4S24located on the heater control panel to Onposition

• Open the manual gas valve, located in the gasheat section.

2. Once the configuration for the appropriate heatingsystem is complete, press the NEXT key until theLCD displays the "Start in _Sec." screen. Press the *key to designate the delay before the test is to start.This service test will begin after the TEST STARTkey is pressed and the delay designated in this stephas elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm thischoice.


LLooww FFiirree AAddjjuussttmmeenntt

4. After the initial purge sequence and once theburner has started, look through the burner sightglass for the appearance of light (from the flame) inthe holes of the burner plate. If light is visiblethrough ALL the holes, low fire is correctly setwithin the operating range of the burner. If light isnot visible through all of the holes, adjust the lowfire bypass on the side of the ratio regulator. CCWto open, CW to close. Refer to the illustration inFigure 129, p. 178.

5. Use a flue analyzer to measure the oxygen (O2),carbon dioxide (CO2), and carbon monoxide (CO)levels in the flue gas.. If the measured O2 level isbetween 17.0%-19.0% and the CO2 level is no more


RT-SVX36T-EN 177

than 400ppm (corrected to 3% O2), no adjustment isnecessary. If an adjustment is needed, adjust thelow fire bypass on the side of the ratio regulator.

HHiigghh FFiirree AAddjjuussttmmeenntt

6. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program maxfiring rate (100%). Allow the system to operate for10 minutes.

NNoottee:: The burner capacity is controlled by thecombustion fan speed. This has been presetat the factory and normally does not needfield adjustment.

7. Check the inlet pressure at the tap upstream of thepilot regulator. Refer to the illustration in Figure130, p. 178. The inlet pressure should between 7.0"to 14.0" w.c.

8. Check the outlet pressure of the main gas regulatorat tap on the upstream solenoid valve. Refer to theillustration in Figure 130, p. 178. The outletpressure from the main gas regulator should be6.0" w.c.

9. Check manifold pressure at tap closest to where thevalve train attaches to the burner. Refer to theillustration in Figure 131, p. 178. Verify the manifoldpressure is 2.6"-2.9" w.c on 500 MBh, 1.6"-1.9" w.c.on 850 MBh, and 2.1"-2.4" w.c. on 1000 MBh. Ifmanifold pressure is not within the specified range,contact Large Commercial Technical Support forinformation on how to adjust maximum fan speed(FHi).

10. Use a flue analyzer to measure the oxygen (O2),carbon dioxide (CO2), and carbon monoxide (CO)levels in the flue gas. Refer to the illustration inFigure 123, p. 173. If the measured oxygen level isbetween 3.0 to 5.0% and the carbon dioxide level isbetween 8.5 to 10% and the CO is less than 100PPM, no adjustment is necessary. If an adjustmentis needed, check the inlet gas pressure or the airdamper on the burner (closing will increase the CO2level).

MMiidd FFiirree AAddjjuussttmmeenntt

11. Use tables in “Service test guide for componentoperation—Part I of II,” p. 107 to program mid firingrate (approx. 38%).

12. Check the load line pressure on the ratio regulator.Using the Modulating Gas Heat Actuator screenadjust the % value until load line pressure is at 2" w.c.

13. Check manifold pressure at tap closest to wherevalve train attaches to the burner. Refer to theillustration in Figure 131, p. 178. Verify the manifoldpressure is 0.8 - 0.9" w.c. If adjustment is necessary,turn the manifold pressure adjustment screw on theratio regulator. Refer to illustration in Figure 129, p.178Figure 129, p. 178 for the adjustment screwlocation.

14. Program the burner for low fire operation (1%) andrecheck O2 (or CO2) and CO values.

15. Press the STOP key at the human interface modulein the unit control panel to stop the systemoperation.

Table 76. Chart A - ultra modulating service modesetup parameters

Modulating GasHeat Actuator(Service Mode)

Low Fire(1%)

Mid Fire(38%)(seenote)

High Fire(100%)

VDC Signal toactuator 2.0 VDC 5.0 VDC 10.0 VDC

Inlet Pressure 7.0" to14.0

"7.0" to14.0

"7.0" to14.0"

Main Gas RegulatorPressure 6.0 "6.0 "6.0"

Load Line Pressure 2.0 "

Manifold Pressure 0.8" to 0.9 "See chartB

Note: In the service mode, adjust the % output until the LoadLine Pressure is 2.0", then verify/ adjust manifoldpressure.

Table 77. Chart B - high fire manifold pressure

Burner size High Fire Manifold Pressure

500 MBh 2.6" to 2.9"

850 MBh 1.6" to 1.9"

1000 MBh 2.1" to 2.4"

Note: If the manifold pressure is not within the range shown onthe chart, then the maximum combustion fan speed (Fhi)needs adjustment. Contact Large Commercial TechnicalSupport for assistance.

Figure 128. Modulating gas heat actuator setupscreen in service mode (Human Interface)


178 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 129. Ratio regulator

Low fire bypass

Tap location for load line pressure

Connection for combustion air line

Adjustment screw (under cap) for manifold pressure adjustment(during Mid-Fire pressure adjustment only)

Figure 130. Main gas regulator and inlet pressure taplocations

Tap location for inlet pressure

Tap location for outlet pressure from main gas regulator

Main gas regulator

Pilot gasregulator

Figure 131. Manifold pressure tap location

Tap location for manifold pressure

Final Unit CheckoutAfter completing all of the checkout and start-upprocedures outlined in the previous sections (i.e.,operating the unit in each of its Modes through allavailable stages of cooling and heating), perform thesefinal checks before leaving the unit:


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINALBLOCK (1TB1 )OR UNIT DISCONNECTSWITCH (1S14).

☐ Close the disconnect switch or circuit protectorswitch that provides the supply power to the unitterminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounteddisconnect switch (1S14).

☐ Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) Off.

☐ Turn the 24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to theOn position.


RT-SVX36T-EN 179

☐ At the Human Interface Module, press the SETUPkey. The LCD screen will display various preset“parameters of operation” based on the unit type,size, and the installed options. Compare the factorypreset information to the specified applicationrequirements. If adjustments are required, followthe step-by-step instructions provided in theappropriate programming manual for CV or VAVapplications.

☐ Program the Night Setback (NSB) panel (ifapplicable) for proper unoccupied operation. Referto the programming instructions for the specificpanel.

☐ Verify that the Remote panel “System” selectionswitch, “Fan” selection switch, and “ZoneTemperature” settings for constant volumesystems are correct.

☐ Verify that the Remote panel “System” selectionswitch and the “Supply Air Temperature” settingsfor variable air volume systems are correct.

☐ Inspect the unit for misplaced tools, hardware, anddebris.

☐ Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch On.

☐ Press the AUTO key at the Human Interface Moduleto begin system operation. The system will startautomatically once the dampers modulate and arequest for either heating or cooling has beengiven.

☐ Verify that all exterior panels including the controlpanel doors and condenser grilles are secured inplace.

Multi-piece Unit – Trane Start-UpWhen the following are complete, Trane will provideunit start-up:

☐ IntelliPak 2 multi-piece unit has been installed.☐ All shipped with items have been installed.☐ All utilities and drain pipes have been connected.☐ All refrigeration piping has been reconnected and

refrigerant charge has been adequately distributedthroughout the system.

☐ All ductwork has been attached to the unit.

Trane start-up of multi-piece units will review theoverall unit for exterior damage (dents, bends, missingpanels, doors work properly), verify that the unitinterior is free from debris/obstructions, ensure that thepanels and doors are secured properly and verify thatall wiring connections are tight. The overall installationwill be reviewed to ensure the unit clearances areadequate to avoid air recirculation and all unit drainlines and traps are properly installed.

The unit main power will be reviewed to ensure theunit is properly grounded, the main power feed wiregauge is adequately sized, the correct voltage issupplied to unit and electric heaters, and the incomingvoltage is phase balanced. Verification will be

performed to ensure that all field installed controlwiring is applied to the correct terminals, allautomation and remote controls installed/wired andcontrol wiring for CV, SZVAV and VAV controls iscompleted.

The refrigeration system will be reviewed to ensure thecoil fins are straightened, the removal of shippinghardware and plastic covers for compressors, properoil level in the compressors, crankcase heaters havebeen operational for at least 12 hours time prior toTrane start-up being performed. The propercompressor voltage and amperage, correct position ofservice valves prior to start-up and proper systemsubcooling and superheat will be verified. The unit fanswill be checked to ensure that the condenser fan bladeset-screws to the motor shaft are tight, that the holddown bolts and channels from fan sections have beenremoved, proper adjustment of fan section springisolators, proper fan belts tension, adequate fanbearings grease, alignment of fan sheaves, adequatetightness of supply and exhaust fan pulley bolts,proper fan rotation, and proper fan motor amperage.

A check will be made to ensure both piping to thecondenser and air handler side of the system havebeen completed and interconnecting refrigerant tubinghas been evacuated by the contractor prior to Traneperforming the start-up. All damper linkages will bechecked for proper adjustment, and proper damperoperation and outside air pressure sensors verified.

Units equipped with electric heaters will be checked toensure that the heating system matches the unitnameplate and for correct voltage supply to theheaters. Units equipped with gas heaters will bechecked to ensure that the flue assembly is secure andproperly installed, sufficient gas pressure existsaccording to pipe size, no leaks exist in gas supply line,the gas heat piping includes a drip leg, condensate lineand the combustion air CO2 and O2 levels are normal.Units equipped with hot water heat will be checked toensure that the hot water pipes are properly routed,sized and leak free; for the presence of swing joints orflexible connectors next to the hot water coil; propergate valve installation in the supply and return branchline; proper three way modulating valve installation,and proper coil venting will be verified.

Units equipped with steam heat will be checked toensure that the hot water pipes are properly routed,sized and leak free; proper swing check vacuumbreaker installation; proper 2-way modulating valveinstallation; proper steam trap installation. Unitsequipped with energy recovery wheels will be checkedto ensure proper rotation and operation of the wheel.The service test guide will be used to check propercomponent operation. Finally, the program set pointsfor proper unit operation will be validated throughhuman interface module. Once the IntelliPak 2 multi-piece unit has been started, a communication will beprovided of start-up activities and the associatedoperating log.


180 RT-SVX36T-EN

Trane Startup ChecklistThis checklist is intended to be a guide for the Tranetechnician just prior to unit 'startup'. Many of therecommended checks and actions could expose thetechnician to electrical and mechanical hazards. Referto the appropriate sections in the this manual forappropriate procedures, component specifications andsafety instructions.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: This checklist is not intended as asubstitution for the contractor’s installationinstruction.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Except where noted, it is implied that theTrane technician is to use this checklist forinspection/verification of prior taskscompleted by the general contractor atinstallation. Use the line item content toalso record the associated values onto theTrane unitary packaged equipment log.

JJoobb NNaammee SSeerriiaall ##

JJoobb LLooccaattiioonn MMooddeell ##

SSaalleess OOrrddeerr ## SShhiipp DDaattee

UUnniitt DDLL ## ((ssppeecciiaall uunniittss)) DDaattee

SSttaarrttiinngg SSaalleess OOffffiiccee TTeecchhnniicciiaann

Table 78. Startup checklist for 20–75 ton air-cooled units

Completed?General Start-up

1 Is adequate access/egress provided? Yes No

2 Initial site inspection performed? Yes No

3 Unit exterior inspected for damage (dents, bends, missing panels, doors work properly)? Yes No

4 Unit clearances adequate to avoid air recirculation? Yes No

5 Verify crankcase heaters are working and on for 8 hours prior to unit start (may require 480V availability) Yes No

6 Wear electrical PPE Yes No

7 Lockout & tagout unit Yes No

8 Verify unit interior is free from debris and obstructions, etc. Yes No

9 All unit drain lines and traps are properly installed Yes No

10 Remove electrical access panel fastened (9) bolt/screws or open access Yes No

11 Verify unit is grounded. Confirm a ground wire is coming from the power source Yes No

12 Verify main power feed wire gauge is properly sized for current load Yes No

13 Verify all wiring connections are tight Yes No

14 Verify all field control wiring for CV or VAV controls are complete Yes No

15 Verify all automation and remote controls installed/wired Yes No

16 Verify all shipping hardware and plastic covers for compressors have been removed Yes No

17 Verify hold down bolts and channels from fan sections removed Yes No

18 Fan section isolators checked/adjusted (approximately ¼” gap above shipping block) Yes No

19 Verify damper linkages are tight/adjusted and tip seals are in good condition Yes No

20 Verify compressor oil levels at proper levels (½ - ¾ high in glass) Yes No

21 Compressor discharge service valves and oil valves open/back seated Yes No

22 All fan belts tensioned, bearings greased and sheaves in alignment Yes No

23 Verify supply and exhaust fan pulley bolts are tight Yes No

24 Verify fans rotate freely Yes No

25 Verify refrigerant charge on each circuit Yes No

26 Remove lock tag out Yes No


28 Verify correct voltage supplied to unit and electrical heaters (see IOM for assistance) Yes No

29 Verify incoming voltage phase balanced Yes No

30 Check the incoming power phase rotation. Yes No

31 Verify all fans rotate in proper direction Yes No

RT-SVX36T-EN 181

Table 78. Startup checklist for 20–75 ton air-cooled units (continued)

Completed?32 Verify fan amperages within nameplate specs (please document on log sheet) Yes No

Unit Configuration and Setup

1 Verify model number in the UCM configuration matches unit model number on nameplate Yes No

2 Configure unit using IOM and critical control parameters using critical control parameters table Yes NoAir Cooled Condenser (Digit 27)

1 All coil fins inspected and straightened Yes No

2 Condenser fans are rotating freely Yes No

3 Verify the fan blade set-screws to the motor shaft of the condenser fan assemblies are tight Yes NoElectric Heat (if applicable)

1 Electric heat circuits have continuity Yes No

2 Perform electric heat start up procedure Yes NoGas Heat (if applicable)

1 Gas heat piping includes drip leg previously installed by installing contractor Yes No

2 Gas heat flue assembly fully installed Yes No

3 Gas heat condensate line and heat tape installed where applicable Yes No

4 Verify heating systemmatches name plate Yes NoOptional Gas Burner (if applicable)

1 2 Stage burner set up procedure in IOM Yes No

2 Modulating burner stet up procedure in IOM Yes NoHot Water Heat (if applicable)

1 Verify hot water pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No

2 Verify swing joints or flexible connectors are installed next to hot water coil Yes No

3 Verify gate valve is installed in the supply and return branch line Yes No

4 Verify three way modulating valve is installed with valve seating against the flow Yes No

5 Verify coil venting is installed if water velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second Yes NoSteamWater Heat (if applicable)

1 Verify steam pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No

2 Verify steam heat swing check vacuum breakers installed and vented Yes No

3 Verify 2-way modulating valve has been installed Yes No

4 Verify steam trap installed properly with discharge 12” below the outlet connection on the coil Yes NoSystem Checkout

1 Verify system airflow Yes No

2 Verify dampers open and close properly Yes No

3 Adjust fresh air damper travel Yes No

4Verify compressor operation, voltage and amperage matches name plate information (please document on logsheet) Yes No

5 Operating log completed Yes No

6 All panels & doors secured Yes No

7 Complete all required documentation Yes No

Table 79. Startup checklist for 24–89 ton evaporative condensing units











TTrraannee SSttaarrttuupp CChheecckklliisstt

182 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 79. Startup checklist for 24–89 ton evaporative condensing units (continued)

Completed?10 Remove electrical access panel fastened (9) bolt/screws or open access Yes No








18 Fan section isolators checked/adjusted (approximately ¼” gap above shipping block) Yes No














32 Verify fan amperages within nameplate specs (please document on log sheet) Yes NoUnit Configuration and Setup

1 Verify model number in the UCM configuration matches unit model number on nameplate Yes No

2 Configure unit using IOM and critical control parameters using critical control parameters table Yes NoEvaporative Condenser (Digit 27)

1 Verify condenser fan shipping bracket has been removed from above mist eliminators in evaporative condensermodule Yes No

2 Verify all water and drain connections are complete Yes No

3 Verify inlet water pressure is between 35-60 psig, dynamic pressure (measured with valve open) for a minimumflow rate of 30 GPM Yes No

4 Verify drain valve function is set to “drain during power loss” or “hold during power loss” per job specification Yes No

5 Verify that the sump fills to a level within the slot on the max float bracket Yes No

6 Verify water treatment system has been installed/approved.(a) Yes No

7 Verify conductivity controller calibration has been documented and min and max set points have been setup Yes NoElectric Heat (if applicable)






4 Verify heating systemmatches name plate Yes NoOptional Gas Burner (if applicable)

1 Complete Two-Stage burner set-up procedure in IOM Yes No

2 Complete Modulating burner set-up procedure in IOM Yes NoHot Water Heat (if applicable)





5 Verify coil venting is installed if water velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second Yes No


RT-SVX36T-EN 183

Table 79. Startup checklist for 24–89 ton evaporative condensing units (continued)

Completed?SteamWater Heat (if applicable)











7 Complete all required documentation Yes No(a) Discontinue startup if proof of active water treatment does not exist.

Table 80. Startup checklist for 90–130 ton air-cooled units











10 Remove electrical access panel fastened (9) bolt/screws or open access Yes No








18 Fan section isolators checked/adjusted (approx ¼” gap above shipping block) Yes No














32 Verify fan amperages within nameplate specs (please document on log sheet) Yes NoUnit Configuration and Setup


184 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 80. Startup checklist for 90–130 ton air-cooled units (continued)

Completed?1 Verify model number in the UCM configuration matches unit model number on nameplate Yes No

2 Configure unit using IOM and critical control parameters using critical control parameters table Yes NoAir Cooled Condenser (Digit 27)

1 All coil fins inspected and straightened Yes No

2 Condenser fans are rotating freely Yes No

3 Verify the fan blade set-screws to the motor shaft of the condenser fan assemblies are tight Yes NoElectric Heat (if applicable)






4 Verify heating systemmatches name plate Yes NoOptional Gas Burner (Digit 9)

1 2 Stage burner set up procedure in IOM Yes No

2 Modulating burner stet up procedure in IOM Yes NoHot Water Heat (if applicable)





5 Verify coil venting is installed if water velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second Yes NoSteamWater Heat (if applicable)











7 Complete all required documentation Yes No

Critical Control Parameters and Dry Bulb Changeover MapTable 81. Critical control parameters

Description SuggestedParameter

Economizer SettingsRegion1

Region2

Region3

Region4

Region5

Region6

Region7

Supply Air Temperature Control Setpoint 55°FSupply Air Temperature Deadband 8°FSupply Air Pressure Setpoint 1.8" w.c.Supply Air Pressure Deadband 0.1" w.c.Building Static Pressure Setpoint 0.03" w.c.Building Static Pressure Deadband 0.04" w.c.Standby Freeze Avoidance 20%Exhaust Enable Setpoint 10%Economizer Minimum Position Setpoint 10%Fixed Dry Bulb Economizer C/O Type a(Moist)*

TOA >65°F

TOA >65°F

TOA >65°F

TOA >65°F

TOA >70°F

TOA >70°F

TOA >70°F


RT-SVX36T-EN 185

Table 81. Critical control parameters (continued)

Description SuggestedParameter

Economizer SettingsRegion1

Region2

Region3

Region4

Region5

Region6

Region7

Fixed Dry Bulb Economizer C/O Type b (Dry)* TOA > 75°FFixed Dry Bulb Economizer C/O Type c(Marine)*

TOA >75°F

TOA >75°F

TOA >75°F

Fixed Reference (Enthalpy Changeover) HOA > 28 BtuDifferential Comparative (EnthalpyChangeover) HOA > HRANotes:

1. See map in next figure for dry bulb changeover.Examples:- Minneapolis, Minnesota is in “Region 6" and resides in “Moist” subregion, thus designation is 6b. Economizer changeover setting should be75°F.- Charleston, South Carolina is in “Region 3" and resides in “Moist” subregion, thus the designation is 3c. Economizer changeover settingshould be 65°F.

2. Using the Human Interface (HI), go to SETUP menu and input setting for parameters listed in the table above.3. Use the Dry bulb changeover map to determine region of country based on unit site location.4. Fixed speed compressor units 8°F deadband.5. eFlex™ compressor units 4°F deadband.

Figure 132. Dry bulb changeover map


186 RT-SVX36T-EN

Service and MaintenanceWWAARRNNIINNGG

HHaazzaarrddoouuss VVoollttaaggee aanndd EExxppoossuurree ttooUUllttrraavviioolleett RRaaddiiaattiioonn!!TThhiiss pprroodduucctt ccoonnttaaiinnss ccoommppoonneennttss tthhaatt eemmiitt hhiigghh--iinntteennssiittyy uullttrraavviioolleett ((UUVV--CC)) rraaddiiaattiioonn wwhhiicchh ccaann bbeehhaarrmmffuull ttoo uunnpprrootteecctteedd eeyyeess aanndd sskkiinn,, aanndd ccaauusseesseerriioouuss ddaammaaggee ttoo tthhee eeqquuiippmmeenntt..FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg ccoouullddrreessuulltt iinn bbuurrnnss oorr eelleeccttrrooccuuttiioonn wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuullttiinn ddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..DDiissccoonnnneecctt aallll eelleeccttrriiccaall ppoowweerr,, iinncclluuddiinngg rreemmootteeddiissccoonnnneeccttss,, aanndd mmaakkee ssuurree tthhee UUVV lliigghhttss aarree ooffffbbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinngg.. FFoollllooww pprrooppeerr lloocckkoouutt//ttaaggoouuttpprroocceedduurreess ttoo eennssuurree tthhee ppoowweerr ccaannnnoott bbeeiinnaaddvveerrtteennttllyy eenneerrggiizzeedd..TTrraannee ddooeess nnoott rreeccoommmmeenndd ffiieelldd iinnssttaallllaattiioonn ooffuullttrraavviioolleett lliigghhttss iinn iittss eeqquuiippmmeenntt ffoorr tthhee iinntteennddeeddppuurrppoossee ooff iimmpprroovviinngg iinnddoooorr aaiirr qquuaalliittyy.. TTrraanneeaacccceeppttss nnoo rreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy ffoorr tthhee ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee oorrooppeerraattiioonn ooff oouurr eeqquuiippmmeenntt iinn wwhhiicchh uullttrraavviioolleettddeevviicceess wweerree iinnssttaalllleedd oouuttssiiddee ooff tthhee TTrraannee ffaaccttoorryyoorr iittss aapppprroovveedd ssuupppplliieerrss..

Table 82. Control settings and time delays

Control Description Elec. Designation Contacts Open Contacts Closed

Compressor Circuit Breakers, 20–130 Ton 1CB8 thru 1CB11 See Table 84, p. 187 See Table 84, p. 187

Combustion Airflow Switch (Gas Heat Only)(a) 4S25 see Note 0.1–0.25" wc rise in press diff

High Limit Cutout (Gas Heat Only), 20-130Ton 4S26 See Table 83, p. 187 See Table 83, p. 187

Supply Airflow Switch (Gas Heat Only) 4S38 0.03–0.12" wc 0.15 + 0.05" wc rise in press diff

Disch High Limit (Electric Heat Only) 4S27 133 +/- 5°F 110 +/- 5°F

Linear High Limit (Electric Heat Only)4S33 185 +/- 10°F (std./UL) 145°F (std./UL)

4S33 165 +/- 10°F (CSA) 125°F (CSA)

Manual Reset High Limit (Electric Heat Only) 4S97 205 +/- 7°F Manual reset required

Freezestat (Hydronic Heat Only) 4S12 (N.O.) Auto Reset 40°F

Prepurge Timer: Honeywell(a) (Gas Heat) 4U18 internal timing function 60 seconds

Sequencing Time Delay Relay(b) (Gas Heat) 4DL6 N.C.–timed to close 60 seconds + 20%

Notes:1. The combustion airflow switch (4S25) differential is 0.02"–0.08" wc.2. High limit cutouts have +/-15ºF tolerance.

(a) Not applicable on Ultra Mod - provided by burner manufacturer.(b) Only for 2-stage gas.

RT-SVX36T-EN 187

Table 83. Gas heat high limit cutout

UnitSize MBh

FC and A/F DDP

2 Stage & 4 to 1 Mod Ultra Mod 2 Stage & 4 to 1 Mod Ultra Mod

Open Close Open Close Open Close Open Close

20/25235

250 210n/a n/a 195 145 n/a n/a

500 160 120 180 140 180 140

30350

250 210n/a n/a 220 180 n/a n/a

500 160 120 180 140 160 120

40350

250 210n/a n/a 280 240 n/a n/a

850 250 210 260 220 195 145

50/55500

250 210195 145 195 145 195 145

850 250 210 220 180 260 220

60-75500

250 210TBD TBD 195 145 220 180

850 TBD TBD 195 145 220 180

90-130 1000 210 170 210 170 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Notes:1. FC and A/F units have automatic reset high limit cutouts.2. DDP units have manual reset high limit cutouts.

Table 84. Compressor circuit breakers (1CB8—1CB11) electrical characteristics

Unit Size Comp Designation

200 V 230 V

Must Hold Must Trip Must Hold Must Trip

20 1A,1B 50.4 58 43.2 49.7

Hi Cap. 1A,1B 50.4 58 43.2 49.7

251A 50.4 58 43.2 49.7

1B 57.1 65.7 51.4 59.2

Hi Cap.1A 50.4 58 43.2 49.7

1B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7

30 1A,1B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7

Hi Cap1A 63.1 72.5 69.3 79.7

1B 57.1 65.7 59.4 68.3

401A,2A 38.1 43.8 37 42.5

1B,2B 45.5 52.3 38.7 44.5

Hi Cap 1A,1B,2A,2B 45.5 52.3 38.7 44.5

50 1A,2A, 1B,2B 50.4 58 43.3 49.7

Hi Cap1A,2A, 50.4 58 43.3 49.7

1B,2B 57.2 65.7 51.4 59.2

55 1A,1B,2A,2B 57.2 65.7 51.4 59.2

601A,2A 57.1 65.7 51.4 59.2

1B,2B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7

Hi Cap 1A,1B,2A,2B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7

SSeerrvviiccee aanndd MMaaiinntteennaannccee

188 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 84. Compressor circuit breakers (1CB8—1CB11) electrical characteristics (continued)

Unit Size Comp Designation

200 V 230 V

Must Hold Must Trip Must Hold Must Trip

70 1A,1B,2A,2B 69.3 79.7 59.4 68.3

751A,2A 73.7 84.7 63.1 72.5

1B,2B 105.2 121 90.7 104.3

Hi Cap1A,2A 73.7 84.7 63.1 72.5

1B,2B 105.2 121 90.7 104.3

Figure 133. Unit internal fuse replacement data for air cooled units, CV & SZVAV


RT-SVX36T-EN 189

Figure 134. Unit internal fuse replacement data for air-cooled units, VAV


190 RT-SVX36T-EN

Figure 135. Unit internal fuse replacement data for evaporative condensing units, CV & SZVAV


RT-SVX36T-EN 191

Figure 136. Unit internal fuse replacement data for evaporative condensing units, VAV


192 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 85. Filter data

Unit Model (AC/EC)

Panel-Type Filters(a) Bag-Type Filters(b)

Cartridge Filters (Pre-Evap and Final) (box-

type)(b)Panel-Type Prefilters(Pre-Evap and Final)(c)

Qt-y Size of each

Qt-y. Size of each

Qty. (Pre-Evap/FinalFilter) Size of each

Qty. (Pre-Evap/FinalFilter)

Size ofeach

20 & 25 / 24 & 29 ton 12 20 X 20 X 24 12 X 24 X 19 4/4 12 X 24 X 12 4/4 12 X 24 X 2

3 24 X 24 X 19 3/3 24 X 24 X 12 3/3 24 X 24 X 2

30/36 ton 16 20 X 20 X 22 12 X 24 X 19 2/1 12 X 24 X 12 2/1 12 X 24 X 2

6 24 X 24 X 19 6/6 24 X 24 X 12 6/6 24 X 24 X 2

40/48 ton 16 20 X 25 X 25 12 X 24 X 19 5/5 12 X 24 X 12 5/1 12 X 24 X 2

6 24 X 24 X 19 6/6 24 X 24 X 12 6/6 24 X 24 X 2

50, 55 / 59 ton 20 20 X 25 X 23 12 X 24 X 19 3/2 12 X 24 X 12 3/2 12 X 24 X 2

9 24 X 24 X 19 9/9 24 X 24 X 12 9/9 24 X 24 X 2

60, 70 & 75 / 73, 80 &89 ton 35 16 X 20 X 2

6 12 X 24 X 19 6/6 12 X 24 X 12 6/6 12 X 24 X 2

8 24 X 24 X 19 8/8 24 X 24 X 12 8/8 24 X 24 X 2

90-130 25 24 X 24 X 23 12 X 24 X 19 3/5 12 X 24 X 12 3/5 20 X 24 X 2

15 24 X 24 X 19 15/10 24 X 24 X 12 15/10 24 X 24 X 2

(a) Dimensions shown for “Panel-Type Filters” apply to “Throw away”, “Cleanable Wire Mesh”, and “High Efficiency Throw away” Filters.(b) S_HL units ordered with “Bag-Type Filters” or “Cartridge Filters” (box-type) include a bank of “Panel-Type Prefilters”(c) The same “Panel-Type Prefilters” are used with “Bag-Type” and “Cartridge (box-type)” filters.

Table 86. “Wet heat” coil fin data

Unit Model(AC/EC) Coil Type Coil RowsTotal Coil FaceArea (sq. ft.)

Fins perFoot

Fins perFoot

20, 25, 30 / 24, 29, 36 ton WC Prima Flo (hot water) 2 13.75 80 110

40, 50, 55 / 48, 59 ton WC Prima Flo (hot water) 2 19.25 80 110

60, 70, 75 / 73, 80, 89 ton WC Prima Flo (hot water) 2 26.25 80 110

40, 50 / 48, 59 ton NS (steam) 1 13.75 (1) 5.5 (1) 42 96

90-130 ton NS (steam) 1 17.5 (2) 52 96

Note: To determine unit heating capacity (i.e. “low heat” or “high heat”), see digit 9 of the model number stamped on the unit nameplate.

Table 87. Grease recommendation

Recommended Grease for FanBearings Recommended Operating Range

Exxon Unirex #2

-20 °F to 205 °FMobil 532

Mobil SHC #220

Texaco Premium RB


RT-SVX36T-EN 193

Table 88. Refrigerant coil fin data

Tonnage

Evaporator Coil Condenser Coil

Size(ft2)

Rows/FinSeries

Tube Diameter/Surface

Size(ft2)

Rows/FinSeries Type

20 20.3 4/168 1/2/ Enhanced 58 3/252 Microchannel

25 20.3 4/168 1/2/ Enhanced 58 3/252 Microchannel

30 25.5 5/168 3/8”/ Enhanced 58 4/252 Microchannel

40 32.5 5/168 3/8”/ Enhanced 116 3/252 Microchannel

50, 55 38 4/168 1/2/ Enhanced 116 4/252 Microchannel

60 43 6/168 3/8”/ Enhanced 136 3/252 Microchannel



90 Std 59.3 4/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel

90 Hi Cap/Hi Eff 59.3 6/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel

105 Hi 59.3 5/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel



Fan Belt AdjustmentThe supply fan belts must be inspected periodically toassure proper unit operation.

Replacement is necessary if the belts appear frayed orworn. Units with dual belts require a matched set ofbelts to ensure equal belt length. When installing newbelts, do not stretch them over the sheaves; instead,loosen the adjustable motor-mounting base.

Once the new belts are installed, adjust the belt tensionusing a Browning or Gates tension gauge (orequivalent) illustrated in Figure 137, p. 193.

Figure 137. Typical belt tension gauge

Deflection = Belt Span (in.)64

Deflection = Belt Span (mm)152

Force Scale

Span ScaleLargeO-Ring

SmallO-RingBelt Span


1. To determine the appropriate belt deflection:

a. Measure the center-to-center distance, ininches, between the fan sheave and the motorsheave.

b. Divide the distance measured in Step 1a by 64;the resulting value represents the amount ofbelt deflection for the proper belt tension.

2. Set the large O-ring on the belt tension gauge at thedeflection value determined in Step 1b.

3. Set the small O-ring at zero on the force scale of thegauge.


194 RT-SVX36T-EN

4. Place the large end of the gauge on the belt at thecenter of the belt span. Depress the gauge plungeruntil the large O-ring is even with the of the secondbelt or even with a straightedge placed across thesheaves.

5. Remove the tension gauge from the belt. Noticethat the small O-ring now indicates a value otherthan zero on the force scale. This value representsthe force (in pounds) required to deflect the belt(s)the proper distance when properly adjusted.

6. Compare the force scale reading in step 5 with theappropriate “force” value in Table 89, p. 194. If the

force reading is outside of the listed range for thetype of belts used, either readjust the belt tension orcontact a qualified service representative.

NNoottee:: The actual belt deflection force must notexceed the maximum value shown in Table89, p. 194 .

7. Recheck the new belt's tension at least twice duringthe first 2 to 3 days of operation. Readjust the belttension as necessary to correct for any stretchingthat may have occurred. Until the new belts are“run in”, the belt tension will decrease rapidly asthey stretch.

Table 89. Belt tension measurements and deflection forces

BeltsCrossSection

Small P.DRange

Deflection Force (Lbs.)

Super Gripbelts GripnotchSteel CableGripbelts 358 Gripbelts

358 GripnotchBelts

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

A

3.0 -3.6 3 4 1/2 3 7/8 5 1/2 3 1/4 4 — — — —

3.8 - 4.8 3 1/2 5 4 1/2 6 1/4 3 3/4 4 3/4 — — — —

5.0 - 7.0 4 5 1/2 5 6 7/8 4 1/4 5 1/4 — — — —

B

3.4 - 4.2 4 5 1/2 5 3/4 8 4 1/2 5 1/2 — — — —

4.4 - 5.6 5 1/8 7 1/8 6 1/2 9 1/8 5 3/4 7 1/4 — — — —

5.8 - 8.8 6 3/8 8 3/4 7 3/8 10 1/8 7 8 3/4 — — — —

5V

4.4 - 8.7 — — — — — — — — 10 15

7.1 - 10.9 — — — — — — 10 1/2 15 3/4 12 7/8 18 3/4

11.8 - 16.0 — — — — — — 13 19 1/2 15 22

Scroll Compressor ReplacementThe compressor manifold system was purposelydesigned to provide proper oil return to eachcompressor. The refrigerant manifold system must notbe modified in any way.

NNoottee:: Altering the compressor manifold piping maycause oil return problems and compressorfailure.

Should a compressor replacement become necessaryand a suction line filter drier is to be installed, install it aminimum of 16 or 25 inches upstream of the oilseparator tee. See Figure 138, p. 194.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do Not release refrigerant to theatmosphere! If adding or removingrefrigerant is required, the servicetechnician must comply with all Federal,State and local laws. Refer to generalservice bulletin MSCU-SB-1 (latest edition).

Figure 138. Suction line filter/drier installation

16 “ min

There is a min. 16" straight distance from the Tee (Elbow) to anything in this line.

CONDENSER - SUCTIONFILTER / DRIER PLACEMENT


RT-SVX36T-EN 195

Refrigeration System

WWAARRNNIINNGGRR--441100AA RReeffrriiggeerraanntt uunnddeerr HHiigghheerrPPrreessssuurree tthhaann RR--2222!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo uussee pprrooppeerr eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr ccoommppoonneennttss aassddeessccrriibbeedd bbeellooww,, ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn eeqquuiippmmeenntt ffaaiilliinnggaanndd ppoossssiibbllyy eexxppllooddiinngg,, wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh,, sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy,, oorr eeqquuiippmmeenntt ddaammaaggee..TThhee uunniittss ddeessccrriibbeedd iinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaall uussee RR--441100AArreeffrriiggeerraanntt wwhhiicchh ooppeerraatteess aatt hhiigghheerr pprreessssuurreesstthhaann RR--2222.. UUssee OONNLLYY RR--441100AA rraatteedd sseerrvviicceeeeqquuiippmmeenntt oorr ccoommppoonneennttss wwiitthh tthheessee uunniittss.. FFoorrssppeecciiffiicc hhaannddlliinngg ccoonncceerrnnss wwiitthh RR--441100AA,, pplleeaasseeccoonnttaacctt yyoouurr llooccaall TTrraannee rreepprreesseennttaattiivvee..

WWAARRNNIINNGGRReeffrriiggeerraanntt uunnddeerr HHiigghh PPrreessssuurree!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnaann eexxpplloossiioonn wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn ddeeaatthh oorrsseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy oorr eeqquuiippmmeenntt ddaammaaggee..SSyysstteemm ccoonnttaaiinnss rreeffrriiggeerraanntt uunnddeerr hhiigghh pprreessssuurree..RReeccoovveerr rreeffrriiggeerraanntt ttoo rreelliieevvee pprreessssuurree bbeeffoorreeooppeenniinngg tthhee ssyysstteemm.. SSeeee uunniitt nnaammeeppllaattee ffoorrrreeffrriiggeerraanntt ttyyppee.. DDoo nnoott uussee nnoonn--aapppprroovveeddrreeffrriiggeerraannttss,, rreeffrriiggeerraanntt ssuubbssttiittuutteess,, oorr rreeffrriiggeerraannttaaddddiittiivveess..

Refrigerant Evacuation and Charging

NNOOTTIICCEECCoommpprreessssoorr DDaammaaggee!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww rreessuulltt iinnppeerrmmaanneenntt ddaammaaggee ttoo tthhee ccoommpprreessssoorr..TThhee uunniitt iiss ffuullllyy cchhaarrggeedd wwiitthh RR--441100AA rreeffrriiggeerraannttffrroomm tthhee ffaaccttoorryy.. HHoowweevveerr,, iiff iitt bbeeccoommeess nneecceessssaarryyttoo rreemmoovvee oorr rreecchhaarrggee tthhee ssyysstteemm wwiitthh rreeffrriiggeerraanntt,,iitt iiss iimmppoorrttaanntt tthhaatt tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg aaccttiioonnss aarree ttaakkeenn..

The recommended method for evacuation anddehydration is to evacuate both the high side and thelow side to 500 microns or less. To establish that theunit is leak-free, use a standing vacuum test. Themaximum allowable rise over a 15 minute period is 200microns. If the rise exceeds this, there is either stillmoisture in the system or a leak is present.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do Not release refrigerant to theatmosphere! If adding or removingrefrigerant is required, the servicetechnician must comply with all federal,state, and local laws.

• To prevent cross contamination ofrefrigerants and oils, use only dedicatedR-410A service equipment.

• Disconnect unit power beforeevacuation and do not apply voltage tocompressor while under vacuum.Failure to follow these instructions willresult in compressor failure.

• Due to the presence of POE oil,minimize system open time. Do notexceed 1 hour.

• When recharging R-410A refrigerant, itshould be charged in the liquid state.

• The compressor should be off when theinitial refrigerant recharge is performed.

• Charging to the liquid line is requiredprior to starting the compressor tominimize the potential damage to thecompressor due to refrigerant in thecompressor oil sump at startup.

• If suction line charging is needed tocomplete the charging process, only doso with the compressor operating. Donot charge liquid refrigerant into thesuction line with the compressor off!This increases both the probability thatthe compressor will start withrefrigerant in the compressor oil sumpand the potential for compressordamage.

• Allow the crankcase heater to operate aminimum of 8 hours before starting theunit.

Charge StorageDue to the reduced capacity of the microchannelcondenser coil compared to the round tube plate finevaporator coil, pumping refrigerant into thecondenser coil to service the refrigerant system is nolonger an option.

Compressor OilRefer to Table 90, p. 197 for the appropriate scrollcompressor oil charge. Remove and measure oil fromany compressor replaced. Adjust oil in replacementcompressor to prevent excessive oil in system.Anytime a compressor is replaced, the oil for eachcompressor within the manifold must be replaced.

The scroll compressor uses Trane OIL00070 (one quartcontainer) or OIL00080 (one gallon container) withoutsubstitution. Discoloration of the oil indicates that anabnormal condition has occurred. If the oil is dark and


196 RT-SVX36T-EN

smells burnt, it has overheated because of thefollowing:

• Compressor operating at extremely highcondensing temperatures

• High superheat

• A compressor mechanical failure

• Occurrence of a motor burnout.

If a motor burnout is suspected, use an acid test kit(KIT15496) to check the condition of the oil. Test resultswill indicate an acid level has exceeded the limit if aburnout occurred. Oil test kits must be used for POE oil(OIL00079 for a quart container or OIL00080 for a galloncontainer) to determine whether the oil is acidic. If amotor burnout has occurred, change the oil in bothcompressors in a tandem set.

CSHD Compressors(20 – 70 and 80 ton)

For CSHD compressors, this will require that the oil beremoved using a suction or pump device through theoil equalizer Rotolock fitting. Use a dedicated device forremoving oil. It is good practice to flush the suctiondevice with clean oil prior to use.

Place a catch pan under the oil equalizer Rotolockconnection fitting on the compressor to catch the oilthat will come out of the compressor when the oilequalizer tube is removed from the compressor.

Prior to reinstalling the oil equalizer line to eachcompressor, replace the PTFE gasket on the oilequalizer Rotolock fitting on each compressor. See .Torque Rotolock nut to the values listed in Table 91, p.197.

Charge the new oil into the Schrader valve on the shellof the compressor. Due to the moisture absorptionproperties of POE oil, do not use POE oil from apreviously opened container. Also discard any excessoil from the container that is not used.

Figure 139. CSHD compressor

524.9(20.67)

493.9(19.44)

86.0(3.39)

Figure 140. PTFE gasket

CSHN CompressorsCSHN compressors have an oil drain valve whichallows the oil to be drained out of the compressor.After the refrigerant has been recovered, pressurize thesystem with nitrogen to help remove the oil from thecompressor.

Charge the new oil into the Schrader valve or oil drainvalve on the shell of the compressor. Due to themoisture absorption properties of POE oil, do not usePOE oil from a previously opened container. Alsodiscard any excess oil from the container that is notused.


RT-SVX36T-EN 197

Figure 141. CSHN

Oil equalizer Rotolock connection fitting

¼ Schrader port

Oil drain valve

VZH Variable Speed Compressors(40 – 75 ton only)

Refer to “Service and Maintenance_CSHNCompressors,” p. 196 for VZH117 oil removalproceduresand “CSHD Compressors,” p. 196 forVZH170 oil removal procedures.

VZH variable speed compressors include the additionof an oil injection solenoid valve (2L11) to providesupplemental oil flow from an internal gear pump tothe scroll thrust bearing surface. The solenoid is de-energized at low compressor speeds to allowsupplemental oil flow and ensure thrust surfacelubrication. The solenoid is energized at highcompressor speeds to stop supplemental lubrication.This prevents excessive oil circulation to the system.The solenoid is controlled by the inverter and switchesat 3300 RPM for the VZH117, and 2700 RPM for theVZH170.

The 24 VAC solenoid coil operation can be checked onone of the solenoid leads with a clamp on amp meter.Above 3300 RPM (VZH117) /2700 RPM (VZH170), theamp meter should read about 0.5 amps to indicatesupplemental flow has been stopped.

Figure 142. Oil injection solenoid valve

Oil injection solenoid

Table 90. Oil charge per compressor

Compressor Pints

CSHD 092 6.3

CSHD 110 thru 183 and VZH117 7.0

CSHN 176 thru 315 and VZH170 14.2

Table 91. Torque requirements for rotolock fittings

CSHD* and VZH117 64 +/- 12 ft-lbs

CSHN* and VZH170 100 +/- 10 ft-lbs

NNoottee:: Always replace gasket when reassembling oilequalizer lines.

Electrical PhasingIf it becomes necessary to replace a compressor, it isvery important to review and follow the ElectricalPhasing procedure described in the startup procedureof the IOM.

If the compressors are allowed to run backward foreven a very short period of time, internal compressordamage may occur and compressor life may bereduced. If allowed to run backwards for an extendedperiod of time the motor windings can overheat andcause the motor winding thermostats to open. This willcause a “compressor trip” diagnostic and stop thecompressor

If a scroll compressor is rotating backwards, it will notpump and a loud rattling sound can be observed.Check the electrical phasing at the compressor terminalbox. If the phasing is correct, before condemning thecompressor, interchange any two leads to check theinternal motor phasing.

75 Ton eFlex™™ Variable Speed TandemThe 75 Ton eFlex™ variable speed compressor ismanifolded with a CSHN fixed speed compressor. It


198 RT-SVX36T-EN

uses a patented manifold design that is different fromfixed speed tandems as follows:

1. The variable speed compressor is always first onand located upstream in the suction line in position1B;

2. A nozzle in the suction tee, directly upstream of themanifold set, separates suction oil return to theupstream variable speed compressor. It alsoprovides a sump pressure difference to moveexcess oil from the variable speed to the fixedspeed compressor when both compressors arerunning. The nozzle is specifically sized for thisvariable speed manifold compressor combinationand must not be removed.

Suction restrictors are not used, and a smaller 3/8"OD oil equalizer line is used to help maintain thesump pressure differential.

Figure 143. eFlex variable speed tandem

Fixedspeed

compressor

Variablespeed

compressor

Combinedsuctionflow

Nozzle

Inflow

Precision Suction RestrictorTandem manifold compressors that have unequalcapacity sizes use a precision suction restrictor tobalance the oil levels in the compressors (see figurebelow). This restrictor is placed in the smaller capacitycompressor. When replacing this compressor, it isimperative that the proper restrictor is selected fromthose provided with the replacement compressor.

When the compressors are restarted, verify that correctoil levels are obtained with both compressorsoperating.

Figure 144. Precision suction restrictor

CompressorSuction

SuctionTube

Suction Restrictor

Figure 145. Compressors

40 Tons Std Eff. VAV Only27.5, 30, 35 Tons Std Eff.

50 Tons Std Eff. VAV Only 27.5-50 Tons High Eff. & 40-50 TonsStd Eff. CV

VFD Programming Parameters (Supply/Exhaust)


Units shipped with an optional variable frequency drive(VFD) are preset and run tested at the factory. If aproblem with a VFD occurs, ensure that theprogrammed parameters listed in Table 92, p. 200 havebeen set before replacing the drive.


RT-SVX36T-EN 199

VVeerriiffyy PPaarraammeetteerrss

Verify parameter 1-23 is set to 60 Hz (or 50 Hz whereapplicable) and that parameter 0-06 is set to the correctsupply voltage/frequency range.

1. To check parameter 1-23 press the Main Menubutton twice (if TR150 drive) (press the Back buttonif the main menu does not display)

2. Scroll down to Load & Motor, press OK

3. Select 1-2, press OK

4. Press down until parameter 1-23 is displayed.Parameter 1-23 can then be modified by pressingOK and pressing the Up and Down buttons.

5. When the desired selection has been made, pressOK .

Should replacing the VFD become necessary, thereplacement is not configured with all of Trane'soperating parameters. The VFD must be programmedbefore attempting to operate the unit.

To verify and/or program a VFD, use the followingsteps:

1. At the unit, turn the 115 volt control circuit switch1S70 to the Off position.

2. Turn the 24 volt control circuit switch to the Offposition.


IImmppoorrttaanntt:: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINALBLOCK 1TB1 OR UNIT DISCONNECTSWITCH 1S14.

3. To modify parameters:

a. Press Main Menu twice (if TR150 drive) (pressBack if the main menu does not display)

b. Use the Up and Down buttons to find theparameter menu group (first part of parameternumber)

c. Press OK

d. Use the Up and Down buttons to select thecorrect parameter sub-group (first digit ofsecond part of parameter number)

e. Press OK

f. Use the Up and Down buttons to select thespecific parameter

g. Press OK

h. To move to a different digit within a parametersetting, use the Left and Right buttons(Highlighted area indicates digit selected forchange)

i. Use the Up and Down buttons to adjust the digit

j. Press Cancel to disregard change, or press OKto accept change and enter the new setting

4. Repeat stepStep 3 for each menu selection settingin Table 92, p. 200.

5. To reset all programming parameters back to thefactory defaults:

a. Go to parameter 14-22 Operation Mode

b. Press OK

c. Select Initialization

d. Press OK

e. Cut off the mains supply and wait until thedisplay turns off.

f. Reconnect the mains supply - the frequencyconverter is now reset.

g. Ensure parameter 14-22 Operation Mode hasreverted back to “Normal Operation”.

NNootteess::

• Item 5 resets the drive to the defaultfactory settings. The programparameters listed in Table 92, p. 200will need to be verified or changed asdescribed in Items 3 and 4.

• Some of the parameters listed in thetable are motor specific. Due tovarious motors and efficienciesavailable, use only the values stampedon the specific motor nameplate. Donot use the Unit nameplate values.

• A backup copy of the current setupmay be saved to the LCP beforechanging parameters or resetting thedrive using parameter 0-50 LCP Copy(All to LCP to save all parameters tokeypad and All from LCP to downloadall parameters into drive/replacementdrive).. See LCP Copy in the VFDOperating Instructions for details.

6. Follow the start-up procedures for supply fan in the“Variable Air Volume System” section or the“Exhaust Airflow Measurement” start-up


200 RT-SVX36T-EN

procedures for the exhaust fan.

7. After verifying that the VFD(s) are operatingproperly, press the STOP key at the HumanInterface Module to stop the unit operation.

8. Follow the applicable steps in the “Final Unit

Checkout” section to return the unit to its normaloperating mode.

If a problem with a VFD occurs, ensure that theprogrammed parameters listed for supply and exhaustVFD have been set before replacing the drive.

Table 92. Supply fan VFD programming parameters

Menu ID Name FC DDP Unit

Operation/Display

0-01 Language English US English US

0-03 Regional Settings North America North America

0-06 (TR150 only) Grid Type

Set to applicable unit power supply 200-240V/60Hz for200 & 230V/60Hz units; 440-480V/60Hz for 460V/60Hz units; 525-600V/60Hz for 575V/60Hz units; 380-440V/50Hz for 380 & 415V/50Hz supply.For IT Grid (noground connections) or corner-grounded Delta powersupply systems, select the applicable voltage/Hz andIT-Grid or Delta.

0-20 (TR200 only) Display Line 1.1 Small Analog Input 53 Analog Input 53

0-22 (TR200 only) Display Line 1.3 Small Input Power [hp] Input Power [hp]

0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP Disabled Disabled

Load and Motor

1-03 Torque Characteristics Variable Torque Variable Torque

1-20 (TR150)1-21(TR200) Motor Power [HP] Per Motor Nameplate HP

Sum of HP Per MotorNameplate HP [dualmotors on 60-75T]

hp

1-22 Motor Voltage Per Motor NameplateVoltage

Per Motor NameplateVoltage V

1-23 Motor Frequency Per Motor Nameplate Per Motor Nameplate Hz

1-24 Motor Current Per Motor Nameplate FLASum of FLA Per MotorNameplate FLA [dualmotors on 60-75T]

A

1-25 Motor Nominal Speed Per Motor NameplateRated Speed

Per Motor NameplateRated Speed RPM

1-39 Motor Poles 4

6 if Motor NameplateRated Speed ~1200 RPM4if Motor Nameplate RatedSpeed > 1200 RPM

1-73 Flying Start Enabled Enabled

1-90 Motor ThermalProtection

ETR Trip1 ETR Trip1

Brakes

2-00 DC Hold/PreheatCurrent 0 0 %

2-01 DC Brake Current 0 0 %

2-04DC Brake Cut In Speed

[Hz] 10 10 Hz

Reference / Ramps

3-03 Maximum Reference 60 83 Hz

3-16 Reference 2 Source No function No function

3-17 Reference 3 Source No function No function

3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp up Time 30 30 s

3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp DownTime 30 30 s


RT-SVX36T-EN 201

Table 92. Supply fan VFD programming parameters (continued)

Menu ID Name FC DDP Unit

Limits / Warnings

4-12Motor Speed Low Limit

[Hz] 22 15 Hz

4-14Motor Speed High

Limit [Hz] 60 83 Hz

4-18 Current Limit 100 100 %

4-19 Max Output Frequency 60 120 Hz

Digital In/Out

5-12Terminal 27 Digital

Input Coast inverse Coast inverse

5-13Terminal 29 Digital

Input No operation No operation

5-40 Function Relay

Relay 1 active No alarm,Relay 2 active Motor

Running (Relay 1 [160],Relay 2 [5])

Relay 1 active No alarm,Relay 2 active Motor

Running (Relay 1 [160],Relay 2 [5])

Analog In/Out6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./

Feedb. Value 22 15

6-15 Terminal 53 High Ref./Feedb. Value 60 83

Special Function

14-01 Switching Frequency8.0 kHz (drive dependant,set to 5kHz if 8kHz not

available)

8.0 kHz (drive dependant,set to 5kHz if 8kHz not

available)

14-11 (TR200only)

Mains Voltage at MainsFault

400V for 460V 60Hz unit,leave at default otherwise

400V for 460V 60Hz unit,leave at default otherwise

14-12 Function at MainsImbalance Derate Derate

14-20 Reset Mode Automatic reset x 5 Automatic reset x 5

14-50 RFI Filter Off Off

14-60 (TR200only)

Function at OverTemperature Derate Derate

14-61 (TR200only)

Function at InverterOverload Derate Derate

Note: For 50Hz units parameters 0-06 Grid Type (TR150s only) and 1-23 Motor Freq will need to be set accordingly.


202 RT-SVX36T-EN

eFlex™ Compressor VFD ProgrammingParameters


A factory-shipped TRV200 should not be modified in

the field. It is specifically matched to the compressor.

Should replacing a VFD become necessary, onlyparameter 4-18 Current Limit requires setting on theVFD, refer to Table 93, p. 202. All other parametersbeside 4-18 Current Limit will be appropriately set infield replacement VFDs. Do not use any other type orbrand of VFD when replacing the VFD.

NNoottee:: Failure to set parameter 4-18 Current Limit on afield replacement VFD will not allow thecompressor to start and result in A18 Start Failedor A49 Speed Limit on the VFD.

To verify and/or set parameter 4-18 in the CompressorVFD:

1. Press QQuuiicckk MMeennuu.

2. Press MMyy PPeerrssoonnaall MMeennuu.

3. Navigate through the options using the UUpp andDDoowwnn arrows to find [4-18 Current Limit].

4. Adjust the current limit percentage value per unittonnage and voltage as shown in Table 93, p. 202.

5. Press [OK].

Table 93. Compressor VFD programming parameter 4-18

Unit Tonnage 200-240V 380-480V 525-600V

40 100% 100% 100%

50 100% 100% 100%

55 100% 100% 100%

60 110% 110% 110%

70 110% 110% 110%

75 110% 110% 110%

Monthly Maintenance


Before completing the following checks, turn the unitOOFFFF and lock the main power disconnect switch open.

FiltersInspect the return air and final filters. Clean or replacethem if necessary. Refer to the Service andMaintenance chapter for filter information.

Cooling Season



RT-SVX36T-EN 203

☐ Check the unit’s drain pans and condensate pipingto ensure that there are no blockages.

☐ Inspect the evaporator and condenser coils for dirt,bent fins, etc. If the coils appear dirty, clean themaccording to the instructions described in “CoilCleaning” later in this section.

☐ Inspect the F/A-R/A damper hinges and pins toensure that all moving parts are securely mounted.Keep the blades clean as necessary.

WWAARRNNIINNGGRRoottaattiinngg CCoommppoonneennttss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ddiissccoonnnneecctt ppoowweerr bbeeffoorree sseerrvviicciinnggccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn rroottaattiinngg ccoommppoonneennttss ccuuttttiinnggaanndd ssllaasshhiinngg tteecchhnniicciiaann wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..DDuurriinngg iinnssttaallllaattiioonn,, tteessttiinngg,, sseerrvviicciinngg aannddttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg ooff tthhiiss pprroodduucctt iitt mmaayy bbeenneecceessssaarryy ttoo wwoorrkk wwiitthh lliivvee aanndd eexxppoosseeddrroottaattiinngg ccoommppoonneennttss.. HHaavvee aa qquuaalliiffiieedd oorrlliicceennsseedd sseerrvviiccee iinnddiivviidduuaall wwhhoo hhaass bbeeeennpprrooppeerrllyy ttrraaiinneedd iinn hhaannddlliinngg eexxppoosseedd rroottaattiinnggccoommppoonneennttss,, ppeerrffoorrmm tthheessee ttaasskkss..

☐ Manually rotate the condenser fans to ensure freemovement and check motor bearings for wear.Verify that all of the fan mounting hardware is tight.

☐ Verify that all damper linkages move freely;lubricate with white grease, if necessary.

☐ Check supply fan motor bearings; repair or replacethe motor as necessary. If the unit model numberindicates that the motor has an internal shaftground, replace with the same motor type.

☐ Check the fan shaft bearings for wear (FC fans only).Replace the bearings as necessary. Lubricate thesupply fan shaft bearings with a lithium-basedgrease.

NNoottee:: These bearings are considered permanentlylubricated for normal operation. For severedirty applications, if relubrication becomesnecessary, use a lithium based grease. SeeTable 87, p. 192 for recommended greases.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: The bearings are manufactured using aspecial synthetic lithium-based greasedesigned for long life and minimumrelube intervals. Over lubrication can bejust as harmful as not enough.

☐ Use a hand grease gun to lubricate these bearings(FC fans only); add grease until a light bead appearsall around the seal. Do not over lubricate! Aftergreasing the bearings (FC fans only), check thesetscrews to ensure that the shaft is held securelyto the bearings and fan wheels. Make sure that allbearing braces are tight.

☐ Check the supply fan belt(s). If the belts are frayedor worn, replace them. Refer to the “Fan Belt

Adjustment,” p. 193 for belt replacement andadjustments.

☐ Check the condition of the gasket around thecontrol panel doors. These gaskets must fitcorrectly and be in good condition to prevent waterleakage.

☐ Verify that all wire terminal connections are tight.

☐ Remove any corrosion present on the exteriorsurfaces of the unit and repaint these areas.

☐ Generally inspect the unit for unusual conditions (e.g., loose access panels, leaking piping connections,etc.)

☐ Make sure that all retaining screws are reinstalled inthe unit access panels once these checks arecomplete.

☐ With the unit running, check and record thefollowing:

– ambient temperature

– compressor oil level (each circuit)

– compressor suction and discharge pressures(each circuit)

– superheat and subcooling (each circuit)

Record this data on an “operator’s maintenance log”like the one shown in , p. 206. If the operatingpressures indicate a refrigerant shortage, measure thesystem superheat and system subcooling. Forguidelines, refer to “Charging by Subcooling ,” p. 169.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do not release refrigerant to theatmosphere! If adding or removingrefrigerant is required, the servicetechnician must comply with all federal,state and local laws. Refer to generalservice bulletin MSCU-SB-1 (latest edition).

Heating Season


Before completing the following checks, turn the unitOOFFFF and lock the main power disconnect switch open.

☐ Inspect the unit air filters. If necessary, clean orreplace them.

☐ Check supply fan motor bearings; repair or replacethe motor as necessary. If the unit model numberindicates that the motor has an internal shaftground, replace with the same motor type.


204 RT-SVX36T-EN

☐ Check the fan shaft bearings for wear. Replace thebearings as necessary. Lubricate the supply fanshaft bearings with a lithium-based grease.

NNoottee:: These bearing are considered permanentlylubricated for normal operation. For severedirty applications, if relubrication becomesnecessary, use a lithium based grease. SeeTable 87, p. 192 for recommended greases.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: The bearings are manufactured using aspecial synthetic lithium-based greasedesigned for long life and minimumrelube intervals. Over lubrication can bejust as harmful as not enough.

☐ Use a hand grease gun to lubricate these bearings;add grease until a light bead appears all around theseal. Do not over lubricate!

☐ After greasing the bearings, check the setscrews toensure that the shaft is held securely. Make surethat all bearing braces are tight.

☐ Inspect both the main unit control panel and heatsection control box for loose electrical componentsand terminal connections, as well as damaged wireinsulation. Make any necessary repairs.

☐ Gas units only - Check the heat exchanger(s) for anycorrosion, cracks, or holes.

☐ Check the combustion air blower for dirt orblockage from animals or insects. Clean asnecessary.

NNoottee:: Typically, it is not necessary to clean the gasfurnace. However, if cleaning does becomenecessary, remove the burner inspectionplate from the back of the heat exchanger toaccess the drum. Be sure to replace theexisting gaskets with new ones beforereinstalling the inspection plate.

☐ Open the main gas valve and apply power to theunit heating section; then initiate a “Heat” testusing the startup procedure described in “(ConstantVolume and Variable Air Volume Systems),” p. 171.

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHaazzaarrddoouuss GGaasseess aanndd FFllaammmmaabblleeVVaappoorrss!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo oobbsseerrvvee tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg iinnssttrruuccttiioonnssccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinn eexxppoossuurree ttoo hhaazzaarrddoouuss ggaasseess,,ffuueell ssuubbssttaanncceess,, oorr ssuubbssttaanncceess ffrroommiinnccoommpplleettee ccoommbbuussttiioonn,, wwhhiicchh ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy.. TThhee ssttaattee ooff CCaalliiffoorrnniiaahhaass ddeetteerrmmiinneedd tthhaatt tthheessee ssuubbssttaanncceess mmaayyccaauussee ccaanncceerr,, bbiirrtthh ddeeffeeccttss,, oorr ootthheerrrreepprroodduuccttiivvee hhaarrmm..IImmpprrooppeerr iinnssttaallllaattiioonn,, aaddjjuussttmmeenntt,, aalltteerraattiioonn,,sseerrvviiccee oorr uussee ooff tthhiiss pprroodduucctt ccoouulldd ccaauusseeffllaammmmaabbllee mmiixxttuurreess oorr lleeaadd ttoo eexxcceessssiivveeccaarrbboonn mmoonnooxxiiddee.. TToo aavvooiidd hhaazzaarrddoouuss ggaasseessaanndd ffllaammmmaabbllee vvaappoorrss ffoollllooww pprrooppeerriinnssttaallllaattiioonn aanndd sseettuupp ooff tthhiiss pprroodduucctt aanndd aallllwwaarrnniinnggss aass pprroovviiddeedd iinn tthhiiss mmaannuuaall..

☐ Verify that the ignition system operates properly.

Coil CleaningRegular coil maintenance, including annual cleaningenhances the unit’s operating efficiency by minimizingthe following:

• Compressor head pressure and amperage draw

• Water carryover

• Fan brake horsepower

• Static pressure losses

At least once each year—or more often if the unit islocated in a “dirty” environment—clean theevaporator, microchannel condenser, and reheat coilsusing the instructions outlined below. Be sure to followthese instructions as closely as possible to avoiddamaging the coils.

WWAARRNNIINNGGHHaazzaarrddoouuss CChheemmiiccaallss!!CCooiill cclleeaanniinngg aaggeennttss ccaann bbee eeiitthheerr aacciiddiicc oorr hhiigghhllyyaallkkaalliinnee aanndd ccaann bbuurrnn sseevveerreellyy iiff ccoonnttaacctt wwiitthh sskkiinnoorr eeyyeess ooccccuurrss..HHaannddllee cchheemmiiccaall ccaarreeffuullllyy aanndd aavvooiidd ccoonnttaacctt wwiitthhsskkiinn.. AALLWWAAYYSS wweeaarr PPeerrssoonnaall PPrrootteeccttiivveeEEqquuiippmmeenntt ((PPPPEE)) iinncclluuddiinngg ggoogggglleess oorr ffaaccee sshhiieelldd,,cchheemmiiccaall rreessiissttaanntt gglloovveess,, bboooottss,, aapprroonn oorr ssuuiitt aassrreeqquuiirreedd.. FFoorr ppeerrssoonnaall ssaaffeettyy rreeffeerr ttoo tthhee cclleeaanniinnggaaggeenntt mmaannuuffaaccttuurreerr’’ss MMaatteerriiaallss SSaaffeettyy DDaattaa SShheeeettaanndd ffoollllooww aallll rreeccoommmmeennddeedd ssaaffee hhaannddlliinnggpprraaccttiicceess..

Refrigerant CoilsTo clean refrigerant coils, use a soft brush and asprayer.


RT-SVX36T-EN 205

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: DO NOT use any detergents withmicrochannel condenser coils. Pressurizedwater or air ONLY.

For evaporator and reheat coil cleaners, contact thelocal Trane Parts Center for appropriate detergents.

1. Remove enough panels from the unit to gain safeaccess to coils.

2. Straighten any bent coil fins with a fin comb.

3. For accessible areas, remove loose dirt and debrisfrom both sides of the coil. For dual rowmicrochannel condenser coil applications, seekpressure coil wand extension through the localTrane Parts Center.

4. When cleaning evaporator and reheat coils, mix thedetergent with water according to themanufacturer’s instructions. If desired, heat thesolution to 150° F maximum to improve itscleansing capability.

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: DO NOT use any detergents withmicrochannel coils. Pressurized wateror air ONLY.

5. Pour the cleaning solution into the sprayer. If ahigh-pressure sprayer is used:

a. The minimum nozzle spray angle is 15 degrees.

b. Do not allow sprayer pressure to exceed 600 psi.

c. Spray the solution perpendicular (at 90 degrees)to the coil face.

d. For evaporator and reheat coils, maintain aminimum clearance of 6" between the sprayernozzle and the coil. For microchannel condensercoils, optimum clearance between the sprayernozzle and the microchannel coil is 1"-3”.

6. Spray the leaving-airflow side of the coil first; thenspray the opposite side of the coil. For evaporatorand reheat coils, allow the cleaning solution tostand on the coil for five minutes.

7. Rinse both sides of the coil with cool, clean water.

8. Inspect both sides of the coil; if it still appears to bedirty, repeat Steps 6 and 7.

9. Reinstall all of the components and panels removedin Step 1; then restore power to the unit.

10. For evaporator and reheat coils, use a fin comb tostraighten any coil fins which were inadvertentlybent during the cleaning process.

Steam or Hot Water CoilsTo clean a steam or hot water coil, use a soft brush, asteam-cleaning machine, and water.

1. Verify that switches 1S1 and 1S70 are turned“OFF”, and that the main unit disconnect is lockedopen.


2. Remove enough panels and components from theunit to gain sufficient access to the coil.

3. Straighten any bent coil fins with a fin comb. (Usethe data in to determine the appropriate fin combsize.)

4. Remove loose dirt and debris from both sides of thecoil with a soft brush.

5. Use the steam-cleaning machine to clean theleaving-air side of the coil first; start at the top of thecoil and work downward; then clean the entering-air side of the coil, starting at the top of the coil andworking downward.

6. Check both sides of the coil; if it still appears dirty,repeat Step 5.

7. Reinstall all of the components and panels removedin Step 2; then restore power to the unit.

Evaporative Condenser CoilCleaning — SumpWaterManagementWater SupplyOverall performance of any water- cooled device canbe affected by suspended particulates, mineralconcentration, trash and debris resulting in cloggingand heat transfer loss. The unit is designed to greatlyminimize problems with these impurities, however,float valves and solenoid valves are used to control theincoming water.

If the incoming water contains contaminants, sand orother objects, it is best to insert an incoming linestrainer having a mesh of 80 to 100. The inlet lineshould be flushed prior to connection to the unit,whether or not there is a strainer.

There is an air gap between the water inlet float valveand sump water level to prevent back flow; however, iflocal code dictates, a backflow prevention valve may berequired (field-provided and installed by a qualifiedtechnician).

Water DrainLocal Site Discharge: Rooftop or simple storm sewerdischarge is generally acceptable. Do not routinelydirect the sump discharge onto an area that will beadversely affected. For example, continued sump


206 RT-SVX36T-EN

discharge into a flower bed where the input watercontains CaCO3 (lime) will eventually decrease the pHof the soil.

Sewer Discharge: The quantities of mineral and debrisflushed are actually very small and do not causeproblems when diluted in normal sewer flow. However,local, state or federal standards and restrictions mustbe followed in any given locality.

Traditional Bleed MethodASHRAE recommendation for continuous bleed rates:

With good, quality makeup water, the bleed rates (0.8 -2 GPH/ton) may be as low as one-half the evaporationrate (1.6 -2 GPH), and the total water consumptionwould range from 2.4 GPH/ton for air conditioning to 3GPH/ton for refrigeration (Chapter 36.17 of ASHRAE's“Systems and Equipment Handbook”)

Operation and CareThe sump should be inspected at least every 6 monthsfor possible build up of scale pieces that has been shedfrom the coils. The sump flush frequency or bleed rateshould be increased if large amounts of scale arepresent.

If the water has a “milky or cloudy” appearance, thenminerals are concentrating in the sump and thenumber of flushes should be increased.

If the water remains clear between flushes, then thenumber of flushes can be decreased. Through fieldtrials, the optimum flush frequency can be determined.Please note that in some areas, water quality can varyduring different times of the year. The sump waterclarity should be checked periodically.

The evaporative condenser has several design featuresto reduce the possibility of biological growth in thesump. These features include:

• air inlets constructed to eliminate direct sunlight inthe sump

• The sump flush sequence replenishes the sumpwith fresh water 1 to 12 times per day depending onthe flush setting

• The copper tubing in the coils is a natural biocide

IImmppoorrttaanntt:: Do not use chlorine tablets directly onstainless steel surface as it canadversely affect its corrosion resistance.

Always consult local codes for water treatment andwaste water removal requirements. Consult a watertreatment expert for water analysis and chemicaltreatment methods and recommendations for specificapplications.

If deemed necessary after consultation with local waterexperts, there are various means of water treatmentavailable which can be field installed.

Microchannel Condenser CoilRepair and ReplacementIf microchannel condenser coil repair or replacement isrequired, refer to General Service Bulletin RT-SVB83*-EN for further details.

Fall Restraint

WWAARRNNIINNGGFFaalllliinngg OOffff EEqquuiippmmeenntt!!FFaaiilluurree ttoo ffoollllooww iinnssttrruuccttiioonnss bbeellooww ccoouulldd rreessuulltt iinnddeeaatthh oorr sseerriioouuss iinnjjuurryy..TThhiiss uunniitt iiss bbuuiilltt wwiitthh ffaallll rreessttrraaiinntt sslloottss llooccaatteedd oonnuunniitt ttoopp tthhaatt MMUUSSTT bbee uusseedd dduurriinngg sseerrvviicciinngg..TThheessee sslloottss aarree ttoo bbee uusseedd wwiitthh ffaallll rreessttrraaiinntteeqquuiippmmeenntt tthhaatt wwiillll nnoott aallllooww aann iinnddiivviidduuaall ttoorreeaacchh tthhee uunniitt eeddggee.. HHoowweevveerr ssuucchh eeqquuiippmmeenntt wwiillllNNOOTT pprreevveenntt ffaalllliinngg ttoo tthhee ggrroouunndd,, ffoorr tthheeyy aarreeNNOOTT ddeessiiggnneedd ttoo wwiitthhssttaanndd tthhee ffoorrccee ooff aa ffaalllliinnggiinnddiivviidduuaall..

The fall restraint is located approximately 3 feet fromthe unit edge.

Figure 146. Fall restraint

Fall Restraint

Final ProcessRecord the unit data in the blanks provided.


RT-SVX36T-EN 207

Table 94. Unit data log

Complete Unit ModelNumber:

Unit Serial Number:

Unit “DL” Number(“design special” unitsonly):

Wiring DiagramNumbers(from unit control panel):

-schematic(s)

-connections

Network ID (LCI/BCI):


208 RT-SVX36T-EN

Tab

le95

.Sam

plemaintenan

celog

Date

Current

Ambient

TempF/

C

RefrigerantCircuit#1

RefrigerantCircuit#2

Com

pr.

OilLevel

Suct.

Press.

Psig/

kPa

Disch.

Press

Psig/

kPa

Liquid

Press

Psig/

kPa

Super-

heatF/C

Sub-

coolF/C

Com

pr.

OilLevel

Suct.

Press.

Psig/

kPa

Disch.

Press

Psig/

kPa

Liquid

Press

Psig/

kPa

Super-

heatF/C

Sub-

coolF/C

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low

-ok-low


RT-SVX36T-EN 209

Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers

NNoottee:: Wiring diagrams can be accessed via e-Libraryby entering the diagram number in the literature

order number search field or by calling technicalsupport.

Table 96. Wiring diagrammatrix

Air Cooled Water Cooled Tonnage Description

Power

VAV & SZVAV 2313-1178 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1179 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD

2313-1180 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1181 40-70 SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUPVFD

2313-1182 40-70 SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP &EXH/RET VFD

2313-1803 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1804 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1805 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65KSCCR

2313-1806 40-70SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUPVFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1807 40-70SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP &EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR

1213-1876 75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUPFAN VFD

1213-1877 75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUPFAN VFD & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1185 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1186 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD

2313-1187 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1810 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1811 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1812 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65KSCCR

2313-1190 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1191 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH VFD

2313-1192 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH VFD

2313-1815 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1816 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1817 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH VFD, 65KSCCR

2313-1195 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP VFD

2313-1196 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ EXH/RETVFD

2313-1197 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD

2313-1820 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP VFD,65K SCCR

2313-1821 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ EXH/RETVFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1822 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR

210 RT-SVX36T-EN

Table 96. Wiring diagrammatrix (continued)


2313-1877 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP VFD

2313-1878 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ EXH/RETVFD

2313-1879 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD

2313-1825 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP VFD,65K SCCR

2313-1826 29TSCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ EXH/RETVFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1827 29TSCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR

CV 2313-1177 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD

2313-1802 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD, 65K SCCR

2313-1184 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD

2313-1809 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD, 65K SCCR

2313-1189 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD

2313-1189 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD, 65K SCCR

2313-1194 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD

2313-1819 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD, 65KSCCR

2313-1876 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD

2313-1824 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD, 65KSCCR

RTM

VAV & SZVAV 2313-1125 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1126 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH/RET VFD

2313-1127 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1829 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1830 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65KSCCR

2313-1831 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD,65K SCCR

2313-1130 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1131 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH VFD

2313-1132 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH VFD

2313-1835 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1836 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1837 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH VFD, 65KSCCR

CV 2313-1124 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD

2313-1829 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD, 65K SCCR

2313-1129 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD

2313-1834 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD, 65K SCCR

CompressorModule (SCM/MCM) & MDM

2313-1017 20-30T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—SCM & MDM

2313-1858 20-30T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—SCM & MDM, 65K SCCR

UUnniitt WWiirriinngg DDiiaaggrraamm NNuummbbeerrss

RT-SVX36T-EN 211



2313-1018 40-75T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDM

2313-1862 40-75T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDM, 65K SCCR

2313-1172 40-70T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDMW/VARI SPDCOMPR

1213-0116 40-70T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDMW/VARI SPDCOMPR, 65K SCCR

1213-1878 75 T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCMW/VARI SPD COMPR

2307-9188 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD ORW/ SUP ORW/EXH VFD

2313-1873 90-130TSCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD ORW/ SUP ORW/EXH VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1016 24-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—EVAP COOLED

2313-1874 24-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—EVAP COOLED, 65K SCCR

Heat & GBAS 2307-3891 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—ELEC/2-STG GAS/HYDRONIC HT—STD

2307-3892 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—ELEC/2-STG GAS/HYDRONIC HT W/ SUP VFD

2307-3955 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MOD GAS—STD

2307-3956 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MOD GAS W/ SUP VFD

Control Options 2313-1949 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD ORW/ SUP VFD

2313-1950 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH/RET VFD ORW/SUP & EXH/RET VFD

VFD Schematics

TR200 2309-3577 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #1 W/BYPASS

2309-3578 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—EXH/RET VFDW/BYPASS

2309-3579 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #2 W/BYPASS

2309-3581 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #1 W/OBYPASS

2309-3582 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—EXH/RET VFDW/OBYPASS

2309-3583 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #2 W/OBYPASS

TR150 2313-1944 20-89T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFDW/O BYPASS

2313-1945 20-89T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFDW/ BYPASS



1213-3093 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP1 VFD W/ BYPASS

1213-3094 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP2 VFD W/ BYPASS

1213-3095 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP1 VFD W/O BYPASS

1213-3096 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP2 VFD W/O BYPASS



TRV200 2313-1175 40-70T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—VAR SPD COMPR VFD

Heat

Electric 1213-2999 20-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—460/575V 2 CKT


212 RT-SVX36T-EN



1213-3000 20-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALL VOLTAGES 3 CKT

1213-3001* 30-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALL VOLTAGES 6 CKT

1213-3001* 90-130T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—460/575V 6 CKT190KW

1213-3002 30-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—200V 7 CKT

1213-3003 20-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—460/575V 2 CKT-3OR 1 STEP SEE NOTE 6

1213-3004 20-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALL VOLTAGES 3CKT-3 OR 1 STEP

1213-3005 20-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALL VOLTAGES 6CKT-3 OR 1 STEP

1213-3006 30-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—200V 7 CKT-3 OR 1STEP

1213-3007 90-130T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—460/575V 6 CKT—190KW SEE NOTE 7

Gas 2313-1011 20-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—2-STAGE NAT GASHEAT 235-1000 MBh

2307-9103 20-130TSCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—MODULATING NAT GASHEAT 500, 850 & 1000 MBh

1213-1264 20-130TSCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—ULTRA MODULATINGNAT GAS HEAT 500, 850 & 1000 MBh

Control Box Connections

VAV/SZVAV 1213-3118 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD

1213-3119 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD

1213-3120 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH/RETVFD

1213-3113 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD, 65KSCCR

1213-3114 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD,65K SCCR

1213-3115 20-30TCONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH/RETVFD, 65K SCCR

1213-3101 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR - W/ SUPVFD

1213-3102 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR - W/ EXH/RET VFD

1213-3103 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR - W/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD

1213-3104 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR - W/ VARISPD COMPRW/ SUP VFD

1213-3105 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR - W/ VARISPD COMPRW/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

1213-3123 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD

1213-3124 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD

1213-3125 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH/RETVFD

2313-0068 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD, 65KSCCR

2313-0069 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD,65K SCCR

2313-0070 40-75TCONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH/RETVFD, 65K SCCR

1213-3126 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUP VFD

1213-3127 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

1213-3226 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-W/ SUP VFD

1213-3227 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-W/ EXH/RET VFD


RT-SVX36T-EN 213



1213-3228 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-W/ SUP & EXH VFD

1213-3231 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR-W/ SUPVFD

1213-3232 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR-W/ EXHVFD

1213-3233 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR-W/ SUP &EXH VFD

1213-3236 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY-W/ SUP FAN VFD

1213-3237 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY-W/ EXH FAN VFD

1213-3238 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY-W/ SUP & EXH FAN VFD

2313-0071 40-70TCONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-0072 40-70TCONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR

1213-3135 24-89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLEDW/SUP VFD

1213-3136 24-89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLEDW/EXH/RET VFD

1213-3137 24-89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLEDW/SUP & EXH/RET VFD

ModuleConnections 2313-1904 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1905 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ EXH/RET VFD

2313-1906 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1908 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1909 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ EXH/RET VFD

2313-1910 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1911 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—VARI SPD COMPRW/SUP VFD

2313-1912 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—VARI SPD COMPRW/SUP & EXH/RET VFD

2313-1915 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP VFD

2313-1916 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ EXH VFD

2313-1917 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP & EXH VFD

2313-1920 24-89T CONNECTION, MODULES—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUPVFD

2313-1921 24-89T CONNECTION, MODULES—EVAP COOLEDW/ EXH/RET VFD

2313-1922 24-89T CONNECTION, MODULES—EVAP COOLEDW/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD

RacewayConnections 1213-3155 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD

1213-3156 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH/RET VFD

1213-3157 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

1213-3159 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD

1213-3160 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH/RET VFD

1213-3161 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD

1213-3162 40-70T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUPVFD

1213-3163 40-70T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUP& EXH/RET VFD

1213-3164 75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUPVFD


214 RT-SVX36T-EN



1213-3165 75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPRW/ SUP& EXH/RET VFD

2313-1869 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR

2313-1870 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65KSCCR

2313-1871 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD,65K SCCR

1213-3225 90-130T CONNECTIONS, RACEWAY-STD

1213-3169 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD

1213-3170 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH VFD

1213-3171 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH VFD

1213-3174 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED W/ SUPVFD

1213-3175 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/RET VFD

1213-3176 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP &EXH/RET VFD

Field Connection 2313-1119 20-130T FIELD CONNECTION—VAV

2313-1122 24-89T FIELD CONNECTION—EVAP COOLED VAV

CV 1213-3117 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD

1213-3112 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD, 65K SCCR

1213-3122 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD

1213-3225 90-130T CONNECTIONS, CONTROL BOX-STD

1213-3230 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX-65K SCCR STD

2313-0067 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD, 65K SCCR

1213-3134 24-89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLED STD

ModuleConnections 2313-1903 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—STD

2313-1907 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—STD

2313-1914 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—STD

2313-1919 24-89T CONNECTION , MODULES—EVAP COOLED STD

RacewayConnections 1213-3154 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD

1213-3158 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD

1213-3168 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD

1213-3173 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED STD

Field Connection 2313-1118 20-130T FIELD CONNECTION—CV & SZVAV

2313-1121 24-89T FIELD CONNECTION—EVAP COOLED CV & SZVAV


RT-SVX36T-EN 215

Warranty and Liability ClauseCOMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT - 20TONS AND LARGER ANDRELATED ACCESSORIESPRODUCTS COVERED - This warranty* is extended byTrane Inc. and applies only to commercial equipmentrated 20 Tons and larger and related accessories.

The Company warrants for a period of 12 months frominitial startup or 18 months from date of shipment,whichever is less, that the Company products coveredby this order (1) are free from defects in material andworkmanship and (2) have the capacities and ratingsset forth in the Company’s catalogs and bulletins,provided that no warranty is made against corrosion,erosion or deterioration. The Company’s obligationsand liabilities under this warranty are limited tofurnishing f.o.b. factory or warehouse at Companydesignated shipping point, freight allowed to Buyer’scity (or port of export for shipment outside theconterminous United States) replacement equipment(or at the option of the Company parts therefore) for allCompany products not conforming to this warrantyand which have been returned to the manufacturer.The Company shall not be obligated to pay for the costof lost refrigerant. No liability whatever shall attach tothe Company until said products have been paid forand then said liability shall be limited to the purchaseprice of the equipment shown to be defective.

The Company makes certain further warrantyprotection available on an optional extra-cost basis.Any further warranty must be in writing, signed by anofficer of the Company.

The warranty and liability set forth herein are in lieu ofall other warranties and liabilities, whether in contractor in negligence, express or implied, in law or in fact,including implied warranties of merchantability andfitness for particular use. In no event shall theCompany be liable for any incidental or consequentialdamages.

THE WARRANTY AND LIABILITY SET FORTH HEREINARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ANDLIABILITIES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR INNEGLIGENCE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN LAW OR INFACT, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULARUSE, IN NO EVENT SHALL WARRANTOR BE LIABLEFOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES.

Manager - Product Service

Trane

Clarksville, Tn 37040-1008

PW-215-2688

*A 10 year limited warranty is provided on optional FullModulation Gas Heat Exchanger.

*Optional Extended Warranties are available forcompressors and heat exchangers of CombinationGas-Electric Air Conditioning Units.

*A 5 year limited warranty is provided for optional“AMCA 1A Ultra Low Leak” airfoil blade economizerassemblies and the “AMCA 1A Ultra Low Leak”economizer actuator.

Ingersoll Rand (NYSE: IR) advances the quality of life by creating comfortable, sustainable and efficientenvironments. Our people and our family of brands — including Club Car®, Ingersoll Rand®, Thermo King® andTrane® —work together to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings; transport and protectfood and perishables; and increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We are a global business committed to aworld of sustainable progress and enduring results.

ingersollrand.com

Ingersoll Rand has a policy of continuous product and product data improvements and reserves the right to change design and specificationswithout notice.We are committed to using environmentally conscious print practices.

RT-SVX36T-EN 11 May 2019

Supersedes RT-SVX36R-EN (February 2019) ©2019 Ingersoll Rand

Installation, Operation, and Maintenance · Email: [email protected] RevisionHistory • Control settings and time delays updated with linear high limit. • Updated unit

Documents